Category: General

Figures of Poetry in Indonesia – Does Sinaumed’s like literary works of poetry? Poetry is often regarded as a literary work that can captivate readers because it contains beautiful words and metaphorical meanings. Even literary works of poetry are also often used as a means to rebel against the government, during the colonial period.

In Indonesia, there are many poetic figures who have inspired many people to participate in creating these literary works. In fact, these figures have become legendary all over the world and literary works are constantly remembered by poetry connoisseurs.

Then, who are these poetic figures in Indonesia? What about examples of their most famous literary works of poetry?

Come on , see the following review about this poetic figure from our country!

1. Chairil Anwar

Chairil Anwar is a pioneer figure in Indonesian literature in the 45th generation who was born on July 22, 1922 in Medan, North Sumatra. Since childhood, Chairil Anwar has been interested in learning several foreign languages ​​on his own, namely English, Dutch, and German. Therefore, he can study world literature.

During his life, Chairil Anwar continued to create literary works of poetry and was able to generate rupiah coffers from the results of writing these literary works. Most of the literary works created by Chairil Anwar are inspired by his life experiences, from his marriage to his divorce from his wife, Hapsah.

Apart from creating his own literary works, Chairil Anwar also translates foreign literary works. Call it the literary works of John Cornford (England), Hsu Chih Mo (China), to WH Auden (America).

Previously, it was mentioned that Chairil Anwar played a major role in the development of literary works in Indonesia and was the pioneer of the Generation of ’45. This is because the literary works created by him are referred to as renewals of existing poetry in Indonesia. Apart from that, his literary works also indirectly “rebelled” against the government which at that time was leading the Indonesian state.

His literary works have even been translated into many foreign languages. In Dutch, his literary works were translated by Dolf Verspoor. Then, in English, translated by Mrs. Dickinson. There are also fifteen in French, translated by LC Damais.

Chairil Anwar’s most famous poems are I’m an Animal Bitch (1986), Roar Mixed with Dust (1949), Sharp Pebbles and Crashed and Broken (1949), and many others.

The following is an example of a poem from a collection of poems entitled I’m a Bitch Animal ,

I

If it’s my time

‘I don’t want anyone to seduce

Neither do you

No need to sob the sedan 

I’m a bitch from the herd of castaways 

Let the bullet penetrate my skin I’m still inflamed crashing 

It hurts and I can take it running

Run

Until the pain of the fairy is gone

And I would be even more indifferent

I want to live another thousand years

2. Sapardi Djoko Damono

Sapardi Djoko Damono is a well-known poet in Indonesia, as well as a lecturer, literary observer, literary expert, and literary critic. He was born in Solo, Central Java, on March 20, 1940.

In the development of his career as a writer, he has attended various international meetings that discuss literature. For example, the Translation Workshop and Poetry International in the Netherlands. In fact, he has also served as an editor, panelist, and has become a member of the Founding Committee of the Asean Poetry Center in India.

Sapardi Djoko Damono is considered a young scholar who plays a major role in the life of literature in Indonesia. In addition, there are those who say that his poetry must be understood as well as possible, because there are similarities with Western poetry at the end of the 19th century (symbolism).

Apart from that, Sapardi Djoko Damono also succeeded in translating several foreign literary works into Indonesian, for example Grief For Elektra (Mourning Becomes Electra by Eugene O’Neill), Daisy Manis (Daisy Milles by Henry James), The Old Man and the Sea (The Old Man and the Sea). Old Man and The Sea by Hemingway), and many more.

He has received many awards for his poems, for example in his book entitled Rain Magic which received the Puisi-Puisi Putera II Award from Malaysia. In addition, he also received an Art Award from the Ministry of Education and Culture in 1990.

Here is one of his poems entitled I Want,

I want to

I want to love you with simple

with words that couldn’t be said

wood to the fire which turns it into ashes

I want to love you with simple

with an unspoken signal

clouds to the rain that makes it nothing.

3. Sitor Situmorang

Sitor Situmorang is one of the famous poets in Indonesia who was born in North Sumatra on October 2, 1924. During his life, he studied in Japan and worked at the Japanese financial office in Sibolga.

After Japan accepted defeat, Sitor Situmorang immediately worked as editor of the newspaper Suara Nasional, which was published by the Tapanuli Regional National Committee. From there, he became acquainted with the world of writing literary works.

Sitor Situmorang’s literary creations were heavily influenced by Chairil Anwar. This was because when he worked in Jakarta and read a literary magazine entitled Siasat which contained the works of Chairil Anwar and Asrul Sani.
Sitor Situmorang not only writes poetry, but also other prose literary works, such as short stories, plays, and translations. His literary works are the New Age (1962), Wall of Time (1976), Travel Map (1977), Nameless Face, and many more.

The most famous literary work is entitled “Eid Eid” which contains only one short sentence of poetry. Here is a quote from the poem.

Eid Night

moon over the grave. 

4. Goenawan Mohamad

The figure of Goenawan Mohamad cannot be separated from the existence of poetry figures in Indonesia. He is a poet who since childhood has been given adequate reading facilities to make him a bookworm and intelligent.

Goenawan Mohamad started writing when he was in high school by translating Emily Dickinson’s poems which were later published in Harian Abadi in the 1960s. After that, his first poetry work was included in a collection of poems entitled Manifestasi which was published in the cultural rubric of Harian Abadi. The poetry collection also contains literary works belonging to other writers, namely Taufiq Ismail, Armaya, and many others.

Not only did he write poetry, but he also wrote several essays and published a collection of essays entitled Portrait of a Young Poet as Malin Kundang in 1972. In the following years, he was finally able to publish a collection of essays with various titles.

His achievements in poetry and essays made Goenawan Mohamad an important poetic figure in the development of literature in Indonesia. He is considered as a brilliant literary critic.

The following is an example of his poetry literary work entitled About Death,

About Death

At the end of the stanza, a dot begins to appear

which then collapsed, 5 minutes after that.

At the end of the room began to appear a row of fingers

who wants to take it back.

Impossible

it will never happen

It’s a very ordinary hour: Death parks his chariot

at the end of the alley and walked erratically

The steps are not what you imagine: nothing

earthquake, no acid rain, no ditches

overflowing

Just a rhyme, like a broken cable

Or almost broke.

5. Wiji Thukul

Wiji Thukul is a literary figure who is hailed in Indonesia for his literary works which are always used as a symbol of resistance. When he was in school, Wiji Thukul had already shown his interest in the world of literature by writing poetry and joining a theater group. Together with his friends in the theater group, he has traveled to various places by performing a poetry musical accompanied by music.

In 1988, his poems were successfully published in print media, both at home and abroad. For example, his poems entitled Justice (Yogyakarta), Inside Indonesia (Australia), Homeland (Netherlands), and many more. Not only writing poetry, but he also wrote short stories, essays, and poetry reviews.

Wiji Thukul’s poems are said to be a symbol of resistance to the authoritarian regime. His most famous work is titled “I Want to Be a Bullet”

The figure of Wiji Thukul is truly seen as a militant who is intelligent in mobilizing the public against the New Order through his poetry. The end of Wiji Thukul’s life can be called tragic because he is considered a figure who fought against the New Order regime and there are many allegations that he was kidnapped by the military.

The following is a literary work of poetry created by Wiji Thukul entitled Gloomy Notes .

Grim Note

black cat walking slowly

jump down from the roof

three people appeared in the dark

hidden holding the iron

black cat walks slowly

followed by a shadow

when it reaches the mouth of the alley

three people growled

throw punches

the moon is covered in dim clouds

witness the celebration of poverty

moving cat meat

into people’s stomachs!

Solo, 1987

6. WS Rendra

Who doesn’t know one of the famous poets in Indonesia, whose real name is Willibrordus Surendra Broto or often called WS Rendra? Yep, everyone knows this poet for his popular literary works. Even WS Rendra also earned the nickname “The Peacock” for his performance as a declarator who always fascinated the audience.

In 1954, WS Rendra was successfully invited by the United States Government to attend a seminar on literature at Harvard University. After that, for two months, he toured the United States with the aim of getting closer to the literary life there.

Since attending school, his literary works have been published in several magazines. Not only did he write poetry, but he also wrote plays and was performed by his colleagues at school, under the title “Fake Legs” in 1952.

WS Rendra’s most famous works are Odipus the King, Bip-Bop, He’s Got a Beautiful Neck, He’s Already an Adventurer, and many others.

The following is an example of a poem by WS Rendra entitled My Gumam Ya Allah .

I muttered oh my God

(WS Rendra)

The wind and sky within me,

dark and light in the universe,

direction and qibla in space and time,

dazzling sense of conjecture and guesswork,

is the secret shadow of Your presence, O God!

Hair or cubits

I don’t know what’s the difference in curious understanding.

Travelers who are always on the go.

Humans do not have a champion.

The fire of longing for You burns on a lonely peak.

All human beings are equally ignorant and equally longing.

Religion is the camp of the nomads.

Echoing various prayers and puja.

The same meaning in different languages.

So, those are the poetic figures in Indonesia whose literary works are always remembered by the public and poetry fans. Sinaumed’s can also be a part of these figures with Sinaumed’s’ own literary works. Don’t be shy to publish your literary works, OK?

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

http://ensiklopedia.kemdikbud.go.id/

Legal Requirements for Friday Prayers – For Muslim men, the Friday prayer is an obligation that should not be abandoned at all. In practice it must also be in accordance with what has been exemplified by Rasulullah SAW. Starting from the intention, pillars, to the legal requirements of the Friday prayer.

These rules and conditions must be met in order for the Friday prayer to be valid and acceptable as worship. In Indonesia, it is customary for boys to attend congregational Friday prayers at the mosque from a young age and then learn their knowledge at school or a place to recite the Koran.

Understanding Friday Prayers

Friday prayer is a worship that must be carried out on Friday at midday. Based on the category, this worship has its own obligations. This means that it cannot be used as a substitute for midday prayers. Unless you are sick or for some other reason, then you are obliged to perform the midday prayer.

Friday prayers consist of two cycles and are performed after two sermons. Even though it cannot be a substitute for the midday prayer, when you have done the Friday prayer, you don’t need to do the midday prayer again.

Allah SWT has ordered the Prophet Muhammad SAW to perform Friday prayers since he was still living in Mecca or before making hijrah. Unfortunately, while in Mecca he could not carry out the order until he moved to Medina.

When the Prophet migrated to Medina, he performed Friday prayers for the first time at Quba, to be precise in a village called “Amru bin Auf”. Since arriving at Qubah on Monday, the Prophet Muhammad stayed for four days to establish a mosque as a place of worship for Muslims in this area.

The law of following the Friday prayer is obligatory for every Muslim, except for slaves, women, children and people who are sick. As conveyed by the Prophet in the following hadith:

Friday prayers are obligatory for every Muslim in congregation, except (not required) for four people, namely, slaves, women, small children and sick people. ”(Narrated by Abu Dawud)

The scholars then agreed that the law of performing Friday prayers is fardhu ‘ain, not fardhu kifayah. As stated in the book Fiqh Prayers of the Four Madzhabs written by Asy Shaykh Abdul Qadir Ar Rahbawi.

Obligatory Requirements and Legal Requirements for Friday Prayers

In practice, the Friday prayer has similarities with other obligatory prayers, except in a number of ways. For example, you have to start with two sermons first.

In addition, Imam Syafi’i explains that Friday prayers have mandatory requirements and legal conditions that must be met. Here is a brief explanation.

Requirements of Obligatory Friday Prayers

1. Islamic religion.
2. Man. In other words, Friday prayers are not obligatory for women.
3. Free or slave.
4. Reasonable, so that every crazy person is not obliged to carry it out
5. Has reached the age of puberty. This means that children are not required to attend Friday prayers
6. Healthy.
7. Lives in the area where Friday prayers are held. So a traveler is not obliged to do this worship, unless he intends to stay for 4 days.

Friday Prayer Legitimacy

Apart from the mandatory requirements, there are also legal requirements that must be met in order for the Friday prayers that Sinaumed’s performs to be valid. These legal conditions include:

Held at Midday Time

The Friday prayer and its two khutbahs must be performed at midday. This provision refers to the hadith:

Amen

Meaning: Verily the Prophet SAW performed the Friday prayer when the sun leaned to the west (zuhr time). ( HR Al-Bukhari from friend Anas )

So if the Friday prayer or sermon is performed after the noon time ends, it will be invalid. For example, when the Asr time arrives and the congregation has not yet taken the takbiratul ihram, the congregation must perform the midday prayer.

If during the Friday prayers, the noon time is over, then it must be perfected into noon without saying the intention to return.

Conducted in Residential Areas

Friday prayers are also mandatory in residential areas. There are no special requirements for the place itself. It can be inside buildings, mosques, even in the field. Provided that the field is still within the limits of residential areas.

Related to this, Sheikh Abu Hamid Muhammad bin Muhammad al-Ghazali said:

وَلَا يُشْتَرَطُ أَنْ يُعْقَدَ الْجُمُعَةُ فِي رُكْنٍ أَوْ مَسْجِدٍ بَلْ يَجُوْزُ فِي الصَّحْرَاءِ إِذَا كاَنَ مَعْدُوْداً مِنْ خِطَّةِ الْبَلَدِ فَإِنْ بَعُدَ عَنِ الْبَلَدِ بِحَيْثُ يَتَرَخَّصُ الْمُسَافِرُ إِذَا انْتَهَى إِلَيْهِ لَمْ تَنْعَقِدْ اَلْجُمُعَةُفِيْهَا

Meaning: Friday is not required to be held in a surau or mosque, it is even permissible in a field if it is still classified as part of a residential area. If it is far from residential areas, if the traveler can take the rukhshah at that place, then Friday is not valid to be held at that place.

The First Rak’ah Must Be Done in Congregation

The implementation of the Friday prayer can be said to be valid when – at least – the first rak’ah is held in congregation. Thus, if in the second cycle there are worshipers who want to separate from the priest or continue praying separately, the Friday prayer is still valid.

Congregation of Friday prayers are people who are obliged to carry it out

As stated in the mandatory requirements, the Friday prayer congregation must come from residents who live in the area where this prayer is held. As for the numbers themselves, there are differences of opinion among the scholars.

In the Shafi’i school, the standard number of worshipers for Friday prayers is 40 people. There are also those who think it can be carried out with 12 worshipers. In another version, 4 worshipers are enough.

Regarding this matter Al-Jamal al-Habsyi quoted by Sheikh Abu Bakr bin Syatha argues:

قَالَ الْجَمَلُ الْحَبْشِيُّ فَاِذَا عَلِمَ الْعَامِيُّ أَنْ يُقَلِّدَ بِقَلْبِهِ مَنْ يَقُوْلُ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ الشَّافِعِيِّ بِإِقَامَتِهَا بِأَرْبَعَةٍ أَوْ بِاثْنَيْ عَشَرَ فَلَا بَأْسَ بِذَلِكَ إِذْ لَا عُسْرَ فِيْهِ

Meaning: Said Sheikh al-Jamal al-Habsyi; If ordinary people know in their hearts that they have faith in the scholars of the Shafi’i school of thought that it is sufficient to observe Fridays with 4 or 12 people, then there is no problem with that, because there are no difficulties in that regard. ( Shaykh Abu Bakr bin Syatha, Jam’u al-Risalatain, page: 18 ).

In one village there may only be one Friday prayer

In other words, in one village there cannot be two Fridays. Because when there are two Fridays in the same place, what is considered valid is the one that performs the takbiratul ihram first. The second or third will be considered invalid.

Then if the takbiratul ihram is carried out simultaneously then both are considered invalid. However, if the two places of implementation are far apart, one or both places cannot accommodate the pilgrims who come, or there is tension between groups, then it is permissible to hold two Fridays in one village.

As stated by Sheikh Abu Bakr bin Syatha’:

وَالْحَاصِلُ أَنَّ عُسْرَ اجْتِمَاعِهِمْ اَلْمُجَوِّزَ لِلتَّعَدُّدِ إِمَّا لِضَيْقِ الْمَكَانِ اَوْ لِقِتَالٍ بَيْنَهُمْ اَوْ لِبُعْدِ أَطْرَافِ الْمَحَلِّ بِالشَّرْطِ

Meaning: In conclusion, it is difficult to gather congregations on Friday who allow their numbers to be held on Friday sometimes due to narrow space, disputes among local residents or the distance of the place in accordance with the requirements. ( Shaykh Abu Bakr bin Syatha, Jam’u al-Risalatain, page: 4 ).

Must Begin with Two Sermons

Friday prayers are only considered valid if they are preceded by two sermons. This is based on the hadith:

أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اitor

Meaning: Rasulullah SAW preached by standing up then sitting down, then standing up again continuing his sermon . ( HR. Muslim ).

Did you know that prayer is the first practice that will be brought to account? If our prayers are correct then our other deeds are correct, if our prayers are damaged then our other deeds are also damaged. For that, you need to learn the correct procedure for praying through the book The Super Complete Book of Prayer Learning Guide & Remembrance written by A Solihin As Suhaili.

The Wisdom of Performing Friday Prayers

A good Muslim does not just carry out Fridays out of obligation, but understands the wisdom behind it. Moreover, Friday itself is one of the best days.

Allah SWT has ordered all Muslim men to perform Friday prayers through the Qur’an which means:

“ O you who believe! If you have been called upon to pray on Friday, then immediately remember Allah and leave buying and selling .” ( QS. Al-Jumuah verse 9 ).

Therefore, there must be lessons and virtues that can be a blessing for all of us. So what are the wisdom of performing Friday prayers? Here’s the full explanation.

1. Meet Many People in One Place

If you think about it, bringing together a lot of people in one place is a difficult task. Especially if there are no specific events or needs, such as elections, the Republic of Indonesia Anniversary commemoration, or Friday prayers.

Yup, when the call to prayer starts to ring out, hundreds or even thousands of Muslim men flock to the nearest mosque. In this routine meeting once a week, we can all strengthen ties of friendship and togetherness.

2. Obtain Guidance and Counsel Regarding Religion and Life

When the Khatib delivers the sermon, we can get the guidance we need to better understand the teachings of Islam. Depending on the theme chosen by the Khatib, we can also get advice for dealing with various tests.

3. Become expiation or eraser of sins

Friday prayers can also be a means to erase the sins that we commit between one Friday and another. When we gather at the mosque to carry out Friday, we can also increase unity and brotherhood.

The Priority of Friday Prayers

Compared to others, Friday is the day of perfection because this is the day when Allah SWT perfected all of His creation. Plus, Allah also created all goodness on Friday.

Therefore, carrying out worship on Friday has its own virtues that can bring blessings to every Muslim. So, here are four virtues of Friday prayers that you should know:

Becoming a Hajj for Poor People

The primacy of the first Friday prayer lies in its rewards which are equated with the pilgrimage. This refers to the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW:

اَلْجُمُعَةُ حَجُّ الْفُقَرَاءِ

Meaning: “Friday is the pilgrimage of the poor.”

Regarding this hadith, Sheikh Ihsan bin Dakhlan provides additional explanations as follows:

يَعْنِيْ ذَهَابُ الْعَاجِزِيْنَ عَنِ الْحَجِّ اِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ هُوَ لَهُمْ كَالْحَجِّ فِيْ حُصُوْلِ الثَّوَابِ وَاِنْ تَفَاوَتَ وَفِيْهِ الْحَثُّ عَلَى فِعْلِهَا وَالتَّرْغِيْبُ فِيْهِ.

Meaning: “That is, the departure of people who cannot afford pilgrimage to Friday prayers, is like going to the place of pilgrimage in terms of getting a reward, even though the level of reward is different. In this hadith it gives encouragement to do Friday. ( Syekh Ihsan bin Dakhlan, Manahij al-Imdad Syarh Ershad al-‘Ibad, juz.1, p.282 )

Such as Fasting and Prayer for One Year

The virtue of the second Friday prayer is found in another hadith which says that every Muslim male who performs this service will receive a special gift. Namely the reward of fasting and praying for one year:

مَنْ غَسَّلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاغْتَسَلَ وَبَكَّرَ وَابْتَكَرَ وَمَشَى وَلَمْ يَرْكَبْ وَدَنَا مِنْ الْإِمَامِ فَاسْتَمَعَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ كَانَ لَهُ بِكُلِّ خُطْوَةٍ عَمَلُ سَنَةٍ أَجْرُ صِيَامِهَا وَقِيَامِهَا

Meaning: “Whoever washes his clothes and head, takes a bath, rushes for Friday, meets the start of the sermon, walks and does not ride a vehicle, is close to the Imam, listens to the sermon and does not play games, then every step he takes will be rewarded by fasting and praying for one year.” ( Narrated by Al-Tirmidhi and al-Hakim ).

Obtain Sacrifice Rewards

The third virtue is getting a reward like having sacrificed, as stated in the hadith:

مَنْ رَاحَ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فِي السَّاعَةِ الْأُوْلَى فَكَأَنَّمَا قَرَّبَ بَدْنَةً وَمَنَ رَاحَ فِي السَّاعَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ فَكَأَنَّمَا قَرَّبَ بَقَرَةً وَمَنْ رَاحَ فِي السَّاعَةِ الثَّالِثَةِ فَكَأَنَّمَا قَرَّبَ كِبَشًا أَقْرَنَ وَمَنْ رَاحَ فِي السَّاعَةِ الرَّابِعَةِ فَكَأَنَّمَا أَهْدَى دَجَاجَةً وَمَنْ رَاحَ فِي السَّاعَةِ الْخَامِسَةِ فَكَأَنَّمَا أَهْدَى بَيْضَةً فَإِذَا خَرَجَ الْإِمَامَ طُوِيَتِ الصُّحُفُ وَرُفِعَتِ الْأَقْلَامُ وَاجْتَمَعَتِ الْمَلَائِكَةُ عِنْدَ الْمِنْبَرِ يَسْتَمِعُوْنَ الذِّكْرَ فَمَنْ جَاءَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّمَا جَاءَ لِحَقِّ الصَّلَاةِ لَيْسَ لَهُ مِنَ الْفَضْلِ شَيْءٌ

Meaning: “Anyone who goes to the Friday prayer in the first hour, it is as if he is sacrificing a camel. Whoever departs in the second hour is as if he is sacrificing a cow.”

Anyone who departs at the third hour, it is as if he is sacrificing a goat with horns. Anyone who leaves at the fourth hour, as if rewarding a rooster. Anyone who departs at the fifth hour, it is as if presenting an egg.

After the imam leaves, the record of charity has been closed, the qalam for recording has been lifted, and the angels gather at the minbar to listen to the remembrance. Anyone who comes after that, then he comes only to fulfill the right to pray and does not get any priority.” (Narrated by al-Bukhari and Muslim).

From this hadith it can be concluded that the hour or time mentioned is the encouragement or motivation for people to leave for Friday Friday early. Regarding the size of the reward obtained, only Allah SWT knows it.

However, the Prophet Muhammad SAW once said in a hadith:

ثَلَاثٌ لَوْ يَعْلَمُ النَّاسُ مَا فِيْهِنَّ لَرَكَضُوْا رَكْضَ الْإِبِلِ فِي طَلَبِهِنَّ اَلْأَذَانُ وَالصَّفُّ الْأَوَّلُ وَالْغُدُوُّ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ

Meaning: “There are three things that if everyone knew what was in them, they would run like camels to chase them. All three are the call to prayer, the front row, and leave for Friday prayers early” ( Narrated by Al-Bukhari and Muslim ).

There are many other wisdoms and virtues of prayer that you need to learn so that you can improve your life in this world and later become the best provision in the hereafter. As written by Saiful Hadi El Sutha in the book Prayer Samudra Hikmah.

Threats of Leaving Friday Prayers

Given the many benefits and virtues of Friday prayers, we should carry out Fridays regularly. Moreover, anyone who leaves it because it is considered a light worship, then his heart will be seen as hypocritical by Allah SWT.

This is based on the hadith of the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam which reads:

Whoever leaves the Friday prayer three times because he takes it lightly, surely Allah will close the eyes of his heart . ( Narrated by Abu Dawud ).

Then for people who leave the Friday prayer because they are lazy, but still believe in this obligation, according to the Ulama, this person cannot be called an infidel but must repent.

This is a review of the legal requirements for Friday prayers that Sinaumed’s needs to know. Sinaumed’s can also read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Gill

Also read:

6 jobs with the highest salaries, tens of millions per month – Everyone wants an established life with a qualified salary. The level of one’s own salary is usually determined by the type of profession taken and the amount of experience one has. In Indonesia itself there are several types of professions that have the highest average salary, here are some of them:

OIL, MINING, AND MATERIALS TECHNICIANS

The Mine, Oil and Materials Technician profession is tasked with assisting in the set-up, maintenance and deconstruction of equipment used in drilling and oil operations. In addition, field technicians will find and find solutions to obstacles in drilled wells, close inactive wells, and make recommendations for changing conditions so that the exploration process can run smoothly and safely. Those who want to have a career in this profession must be graduates of petroleum engineering who really like to work outdoors, Sinaumed’s.

Those of you who are interested in this profession can study in the Department of Mining Engineering, Petroleum Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, Geological Engineering, Geodetic Engineering, Environmental Engineering, and Geophysics or other relevant majors. There are even some companies that want a master’s degree for this position.

Mining Engineering graduates themselves tend to be preferred because their lectures study the process of searching (exploration), mining (exploitation), and separating valuable minerals from other coalesced particles (processing). The types of minerals studied include gold, silver, platinum, and many others. Besides that, you also study the process of coal mining, and others. The responsibilities of this profession include:

• Select a location and plan for underground or surface mining operations, specifying processes, use of manpower and equipment that will be environmentally friendly, safe, economical and produce minerals and ores
• Conduct search and processing of petroleum and mining goods, development of new materials (such as metals and ceramics) and development of processing technology
• Developing methods in an effort to production needs
• Create a processing process before developing a basic material
• Design, implement and oversee the development of mines, facilities, systems or equipment
• Inspect mining areas for unsafe structures, equipment and working conditions
• Examining maps, deposits, drill locations, or mines to determine the location, size, accessibility, contents, value, and potential profitability of minerals, oil, and gas
• Select or develop mineral locations, extraction, and production methods, based on factors such as safety, cost, and deposit characteristics.

PROGRAMMER

The programmer is responsible for converting the design or concept into instructions that the computer can follow. These instructions are usually executed using one of the programming languages ​​JavaScript, C#, PHP, Oracle, SQL Server, Java and so on. The task of a programmer himself is to develop or create applications which include defining requirements, designing flowcharts,  writing program code,  debugging,  and testing programs. To pursue this profession requires mastery of various programming languages, namely Visual Basic, Delphi, Python, C#, C++, Java, and others.

For those of you who are interested in becoming a programmer, you must have at least a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems, Information Management Systems, Informatics Engineering Management, Mathematics Informatics Engineering, Mathematics Science, Statistics or other relevant majors. Informatics engineering graduates themselves tend to be preferred because their lectures teach knowledge and skills for software development. Everyday, you will learn programming languages ​​to artificial intelligence and multimedia.

Apart from that, you will also learn how to solve various computing problems, such as finding information from billions of web documents, processing millions of requests simultaneously, creating security systems, and much more. Responsibilities of this job include:

• Defining the needs of the Application to be made, and on what platform it will run . For example, the application we created will be used on a web platform. So later the program will run on a computer with a Windows OS version, Linux, Mac OS and others with a certain browser
• Designing a flowchart , after the program requirements have been met, a programmer will make a flowchart first before creating an application program.
• Writing Program Code, After the flow is formed, the programmer will change the flowchart into a program using a certain programming language (program codes).
• Debugging or the process of looking for errors from programs that have been written
• Test the finished program to the user. Usually before it is released to the public. The program was released in beta first, Sinaumed’s.

SCIENTIST DATA

The Data Scientist profession is a mix of mathematicians, trendsetters and computer scientists. The task of a Data Scientist is to break down large volumes of data and then analyze it to get a deep understanding of the data. Data scientists rotate between the world of business and IT so that they can give what companies want from the data that has been collected so far, into profitable actions for the company.

Broadly speaking, the data scientist workflow starts from identifying problems related to data analysis within the organization, Defining the right data sets and variables, Collecting structured and unstructured data from various sources, Cleaning and validating data, designing and implementing algorithms to seeking new information, analyzing data to find trend patterns, interpreting data and finding solutions and opportunities that support the achievement of organizational goals. Finally, Communicating findings to stakeholders with visualization and other means.

For those of you who are interested in the position of Data Scientistthen must have at least a bachelor’s degree in Informatics Engineering, Information Systems, Statistics, Mathematics or other relevant majors. The skills needed by this profession include mastering programming languages ​​such as R or Python as well as database querying languages ​​such as SQL Statistics. A thorough understanding of statistics to determine the algorithm to be used. Machine Learning to process large amounts of data to make it more structured, machine learning developed by data scientists can be used for an artificial intelligence concept. The responsibilities of this profession include:

• Tidy up random and unordered data sets to be grouped by need using coding and mathematical modeling
• Develop, execute and validate state-of-the-art algorithms to analyze multiple data sources with the aim of achieving targeted results
• Use mathematical concepts for broader data analysis
• Provide advice and build data that can help clients to improve their organization or company services
• Provide insight, design and lead iterative learning and development cycles, resulting in new data-driven analytics solutions that will become part of the decision sourcing
• Work with cross-functional team members to identify and prioritize data-related issues for action
• Data cleansing or data cleaning. This is very important to do because it aims to reduce incomplete data and avoid data duplication so that the resulting data is valid
• Data visualization , With data visualization, practitioners can read and analyze data in visual form and get ideas from data easily. This is an opportunity for practitioners to communicate data that will later influence the model to be designed.

ACCOUNTANT

The accounting profession is a designation given to someone who has taken an undergraduate education at the Faculty of Economics majoring in accounting and also graduated from the Accounting Profession Education (PPAk). The basic task of an accountant is to supervise, calculate and make financial reports of an institution, agency or company where he works.

The accounting profession is a job that uses expertise in accounting. Being an accountant must comply with the professional code of ethics and act according to Indonesian accounting standards. Indonesia itself has various accounting standards used by various business entities and organizations. However, the main accounting standards in Indonesia are IFRS (International Financing Reporting Standards) which have also been used on a global scale.

Indonesia as a member of IFAC (International Federation of Accountants) is also one of the factors why IFRS is used as an accounting standard in Indonesia. Strata 1 Education For those of you who are interested in the position of Accountant, you must have at least a bachelor’s degree in Accounting, Management or other relevant majors. There are even some companies that want a master’s degree for this position.

Accounting graduates themselves tend to be preferred because their lectures involve the art of recording, classifying and summarizing in a certain way in monetary terms. Broadly speaking, this major studies how to maintain finances. You will be prepared to become an accountant by studying accounting principles such as auditing, reporting, budgeting and tax regulations.

In addition, you need an Accountant Certification that you can take according to the abilities and fields needed. The following are some of them Certified Public Accountants (CPA, Certified Internal Auditors (CIA), Chartered Management Accountants (CMA). The responsibilities of this profession include:

• Prepare financial reports from the company in an integral manner, so that they can be used by internal and external parties in making decisions
• Prepare financial reports in accordance with the qualitative characteristics of IAI financial reports, 2004, namely understandable, relevant, materialistic, reliable and comparable, relevant and reliable information constraints, and fair presentation
• Planning, formulating and participating in developing the planning system, setting the expected goals, and choosing the right ways to monitor the direction of progress in achieving the goals.
• Evaluating, considering historical implications and expected events, and helping to choose the best way to act
• Control, ensuring the integrity of financial information related to the organization’s activities and its resources, monitoring and measuring performance, and taking corrective actions needed to return activities to the expected ways
• Ensuring accountability of sources, implementing a reporting system that is tailored to accountability centers within an organization so that the reporting system can contribute to the effective use of resources and measurement of management achievement
• External reporting, participating in the process of developing the accounting principles that underlie external reporting.

 

The book entitled Ethics of the Accounting Profession is here and answers these questions. This book contains studies and cases that you must have for accountants, prospective accountants, accounting study program students, as well as accounting observers so that they are aware of various issues of professional ethics, especially the accounting profession.

DOCTOR

Doctor’s profession as a health worker who is the first contact for patients to solve all their health problems regardless of the type of disease, organology, age group, and gender. Handling is carried out as early as possible using the principles of effective and efficient service. Not everyone who cures disease can be called a doctor. To become a doctor usually requires special education and training as well as having a degree in medicine.

General practitioner is a term for doctors who focus on treating general health problems and symptoms that occur in patients. A general practitioner is also known as a first class service physician, in which the general practitioner plays a role in the provision of prevention, diagnosis and initial therapy.

As for specialist doctors, they are divided into cardiologists, ophthalmologists, internal organ specialists, and many more. The skills required for this profession include:

• Anamnesis (medical interview) expertise with patients to find out complaints of the disease they are experiencing and other information related to the disease they are suffering from.
• Can prescribe drugs based on the disease suffered by the patient.
• Able to provide vaccinations and perform wound care.
• Can provide education or counseling regarding good health maintenance.
• Have expertise in conducting general physical examinations, in order to diagnose and determine treatment that suits the needs of the patient.
• Able to carry out basic medical rehabilitation for patients and the community to prevent further disease complications.
• Able to carry out simple supporting examinations, such as urine tests and blood tests, and interpret the results of these tests.
• Able to propose other supporting tests, for example X-ray examination, based on the symptoms experienced by the patient.
• Can take preventive measures and help direct patients to want to live a healthy lifestyle.

The Doctor’s jobdesk includes :

• Educating the public about the importance of maintaining health and living a healthy lifestyle.
• Perform disease prevention measures and provide health consultations.
• Perform a physical examination to diagnose the patient’s disease and provide appropriate treatment.
• Carry out supporting examinations based on the symptoms that the patient is currently experiencing.
• Perform medical rehabilitation on patients so that complications do not occur.
• Provide therapy (drug) according to the diagnosis of the patient’s disease.
• Coordinate all quality management activities in the health care center.
• Establish management in the implementation of the main tasks and functions of the health service center.

PILOT

Pilot profession as a term for people who drive airplanes. A pilot is responsible for flight security and safety, he has the authority to take various actions to prevent flight security and safety disturbances.

On a flight the pilot will drive the plane according to his flight plan . In his duties in the cockpit of the aircraft, the pilot will be assisted by a co-pilot, and during the flight from the time the door is closed for take off until the first door is opened after landing , the pilot and co-pilot will follow the flight paths that have been registered and programmed through aircraft navigation system assistance as well as information provided by traffic control towers at airports and air traffic service officers along the way.

In a double-manned aircraft, a clear division of tasks must be determined regarding who is the pilot flying  and who is the pilot monitoring . The synergy of task division and work coordination between the two will then result in better, safer and more efficient flights. The Pilot’s duties include:

• Flying an airplane – Aircraft safety is the responsibility of a pilot because it is his job to be able to fly an airplane professionally by paying attention to the weather and flight techniques
• Maintaining Passenger Safety – Not only proficient in flying aircraft, but a pilot must also be responsible and ensure that all passengers boarding the aircraft arrive safely at their destination, and feel comfortable during the trip
• Maintain Good Health – A Pilot must work extra in maintaining his health because it takes a fit body, without feeling sleepy and tired when he works. Flying in unsanitary conditions can adversely affect the flight and the safety of its passengers
• Fully understands his abilities and the limits of his own expertise and also understands the limits of the capabilities of the aircraft he flies

Source: from various sources

Purpose of Establishing OPEC – The Indonesian state has adopted a free and active political system based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution. Indonesia’s involvement in international organizations is one of the real forms of this free and active political system.

Apart from being a member of ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) and the United Nations (United Nations), Indonesia also plays an active role in OPEC (Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries) or the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries.

In meeting the world’s oil needs, oil-exporting countries certainly have a big advantage. However, in the implementation process, there are various problems that occur, both between exporting countries and importing countries.

To regulate these problems, an organization called OPEC was formed.

Then, what is OPEC? What is the purpose of forming OPEC? Does the organization have a lot of positive impact on our country?

Let’s look at the following explanation!

Purpose of Establishing OPEC ( Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries )

1. To coordinate and unify policies regarding petroleum among its member countries
2. To determine the right strategy to protect the interests of its member countries
3. To carry out various methods to stabilize oil prices on the international market so that price fluctuations do not occur, so that there is no price monopoly
4. Guarantees steady income for member countries that produce oil
5. Guarantee the supply of consumer oil
6. Ensuring a fair return of investors’ capital in the oil sector

History of the Formation of OPEC

The first country to become a pioneer in the formation of OPEC was Venezuela. Venezuela gave its opinion regarding the exploration process and communicated intensively with oil-producing countries in the world.

In September 1960, the Minister of Mines and Energy from Venezuela, Juan Pablo Perez Alfonzo, had a meeting with the Minister of Mines and Energy from Saudi Arabia, Abdullah Al Tariki to discuss how to increase the price of crude oil from each country. The meeting was held in Baghdad which was also attended by the governments of Iraq, Persia and Kuwait.

Finally, OPEC was founded in Baghdad in 1960 by American President, Dwight Eisenhower. Eisenhower also created national security agencies and ground access to energy supplies that could be used in the event of war.

OPEC headquarters was first in Geneva (1965) then moved to Vienna, Austria.

Since the OPEC headquarters moved to Vienna, the Indonesian Embassy in Austria has been actively involved in monitoring oil prices and handling substance and diplomacy issues at various meetings held by OPEC.

However, in carrying out its duties, OPEC is not always able to solve problems properly. There is a decrease in international demand and demands for oil in OPEC member countries. Meanwhile, OPEC continues to export oil in large quantities, causing oil prices to fall. This problem occurs in Venezuela.

Venezuela, which was previously a founding country of OPEC, is now experiencing a severe economic crisis. The price of crude oil produced fell by up to 50% due to market demands.

Finally, OPEC issued a policy to control the decline in oil prices on the global market. The policy was taken on the basis of influences from the outside world and market demands. This policy was used to restore oil prices starting at the end of 2008. Oil prices were recorded at the end of 2008 down to 100 US dollars per barrel.

Background to the Formation of OPEC

The establishment of OPEC was triggered by the unilateral decision of the multinational oil company, namely The Seven Sisters in 1959-1960. The oil companies have controlled the oil industry and set prices on international markets.

OPEC is trying to maintain oil prices and reject the unilateral action of reducing oil prices by some of the world’s largest oil companies, most of which come from developed countries. Some of these oil companies are The Seven Mayor owned by Exxon, Texaco, Socal, Gulf, British Petroleum , and Shell .

Together, OPEC is trying to determine the policy on the price and amount of oil production that will be marketed to the world.

Then, an agreement emerged between OPEC and private companies in 1970 called The Tripoli-Tehran Agreement . The agreement places OPEC fully in efforts to determine the international oil market.

OPEC Member Countries

No.	Member States	No.	Member States
1.	Saudi Arabia	8.	Qatar
2.	Kuwait	9.	Ecuador
3.	Algeria	10.	Gabon
4.	United Arab Emirates	11.	Iraq
5.	Indonesia	12.	Nigeria
6.	Iran	13.	Libya
7.	Venezuelan

OPEC Vision

• Coordinate and standardize petroleum industry policies among member countries on a regular and sustainable basis for oil-consuming countries

Main Requirements for OPEC Members

1. Substantially, the country concerned is a crude oil exporting country.
2. Fundamentally, the country concerned has the same interests as member countries. In addition, there must also be agreement from the majority of member countries.

OPEC Collaboration Results

1. In connection with the World Summit on Sustainable Development in the energy sector, OPEC pays attention to the issue of quantitative targets for achieving “renewable”
2. Policy making at the national level to set a schedule for eliminating energy subsidies
3. Development and implementation of actions within the framework of a sustainable development committee. This includes through public and private partnerships.
4. Regarding the implications of multilateral trade negotiations, OPEC anticipates important issues such as “Trade-Related Investment Measures”, “Subsidy and Countervailing Measures”, “Anti-Dumping”, and “Regional Integration and Technical Barriers to Trade”.
5. OPEC realizes that it is necessary to maintain security of supply in accordance with the statutes of each country as well as security of demand. In this case, OPEC acts as a stabilizer of the oil market.

OPEC Organizational Structure

As with other organizations, OPEC also has its own organizational structure with the highest power in determining policy in the hands of the Conference.

1. OPEC Conference
2. Board of Governors
3. Minister of Monitoring Sub Committee
4. Secretary General
5. Economic Commission Council
6. Internal Auditors
7. SG Office
8. Law office
9. Research Division
10. Service Division Support
11. Data Services Department
12. Department of Kerosene Studies
13. Department of Energy Studies
14. Department of Multilateral Relations
15. PR and Information Department
16. Department of Finance and Human Resources
17. Admin and Service Department

1. Conference

In determining policy, the highest authority in OPEC is the Conference which is attended by its member countries. This conference is held twice a year. All member states must be represented and have one vote. Decisions in the conference can be made after obtaining approval from its member countries.

2. Board of Governors

The structure of the Board of Governors is elected by each OPEC member who will later sit in the Council and hold meetings twice a year.

Duties of the Board of Governors:

• Implement the decisions of the Conference
• Consider and determine the reports submitted by the secretary general
• Recommended all financial reports by appointing an auditor to carry out the duties for one year
• Give approval of Divisional Directors and Section Heads proposed by member countries
• Organize the OPEC Conference Extraordinary meeting and prepare the meeting agenda
• Prepare the organization’s financial budget and submit it to the Conference Session every year

3. Secretary General

The Secretary General becomes the official representative of OPEC who is elected and the period lasts for 3 years (can be extended once in the same period). In carrying out his duties, the Secretary General is responsible to the Board of Governors and receives assistance from the Heads of Divisions and Sections.

4. Economic Commission Board ( Economic Commission Board )

The Economic Commission Council is tasked with reviewing and preparing materials and requirements for the conference, especially technical matters related to the petroleum sector.

How Does OPEC Affect The World?

1. OPEC represents significant political and economic power.
2. In 1970, OPEC showed its strength in the political field when it imposed an embargo or temporary seizure of foreign ships and traffic restrictions. This had a huge impact on the economy.
3. OPEC prevents its member countries from being taken advantage of by industrialized countries by ensuring that oil-exporting countries get a fair price for oil.
4. In August 2016, OPEC managed to show its ability to produce the highest oil, by producing 33.24 million barrels per day.

 

Indonesia’s Role Against OPEC

1. In 1962, Indonesia joined OPEC for the first time. Until now, Indonesia has always actively participated in activities organized by OPEC.

2. Indonesia has twice officially left OPEC membership. During 2008 and 2009. For 6 years, Indonesia froze its membership in OPEC. Finally in 2014, Indonesia decided to return to being a member of OPEC.

Right in May 2008, Indonesia announced that it would leave OPEC because Indonesia had been an oil importer since 2003, but was unable to meet the production quota that had been previously set.

The main reason for Indonesia leaving its membership in OPEC is because the policies within OPEC are not in accordance with Indonesia’s national interests. Even though at that time OPEC had provided great opportunities for the economic growth of member countries by being encouraged by the oil industry, this policy was not in accordance with the interests of the Indonesian state, so that it would actually be detrimental to the Indonesian state itself.

However, after holding the meeting, Indonesia was declared to have only received a suspension. Then, Indonesia officially became a member of OPEC again in 2014, when Joko Widodo was elected as the new president.

Then, in November 2016, Indonesia again left OPEC membership. This was due to OPEC’s policy of reducing Indonesia’s oil production to 37,000 barrels per day, to stop the decline in world oil prices.

One of the reasons for Indonesia’s return to OPEC is as a step in efforts to increase energy security. This is related to the condition of Indonesia which has a relatively high energy demand and continues to increase.

In addition, at that time Indonesia was in the transition process from using fossil energy to renewable energy. To support this, Indonesia took a number of steps such as returning to become a member of OPEC.

3. Indonesia has been appointed as OPEC Secretariat General and President of the OPEC Conference.

4. The Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources of the Republic of Indonesia, namely Prof. Subroto, has been entrusted with serving as the OPEC Secretariat General for two periods, namely in 1984-1985 and 1988-1994. The position of the Secretariat General is the longest serving OPEC secretary position.

• Goals of Regional Autonomy: Principles and Fundamentals
• MEA goals
• ASEAN Goals Formed
• Advantages of Decentralization for the Indonesian Economy
• Understanding the Politics of Fighting Sheep in Indonesia
• Understanding Human Life Purpose & How to Find Life Purpose
• Management: Understanding According to Experts, Functions, Objectives, & Principles

Functions of Traditional Houses – Sinaumed’s certainly knows that our country, Indonesia, has a variety of cultures which are inherited from our ancestors for centuries. Starting from traditional houses, traditional clothes, traditional dances, traditional weapons, to traditional food, each region has its own characteristics.

This time we will discuss traditional houses that are scattered throughout Indonesia. Yep, the existence of this traditional house is indeed rare nowadays, especially in urban areas. Sinaumed’s can find these traditional houses when he enters rural areas or even certain tourist villages where residents still use traditional houses as befits their residential homes.

If so, what is the function of the traditional house? Does it only function as a residence like the general function of a house? If so, then what makes it different from the house in general?

Of course not, the existence of a traditional house has many functions, one of which is as a place to live. Then, what are the functions of the existence of traditional houses? What traditional houses still adhere to the traditional taste in them? So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused, let’s look at the following review!

6 Functions of the Existence of Traditional Houses

It should be noted that traditional houses in Indonesia are diverse, in line with the cultural diversity of this country. It is natural for each province to find different traditional houses, because the historical background of the province is also different. So, here are 7 functions of the existence of a traditional house.

1. As an Ethnic Identity

Traditional houses are one of the products of a culture that develops in an area, because the design also involves various cultural elements. Yep, the process of building a traditional house is not careless. Our ancestors paid attention to every detail and each of these details had their own various philosophies.

The elements included in the process of building a traditional house are usually influenced by the prevailing customs in the local community, so that indirectly, the traditional house shows the identity of an ethnic group.

2. As a Prevailing Cultural Philosophy

Apart from being influenced by the customs prevailing in the local community, the construction of a traditional house also takes into account the existing cultural philosophy. This philosophy is usually in the form of thoughts about humans, nature, and God. However, there is also a philosophy that describes sacred things in a region.

3. As a Residence (Residential)

So, the function of this third traditional house is the same as that of a house in general. Yep, as a place of residence for the tribal people concerned. However, it should also be noted that not all traditional houses could be designated as residences, because at that time the social system was still in effect, so not all people could live in these traditional houses.

4. As a Place for Traditional Events

The function of the fourth traditional house is as a place for a traditional ceremony to be held. Not only that, traditional houses are also often used as a venue for deliberations attended by community leaders.

The implementation of traditional ceremonies in traditional houses is usually carried out on a large scale, so that people or tourists who are not members of the community are still allowed to watch how the traditional ceremony takes place.

5. As a Trace Record of Past Culture

When Sinaumed’s was walking around and encountered a uniquely shaped wooden house in the middle of the countryside, what made you understand that the house was a form of a traditional house?

Yep, most of the traditional houses in Indonesia use wood as the basic material for their construction and there are various special carvings that show that the house is a traditional house. This is because in the construction process, certain values ​​must be considered in the traditional house.

These certain values ​​are passed down from generation to generation so that of course makes them different from the construction of houses in general.

6. As a Museum

The final function of the existence of a traditional house is that it can be used as a museum! Yep, nowadays many traditional houses have finally been converted into museums that store their ancestral belongings. Of course, this museum may be visited by the general public on condition that visitors may not touch or damage these ancestral items.

Examples of Philosophy and Functions of Traditional Houses in Indonesia

The existence of traditional houses in Indonesia is very diverse. In fact, it is not uncommon for an ethnic group to have more than one traditional house. As previously written, the construction of a traditional house must pay attention to the cultural elements prevailing in the community, so it is only natural that there can be more than one traditional house in an ethnic group.

So, here are some examples of traditional houses in Indonesia which have their own philosophy and special functions.

1. Baileo Traditional House (Central Maluku)

This Baileo Traditional House is the result of the culture of the Maluku people which is embodied in the form of architecture, namely as a traditional house. The construction of the Baileo traditional house cannot be carried out carelessly, but must adhere to specific rules in Maluku culture, starting from the selection of locations, the selection of materials, architectural forms, to the ornaments used as traditional house decorations.

According to Maluku culture, this Baileo traditional house is seen as an old house or ancestral house because it is considered to have a direct connection with the ancestors, namely as the residence or first residence of a group of people who arrived at that time and were considered the founders of the country.

The Baileo Traditional House has its own name in every region, including in Saparua District, Central Maluku Regency. The Baileo Nolloth traditional house is also called Simaloa Pellamahu which means a traditional house or ceremony place. As the name implies, this Baileo Nolloth traditional house often functions as a traditional ceremony which is still being held today.

The Baileo Nolloth building has 20 wooden pillars positioned side by side to the west and east, with 10 pillars each. 20 Each of these in the Baileo traditional house actually symbolizes the clans that exist in Nolloth, namely:

• The 10 pillars on the west side represent the Metekohy, Sopacua, Lawalatta, Pasalbessy, Hehamahua, Pemahu, Metekohy and Selanno clans.
• The 10 pillars on the east side represent the clans Manuputty, Pasalbessy, Metekohy, Patty, Sopacua, Huliselan (king’s pillar), Mattatula, Ningkelwa, Silahooy and Tousalwa.

2. Sasadu Traditional House (North Maluku)

If previously we discussed traditional houses in Central Maluku, this time we will move to the North Maluku section. The Sasadu traditional house (derived from the Sahu language) is closely related to local culture, namely in North Maluku. This traditional house is usually located on the side of the road with the intention that it is easy to reach, especially when it is being used as a gathering place from all over the village.

This Sasadu traditional house is usually built using building materials in the form of sago leaves whose length is calculated according to the number of roof leaves outlined by customary rules. The number of roof leaves will later be related to the length of the annual harvest ceremony to be held.

The Sasadu traditional house is also very easy to move around, even if the owner so wishes. In addition, this traditional house is easy to maintain, that is, if there are elements or components that are damaged or weathered, they can be replaced with new ones.

As with other traditional houses, the Sasadu traditional house also has the main function of being a place for carrying out traditional ceremonies and holding traditional meetings. The traditional ceremonies that are usually held at the Sasadu traditional house are Sa’ai Mango’a and Sa’ai Lamo, which are traditional ceremonies related to the process of swidden agriculture. The implementation of customary deliberations is usually to resolve customary cases, such as adultery (asusila), divorce, land disputes, and others.

This Sasadu traditional house has four entrances which are located in the corner of the building, which is right under the triangular roof of Boru Ma Biki . This door is used as the entrance for various levels of society including traditional stakeholders, while the two entrances which are right in the middle of the building are special doors passed by Kolano/Kolano Ma Jiko and their representatives when holding traditional ceremonies in this sasadu house. The triangular roof of Boru Mak Biki (bird’s tail) is indeed designed to be lower, with the intention that people who pass by it have to bow as a sign of respect.

3. Mbaru Niang Wae Rebo Traditional House (East Nusa Tenggara)

The Mbaru Niang Wae Rebo traditional house is a manifestation of cultural values ​​that are still maintained by the people of Wae Rebo, East Nusa Tenggara. The Mbaru Niang traditional house for the people of Wae Rebo does not only function as a place to live, but is also a part of themselves by making it a place for making village decisions, up to welcoming events with guests.

This traditional house has a room called a tent , which is usually used to carry out daily activities, such as eating, resting, cooking, receiving guests, and so on. This tent room has a diameter of 15 meters.

Then in the family room there is a drum, which is an heirloom that cannot be separated from the integrity of a village. It can also be said that this drum is an heirloom as the identity of the village as well as the owner of the house.

4. Traditional Houses of the Tolaki and Wolio Tribes (Southeast Sulawesi)

Southeast Sulawesi has many tribes that mutually defend the culture of their regions of origin, including the Tolaki and Wolio tribes. The Tolaki tribe is the largest tribe in Kendari City, while the Wolio tribe is in Bau-Bau City. These two tribes are tribes originating from the largest kingdom in Southeast Sulawesi. The Tolaki tribe comes from the Konawe Kingdom, while the Wolio tribe comes from the Bunton Kingdom.

The traditional houses of the Tolaki tribe are called Laika (derived from the Konawe language) and Raha (derived from the Mekongga language). The building in this house has a large rectangular shape and is made of wood. On the roof there are large columns that are about 20 feet high. In ancient times, this traditional house was often used as a place for a king to hold traditional ceremonies.

The door to the traditional house of the Tolaki tribe is called Otambo , which has a rectangular shape. The front door of this house is analogous to the mouth and the back door of the house is the anus. The existence of the front door of the house is placed slightly to the side, so that outsiders cannot enter the house directly. According to belief, this is to prevent the entry of evil associated with black magic.

The stairs in the traditional Tolaki house usually consist of an odd number, because according to belief, an even number is not good. The existence of an odd number of stairs is called konanggoa , which means it is very good at getting sustenance. They believe that odd numbers are good, because even though they have elements that don’t pair with each other, they can influence each other.

The windows in the Tolaki traditional house have four holes, which are analogous to the two elements of the ear and the two elements of time (an analogy based on the human body). According to local belief, the placement of the window (known as the Balapan ) is placed in the direction of the rising and setting of the sun, as well as to spy on enemies.

Meanwhile, the traditional house of the Wolio tribe is called Banua Tada . The word ” Banua ” means house, while ” tada ” means elbow. Based on the prevailing social status in the local community, the structure of this house is adapted to this social status, namely ” kamali “, “banua tada tare pata pale “, and ” banua tada tare talu pale “.

The structure of ” kamali ” means mahligai, or the residence of the king and his family. Then the structure “banua tada tare pata pale” means the residence of officials or palace employees. Then, the structure “banua tada tare talu pale” is a place for ordinary people to live.

When observed closely, the traditional house of the Wolio tribe seems to consist of a head, body and legs, which is in accordance with the philosophy of the Butonese people. In their belief, the secret hole in the wood will later be given gold, which is analogous to the human navel. Gold can also be interpreted as a symbol of the heart and customs of Buton.

Then on the roof of this traditional house, there are carvings of pineapples and dragons which are symbols of the kingdom and sultanate of Buton. Uniquely, this traditional house is an earthquake resistant house. The roof is made of thatch and hypa-hypa, which must be arranged in an Islamic manner because it symbolizes prayer, namely the right that closes like giving alms.

So, that’s a review of the function of traditional houses and examples of traditional houses in Indonesia which have a special philosophy in their construction. Since traditional houses are the embodiment of culture passed down by our ancestors, we as future generations must continue to preserve them …

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

Salhuteru, Marlyn. (2015). Baileo Traditional House in Saparua District, Central Maluku Regency. KAPATA Archeology, Vol 11 (1). 

Hikmansyah. (2016). The Form and Function of the Sasadu House as a Center for Community Activities in Sahu Regency, West Halmahera, North Maluku. National Seminar Proceedings: Sustainable Architecture and Urbanism. 

Louis, Monica. (2015). The Functions and Meanings of Space in the Mbaru Niang Wae Rebo Traditional House. INTRA JOURNAL, Vol 3 (2). 

Franciska, Bonnieta. and Laksmi Kusuma Wardani. (2014). Form, function, and interior meaning of traditional houses of the Tolaki and Wolio tribes in Southeast Sulawesi. INTRA JOURNAL, Vol 2(2). 

Also Read!

• Definition of Ethnicity
• The uniqueness of the Tongkonan Traditional House
• History of the Betawi Traditional House
• The uniqueness of Maluku Traditional Houses
• Get to know the Traditional House of North Sumatra
• Characteristics of Sundanese Traditional Houses
• Rarely Known Traditional Houses in Indonesia
• Various Kinds of Traditional Batak Houses
• History of the Joglo Traditional House
• Get to know the West Java Traditional House
• The uniqueness of Betawi Traditional Clothing
• Get to know the Customs of the 5 Biggest Tribes in Sumatra

Liver Function – Do you know what are the functions of the liver? Most people are often not aware of liver function for overall body health. It is not surprising that today there are still many people who do not maintain healthy liver function.

The liver as part of the organs in the human body is the central organ of metabolism in the body. Even though it only has 2% of the total body weight, the liver is able to receive 1,500 ml of blood per minute to carry out its functions properly. The liver or liver is often known as the largest organ in the body, you know.

In addition, the liver is not only able to remove toxins but is also able to store vitamins and minerals that are good for your body. It should be noted that the liver is the only organ that can grow back after being reduced or cut through a long procedure of liver care or transplantation.

When sweating, the body undergoes a process of removing some substances that are no longer needed. It’s the same with humans when they breathe. When breathing, the body experiences the elimination of residual substances that are no longer needed through exhaled breath.

There are several waste products produced by the body, namely sweat, urine (urine), moisture, urea, uric acid, carbon dioxide gas, and bilirubin. These substances can be said to be waste or waste substances because if they are not removed they will become toxic to the body. Expenditure of various residual substances had to undergo a process called the process of excretion.

The vital function of the liver has a very important role for the health of the body. Given the function of the liver as a central organ of metabolism, we should not be indifferent to maintaining its health.

If Sinaumed’s doesn’t immediately take care of liver health, it is possible that you will be at risk of experiencing various kinds of diseases, such as liver cancer, hepatitis, fatty liver, and other diseases. For that, Sinaumed’s needs to prevent the worst possibility that will disrupt the body’s health.

The easy steps you can take are to get to know, know the function of the liver, and how to maintain its health. Then what are the functions of the heart? Come on, find out more about the function of the liver here!

What is Liver Organ?

The liver is known as the largest organ in the body’s digestive system and has many functions. The liver organ is also often known as the liver. It should be noted that the liver not only helps the digestive process, but also plays an important role in the circulatory system.

The liver as a complementary organ or extra tool is different from the stomach and intestines which are part of the digestive tract. However, the liver also carries out the digestive process with the help of the gallbladder, lymph vessels, intestines, innervation, and so on.

After getting to know the basic things about the liver, now is the time for Sinaumed’s to know the position and structure of the heart in the human body. This organ is located in the upper right abdominal cavity. The location of the liver is just below the diaphragm which fills most of the space under the ribs.

Its size is so large that the liver occupies a small amount of space in the upper left abdomen. Then at the bottom of the liver there is a small green organ, namely, the gallbladder. The liver also functions to form bile. Then the gallbladder will hold the bile before it is used for the digestive process.

Heart Parts

Next, Sinaumed’s needs to understand the anatomy of the liver by getting to know its parts first. The liver consists of several parts, such as lobes, vascular pathways, some connective tissue, and the liver nervous system. In the following, we will explain more about the various components that make up the liver.

Source: Webmd.com

1. Lobes (cleavage)

The liver organ in the human body has two main lobes. However, if observed there are other lobes on the back view of the liver. First, the liver has the largest right lobe, about six times the size of the left lobe.

Second, there is the left lobe or left hemisphere which is smaller in size compared to the right lobe. Third, the caudate lobe is the upper part of the liver which is only visible from behind. Fourth, there is the quadratus lobe which is the lower part of the liver that can be seen from behind.

2. Separating connective tissue (ligaments)

It should be noted that the liver is covered by a layer of connective tissue called the Glisson capsule. The network then develops into several types of ligaments that function as a barrier between one lobe and another.

Some of the dividing connective tissue in the liver is divided into four parts, namely the falciform ligament, coronary ligament, triangular ligament, and lesser omentum. Let’s discuss them one by one.

First, the falciform ligament is a sickle-shaped piece of tissue that attaches to the front of the liver and naturally separates the right and left lobes. Second, there is a network that attaches to the top to the bottom of the liver and this tissue is directly adjacent to the diaphragm to form a triangle. This tissue is called the coronary ligament .

Third, the triangular ligament is a network that is divided into the right ligament to divide the right lobe of the liver and the left ligament to divide the left lobe of the liver. Fourth, the lesser omentum is a tissue that attaches to the bottom of the liver and is directly adjacent to the stomach and large intestine.

3. The vascular system of the heart

The liver is capable of storing about 437 ml of blood each time. This amount is equivalent to 13% of the blood supply in the body.

Blood that flows directly to the liver has two main sources, namely oxygen-rich blood from the arteries of the liver and blood rich in nutrients from the veins of the liver. When observed through a microscope, Sinaumed’s will see liver cells arranged into hundreds of the smallest units commonly called lobules.

All vessels that enter and leave Sinaumed’s’ liver will interact with liver cells that are connected via lobules. Then the liver cells will produce the main ingredient that forms bile.

One of the main functions of the hepatic vascular system is to transport bile to the gallbladder. Furthermore, bile will flow into the intestine to carry out the digestive process.

4. Nervous system of the heart

The liver nervous system or what is called the hepatic plexus functions to control the liver. This one nervous system enters and branches in it. Then the nervous system of this heart goes through the same route as the blood vessels that carry oxygen and nutrients.

Liver Function in the Digestive System

Reporting from the John Hopkins Medicine page, at least 500 important liver functions for your body have been discovered by scientists. This article will help Sinaumed’s recognize the main function of the liver for the body. Check out the following explanation.

1. Produce bile ran fluid

Liver cells produce an important fluid called bile. The main components of bile are water, bile salts, bile pigments, bile acids and bilirubin.

In addition, there are electrolyte minerals, cholesterol content, and phospholipids. In the digestive system, bile functions to change fat in the small intestine into small lumps that are easier to digest. Before carrying out its function, the liver will store bile in the gallbladder.

Then intestinal bacteria will change the basic ingredients of bile that are not used in the digestive process into bile acids. Furthermore, bile acids will be sent back to the liver to process the next digestive process.

2. Process the chemicals consumed

The liver also functions to clean the blood from various drugs, alcohol, chemicals, and materials that have the potential to produce toxins. The liver will carry out this function by converting chemicals into water-soluble molecules.

Then the liver also helps convert toxic ammonia into urea to be excreted in the urine. In processing chemicals, the ability of the liver is influenced by age, genetic factors, gender, liver health, and kidney health.

3. Remodel red blood cells

Please note that red blood cells in the body have an expiration age of around 100-120. Then the red blood cells that are considered old or out of date will be broken down by cells in the liver. Overhauled red blood cells will undergo changes to biliverdin.

Then the biliverdin will mix with other substances and turn into bilirubin. Furthermore, bilirubin will flow into the blood, filtered by the kidneys, and excreted in the urine. These substances will make your urine appear yellowish in color.

4. Save energy reserves

The liver has a function as a place to store energy reserves. When digesting carbohydrates, the liver will stabilize glucose (blood sugar) levels.

When Sinaumed’s’ blood sugar is high, the liver will filter sugar from the blood and then store it as an energy reserve in the form of glycogen. When Sinaumed’s’ blood sugar levels decrease, the liver will help break down the energy reserves that exist in the body.

Stored glycogen will be broken down into glucose and released back into the bloodstream. The liver will also release some vitamins and minerals if needed by the body.

Then when your blood sugar is very low, the body will take energy reserves from fat. The liver is also able to convert fat into energy as a substitute for sugar.

5. Regulate various mechanisms in the blood

Source: Hellohealth.com

In addition to storing energy reserves, the liver also produces proteins that can help blood clotting and transport of oxygen. The liver helps store iron which is processed by hemoglobin, a special protein that binds oxygen to red blood cells.

6. Other functions

In addition to the functions mentioned above, the liver also has various other functions for your body.

• The liver is able to produce cholesterol and special proteins that are useful for carrying fat throughout the body.
• The liver helps regulate a number of amino acids in the blood which will become the forerunner of the body’s building proteins.
• Another function of the liver is to prevent infection by forming various immune factors and removing bacteria in the blood.

How to Maintain Liver Health

1. Maintain diet and health

Source: Goodnet.org

To maintain a healthy liver, Sinaumed’s needs to consume lots of nutritious foods, such as fruits and vegetables. Then Sinaumed’s needs to reduce foods that contain lots of toxins, such as oily foods or foods with flavourings.

In maintaining the health of the liver, you also need to reduce the consumption of drugs that can inhibit or affect liver function. One example is alcohol. Excessive alcohol consumption will poison the body.

Sinaumed’s can tell if the liver is functioning properly through urine. If your urine is increasingly yellow, then that is an indication of impaired liver function.

2. Examination of liver function

Source: Medicinenet.com

Apart from the method above, Sinaumed’s can also find out the condition of the liver by conducting an examination to get more accurate results. Examination of the liver requires a blood sample to determine the type of disease that is in the body.

Examination of the liver will make it easier for you to find out how to maintain liver health. Here are some compounds that can help you check the health of your liver.

Albumin

The liver produces albumin as the main protein into the blood circulation. If you lack albumin, this could be due to malnutrition. For that, you need to consume lots of nutritious foods that can support albumin compounds in the body.

Bilirubin

This one compound is formed through hemoglobin and gives color to urine (urine) and feces through greenish bile. Excess bilirubin will cause jaundice due to consuming too much alcohol in the long term. For that, you need to reduce alcohol consumption so you don’t get jaundice due to excess bilirubin.

Recommended Books & Articles Related to the Digestive System

Closing of Papers – When we were still in school, we certainly couldn’t be separated from school assignments. Talking about school assignments, there are certainly a lot of them, starting from individual or group assignments and assignments grouped by subject. However, there is one assignment that can fit into all subjects, namely the task of writing a term paper.

Paper school assignments can be included in almost all subjects, such as social studies lessons, science lessons, Indonesian language lessons, and so on. In addition, school assignments for this paper can be made individually or in groups. In general, this paper assignment is only given when someone has entered high school, so it is very rare to find paper assignments in elementary school.

Basically, the task of making this paper is not only in high school, but also when someone is studying in college. In other words, when someone is already a student they still get paper assignments. However, paper assignments done by students have different levels.

The difficulty level of making papers for students lies in the use of theory, for students when making papers they must be analyzed with the right theory. That way, the results of the analysis in the paper will become more complex.

When someone is compiling a paper, there certainly won’t always be a closing section. In this article, you will find out the meaning of the closing section of a paper along with examples of closing papers. Come on, see the full review below.

Definition of Paper

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a paper can be interpreted as a written work that can be made by students or students as a form of report on the results of an assignment or research carried out at a school or college. Therefore, preparing papers should not be done carelessly or you could say that they are in accordance with the existing structure of the paper.

In the preparation of papers that must use valid and correct sources, papers can also be referred to as scientific papers, so that they are part of scientific papers. Therefore, in writing, usually the contents of the paper only focus on one problem.

In tertiary institutions, a student who is writing a paper must first make observations or look for sources that are relevant to the discussion of the paper. There are even papers that are made with research or field research beforehand in order to produce complex paper content.

After knowing the meaning of the paper, then we proceed to the next discussion, namely what is the closing of the paper?

What is a Paper Closing?

The closing part of the paper is a part of the paper that is located at the very end and must be made by the authors of the paper. The closing of this paper can be regarded as a part that explains the results obtained during observation, research or field research. With the closing of the paper, the author or reader of the paper becomes easier to understand the contents of the paper as a whole, so that readers can get new knowledge and insights.

Therefore, when talking about the closing part of the paper we cannot be separated from the conclusions and suggestions. These two elements are very difficult to separate from one another because they complement each other. So, when you want to write a paper cover, you should make sure that you have found a conclusion from all the discussion in the paper, and have received suggestions that can be given for further research.

Conclusions and suggestions can also be said as a requirement for the closing of the paper, so their presence must be in the closing part of the paper. If you fully understand the contents of the paper, it will be easy to make conclusions and suggestions in the closing part of the paper.

Paper Closing Requirements

Conclusions and suggestions are a requirement for the closing of the paper. The following is an explanation of the conclusions and suggestions.

Conclusion

The conclusion is the first condition of closing the paper. This conclusion contains the final results of the contents of the paper as a whole packaged in short, clear, and concise language. The results of this conclusion must be in accordance with the topics of discussion that have been described in the previous chapters, so that readers are not confused and it becomes easy to understand the contents. paper as a whole.

In addition, when writing a conclusion it should not be too long, but the contents must still convey the important points of the discussion of the paper. In other words, conclusions that are written too long can reduce the value of the core issues in the paper.

Suggestion

In addition to the conclusion, a condition that must have a closing part of the paper is a suggestion. It is different from the conclusion, the suggestions written by the authors of the paper are addressed to readers related to the topics discussed previously. With this section, the author can provide solutions to readers related to the discussion in the paper. Basically there are no specific rules for making suggestions, but it should be written in simple language so that readers can easily understand it.

How to make a paper cover

Making a paper cover can be considered easy and difficult, below we will explain several ways to make a paper cover, including:

1. Understand the contents of the paper as a whole

To make a paper cover, you need to understand the contents of the paper as a whole. The contents of the paper need to be understood starting from the opening part to the contents. Therefore, to make a good paper cover, it is necessary to read the paper as a whole and read it several times, so that it will be easier to understand the contents of the paper.

2. The essence of the problem is clearly written

After understanding the contents of the paper, the next step in making a paper cover is to write the gist of the problem clearly. The clearer the writing of the core problems in the paper, the easier it will be to make conclusions and suggestions in the closing part of the paper. Apart from being written clearly, the essence of the problem must also be written firmly and full of conviction.

3. Use short, clear, and concise language

After that, then write the closing of the paper in short, clear, and solid language. This needs to be done so that the conclusions and suggestions that have been made in the closing part of the paper can be easily understood by the writer or reader. Therefore, it is better if the conclusions and suggestions made are not too long or can be written starting from 1-2 paragraphs so that they are not too long.

4. Adapted to the Discussion of the Paper

As previously explained that the closing of this paper consists of conclusions and suggestions, so when you want to make it, you have to adjust it to the discussion of the paper. In other words, the conclusions and suggestions made must not deviate from the discussion of the paper and must be related to every material or content of the paper that has been made.

Those are 4 ways to make a paper cover that you can use when you want to make a paper cover. It would be better if you continue to develop these four methods according to yourself so that you can produce a paper cover that is easily understood and understood by the author or some readers, so that it is possible that many people will read the paper.

Example of closing paper

The following are examples of closing papers divided into several topics of discussion.

Cover Example of Religious Paper

Honest behavior

Conclusion

Based on the discussion and explanation that has been presented before, I as the writer draw the following conclusions:

1. Honest behavior is very important to avoid slander from others.
2. Honest behavior serves to increase the trust of others in us.
3. Honest behavior can strengthen relationships.
4. Honest behavior can prevent disputes or animosity.

Suggestion

In addition to the conclusions explained above, I also have some suggestions that readers can apply in their daily lives.

1. Deepen knowledge about honest behavior with experts, such as school teachers, or other religious figures.
2. Keep trying to behave honestly even though you have been lied to in an environment many times.
3. Always teach others to get used to behaving honestly.

Arrogant behavior

Conclusion

From what has been explained in the discussion above, we have several conclusions, including:

1. Arrogant behavior is a form of bad behavior, so it should not be done as much as possible.
2. Arrogant behavior has many negative impacts.
3. Arrogant behavior can create arguments

Suggestion

In the closing part of this paper, the author would like to convey some suggestions for readers regarding arrogant behavior, including:

1. Avoid arrogant behavior anywhere and anytime.
2. Stay humble even though you have more abilities.

Example of PKN Paper Cover

Application of Pancasila values ​​to Citra Baik Elementary School students

Conclusion

In Pancasila there are many values ​​contained therein and can provide benefits for social life. The application of Pancasila values ​​really needs to be done or even needs to be taught from an early age, so that when they grow up they are used to applying Pancasila values ​​in everyday life.

After conducting research on the application of Pancasila values ​​to Citra Baik Elementary School students, the authors draw the conclusion that the application of Pancasila values ​​to Citra Baik Elementary School students is quite good, although there are still some students who have not been able to apply Pancasila values.

Suggestion

From the research that has been conducted at Citra Baik Elementary School, the author has several suggestions for readers, including:

1. Provide special material about Pancasila values ​​once a week.
2. Familiarize students to apply Pancasila values ​​during study hours and during breaks.

The importance of education for every Indonesian citizen

Conclusion

Based on the explanation on the topic of discussion of the importance of education for every Indonesian citizen that has been described above, the authors draw several conclusions, including:

1. Education is something that every Indonesian citizen must have.
2. Indonesian formal education that is mandatory starts from elementary, junior high, and high school or is known as 12 year compulsory education.
3. By entering formal education and compulsory education for 12 years, students’ knowledge and insight will increase.
4. Education infrastructure in Indonesia is not evenly distributed.

Suggestion

In this closing section, the author gives several suggestions to readers, namely:

1. Always pay attention to formal education for all Indonesian children
2. Improving educational infrastructure evenly.

Health Paper Cover Example 

The dangers of junk food

Conclusion

From the explanation of the research that we have done before, we think that eating too much junk food can interfere with the body’s health. This can happen because junk food contains excess fat and sugar.

Diseases caused by junk food is arguably a dangerous and deadly disease. Diseases that will arise if you eat too much junk food, such as obesity, high cholesterol, coronary heart disease, high blood pressure, and diabetes.

Suggestion

Based on the research that has been done, we have some suggestions for readers, especially those who are used to eating junk food, including:

1. Get rid of the habit of eating junk food excessively and replace it with food with balanced nutrition.
2. Arrange regular eating patterns, so that the body is not easily hungry and can still get nutritious food.

The importance of exercising

Conclusion

Based on the topic of the importance of exercise that has been explained previously, I make the following conclusions:

1. Exercise is something that must be done regularly to keep the body healthy
2. Exercise can be done alone, with friends, or with an instructor.
3. Exercise can make the body more relaxed, so that sleep patterns become regular and the quality of sleep becomes better.

Suggestion

From the discussion that has been mentioned, you have some suggestions for readers, including:

1. Never hesitate to exercise and make a regular exercise schedule
2. Combine regular exercise with a balanced nutritional diet
3. Keep implementing a healthy lifestyle

Example of closing a short paper

Study benefits 

Based on the discussion above, the writer can conclude several things, including:

1. Studying regularly can increase a person’s intelligence because his insight increases.
2. Learning can be done anywhere, it doesn’t have to be through formal education.
3. Learning can be done through various media, mobile phones, books, and so on.

Suggestion

From the explanation previously mentioned, the author has several suggestions for readers, including:

1. Never get bored to continue learning anywhere and anytime.
2. Determine the learning media according to preferences.

Example of Environmental Paper Cover

Garbage hazard if left continuously

Conclusion

Based on what has been described above, we draw several conclusions, including:

1. Garbage that is left alone without proper processing will cause harm to the surrounding environment, which can cause disease.
2. Garbage can cause natural disasters, such as floods.
3. Good and correct waste management can reduce damage to the surrounding environment.

Suggestion

Garbage left just like that is very dangerous. From the explanation above, we have suggestions for readers, including:

1. Provide trash cans in every resident’s house so as not to litter.
2. Teach children to dispose of trash in its place, so that the environment is clean and protected from flooding.
3. Create a special program to manage waste into useful materials and have economic value.

Example of closing an Indonesian language paper

The meaning of the fairy tale of the deer

Conclusion

The story of Si Kancil has been around for a long time and the story has never changed and the story contains meanings or values ​​that can be taken for everyday life. Based on the discussion of the paper about the meaning of the fairy tale Si Kancil, the writer can draw conclusions, including:

1. Kancil is included in the category of intelligent and cunning animals
2. The hare was an arrogant animal because he felt that he had won with the tortoise during a running race.

Suggestion

From the explanation of the meanings that have been explained above, the writer can conclude that be someone who is intelligent who is never arrogant, so that people will not shun him.

Thus the discussion of the closing example of the paper. After reading this article to the end, I hope it will be useful for Sinaumed’s in the future.

Examples of Economic Threats – The economy is not always stable. Sometimes in the prosperous phase, but not infrequently also in the worst phase. Economic turnover occurs in every individual, even to the state. Defensive strategies must be arranged in such a way that when economic changes occur they will not pose a threat.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), threats are defined as efforts made conceptually through political acts and/or crimes that are expected to endanger the order and interests of the state and nation.

An expert named Treats argues about threats as the occurrence of important situations that exist in a company or others where it is not profitable. Another expert gave his views on threats.

For him, a threat is any activity or effort, whether carried out abroad or within the country, which is considered to endanger the sovereignty of the state and the territorial integrity of the country as well as the safety of the entire nation and state.

The purpose of the threat, namely to change the order of a nation and a state that was initially fine became messy and destroyed. Therefore, there is a need for unity and unity in solving various problems that occur so that they do not pose a significant threat.

Definition and Examples of Economic Threats

The state does not only face threats in the field of defense and integrity. However, also in the economic field. In this field it can also trigger other divisions.

Economic threats occur in various lines of state life. Here are some examples of economic threats mentioned on the Kumparan.com and Jernih.id pages.

1. Inflation

Inflation is an economic threat to Indonesia. Especially when the increase in the price of goods occurs continuously. This can cause changes in the value of money against market mechanisms.

Economic stimulus is needed when there is inflation. Settlement strategies are based on economic stimulus. Among them are implementing devaluation, suppressing wage rates, monetary policy, supervising economic activity, regulating distribution channels, and increasing domestic production.

2. Increasing Unemployment Rate

Rising unemployment rates have the potential to threaten the Indonesian economy. Not only that, crime will also increase. The high unemployment rate also has an impact on increasing the poverty rate.

Of course this will disrupt the level of stability of the country’s economy. Therefore, a strategy is needed to reduce the high unemployment rate. Here are some ways that can be pursued.

• Improving the quality of education and community skills.
• Creating jobs.
• Increase job training in each area.
• Run transmigration.
• Supporting informal businesses, for example creating new entrepreneurs.

3. Unclear State Economic System

Economic threats can occur if the state does not have a clear economic system. It would be better if the government evaluates the economic system related to foreign investors. Support and support for domestic producers should be higher.

4. Condition of infrastructure

Poor infrastructure conditions also have the potential to pose an economic threat. Ideally, infrastructure development should be evenly distributed in each region as well as adjusted to their needs.

Uneven infrastructure conditions can lead to an unstable economy. Therefore, there is a need for infrastructure development. For example, equitable distribution of infrastructure development, research on infrastructure adjustments to meet the needs of each region, and sufficient funding.

5. Dependence on Imported Goods

The people’s dependence on imported goods is an economic threat to Indonesia. the more goods imported it will disrupt the stock of goods and sales of domestic products.

Actually, imports are allowed if domestic stocks have been reduced. Also, the production of goods takes quite a long time for production. When domestic products are available, imports must be stopped.

6. Debt from Other Countries

Indonesia is one of the countries that has quite a lot of debt with other countries. In 2019, the World Bank stated that Indonesia is a country with small and medium income, but has the largest debt, reaching IDR 5,907 trillion.

Of course this will pose an economic threat. Moreover, the meager income of the people and the state must be allocated to pay off debts. If this condition continues without improvement, the Indonesian economy has the potential to weaken further.

Consequences of Economic Threats

The Ministry of Education and Culture’s book states that economic threats bring many bad influences. The following are some of the consequences of economic threats.

1. Urgent Local Products

The free market is the entry point for products from various countries. With so many products from abroad, domestic products are displaced, especially traditional goods or products produced by small-scale producers.

Local products will lose to products from abroad because of lower prices, more stock, and a variety of choices. Product innovation and selling price calculations must be considered by domestic producers to market their products.

2. The emergence of social inequality

Social inequality will occur when there is a free market where free competition also occurs. domestic and foreign producers will compete with each other to reap the maximum market share.

This creates a social gap between domestic and foreign producers. If this condition continues and domestic products are increasingly unattractive, it will disrupt the pace of the Indonesian economy.

3. Poor Economic Growth Prospects

Unhealthy competition will result in poor economic growth in the long term.

4. Reduced People’s Economic Sector

Indirectly, free competition can reduce the people’s economic sector because something is capitalized by large producers. The impact, will make unemployment and poverty will be more difficult to overcome.

5. Swelling of the State Debt

Almost all countries borrow from other countries or the World Bank to meet national needs. However, when the amount of debt swells and is too large it will threaten the country’s economy. Finally, state revenues are only used to pay off debts and hinder domestic development itself.

6. Unabsorbed Human Resources

In this modern era, human labor is not needed in business processes, household chores, and other elements of human life. This is exacerbated by the need met by imports. This causes the economy to weaken due to a lack of qualified and qualified human resources.

Strategies to Overcome Economic Threats

Economic threats can be overcome by implementing various strategies. The following are several strategies for overcoming economic threats, as reported by the Ajaib.co.id and Adjar.grid.id pages.

1. Community Economic System

The populist economic system can be one way to deal with economic threats. Various ways can be taken to realize the people’s economy, including the following.

• The economic system was developed to strengthen domestic production for the domestic market so that it could strengthen the people’s economy.
• Agriculture is a top priority because the majority of Indonesia’s population work as farmers.
• The domestic industry must use raw materials originating from within the country so that they do not depend on imported materials from abroad.
• The economy is oriented towards people’s welfare, meaning that everything must be within reach of people’s purchasing power.
• Not relying on multilateral agencies, such as the IMF, WTO and the World Bank.

2. Overcoming the Problem of Economic Disparity

Economic inequality is one of the economic threats that must be addressed immediately. A group of people who are rich lame with the poor. Here are some steps that can be taken to overcome the problem of economic inequality.

• Investment through social protection.
• Carry out infrastructure development in each region according to needs.
• Improving the quality of education.
• Increase employment.
• Lending with cooperatives.

3. Overcoming Corruption Problems

Corruption is theft of people’s money with style. Corruption seems to have become a culture that is attached to people who are given positions. Even though not all Indonesian people are fond of corruption, you can see that in the news there is no end to corruption.

This certainly disrupts the Indonesian economy. It causes Indonesia’s economic rate to slow down. Here are some ways to overcome the problem of corruption.

• Build stronger rule of law.
• Creating anti-corruption-based education.
• Build moral education as early as possible.
• Equip yourself with intensive religious education.
• Maintaining the existence of activists.

4. Overcoming Debt Problems with Other Countries

The average country in the world has debts with other countries or the World Bank. Especially developing countries. Indonesia is one of the countries that has a high amount of debt. As a result, economic problems the value of the currency continues to fall.

Therefore, efficient and appropriate steps are needed to overcome debt problems with other countries. For example, by implementing efficient management of various lines of the economy in Indonesia.

5. Overcoming Import Dependency Problems

Countries should not depend on their country’s needs for support from other countries or always import certain needs. This can hamper the pace of the economy, especially the production of domestic goods.

Therefore, countries must implement a strategy to overcome the problem of import dependence as follows.

• Increasing domestic production as a substitute for imported products.
• Make import rules more stringent.
• Increase export activity.
• Maintain good relations between countries.

6. Overcoming Infrastructure Problems

Inequality in infrastructure development can result in a slowdown in the pace of the economy. This is because infrastructure is one of the economic supports in certain areas. Inequality in infrastructure development has resulted in economic disparities in various regions and economic instability.

The following are several strategies to overcome infrastructure problems that threaten the economy.

• Doing equity in infrastructure development in each region.
• Ensuring funding in the infrastructure sector is evenly distributed.
• Conduct research and adjustments to infrastructure to meet the needs of each region.

7. Overcoming Inflation Problems

Inflation is one of the economic threats of a country. Inflation itself is a condition of increasing prices that occur continuously so that it has an impact on changes in the value of money in the market mechanism. Therefore, inflation must be addressed immediately if it occurs in a country.

Here are some strategies to deal with inflation.

• Application of devaluation.
• Pressing wage rates.
• Implement several monetary, non-monetary, and fiscal policies.
• Supervise the economic activities of residents.
• Implement the distribution process by the government directly.
• Increasing production by the company.

8. Reducing the Unemployment Rate

Unemployment is a status given to citizens who do not have a job or income, work for less than two days a week, are looking for work, or someone is in the process of getting a better job. High unemployment rates pose an economic threat.

This is because unemployment can hamper the pace of a country’s economy. Therefore, to overcome this, you can take the following steps.

• Improving the quality of education and skills for every citizen.
• Creating labor-intensive jobs.
• Improve job training in every modern industry.
• Developing a business by means of entrepreneurship or entrepreneurs.
• Support informal business.
• Cooperating with foreign parties or other countries regarding sending workers abroad.
• Increasing focus on family planning programs.
• Run the migration program.

Examples of Christian Intercessory Prayer – Christians in living their daily lives and worship are certainly no strangers to intercessory prayer. Prayer is a way for Christians to communicate with God, conversation with God, or a medium to ask and give thanks to God.

Prayer in daily life should be a spiritual breath for every Christian. The Bible says “Keep Praying” (I Thess 5:17) in any circumstances or situations, both joy and sorrow. Prayer is not a one-way conversation, but a two-way conversation (between humans and God).

Many people may not understand the meaning of intercessory prayer. Intercessory prayer is often mentioned in church life or Christian religious life. If interpreted briefly, intercessory prayer is when humans pray on behalf of others.

As reported by Sabda.org , intercession is expressed in English as the word “intercession”, which means “to stand between two people”, as I am in that group, that is, I am standing between two people who come together before God.

The Meaning of Intercessory Prayer

According to Christian teachings, theological virtues do not originate in humans by nature. These virtues are instilled by God through Christ and then practiced by those who believe in Him.

Intercessory prayer is a prayer that is often mentioned in church life. Briefly, intercession is a prayer said by a human being on behalf of another person. That is, this prayer is intended to pray for other people, both known and unknown (in this case fellow Christians).

Intercessory prayer means prayer that is intended to meet one’s own needs, in this case praying for positive things and goodness for others. We can read intercessory prayers at any time, from the morning to the evening. However, this prayer is generally read when worshiping together at church or home, for example intercessory prayer during divine services, Sunday school, Sunday prayer, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, prayer for mothers, youth, men, and others. Apart from that, intercessory prayers are also often recited at certain religious commemorations, for example the intercessory prayers at Christmas, Easter, Mass, the ascension of Jesus Christ, the resurrection of Jesus Christ, and so on.

Examples of Christian Intercessory Prayer

Praying for intercession may not be easy for some people, especially if you are not used to it. In general, intercessory prayer will be longer than personal prayer or Christian prayer that we pray before God on a daily basis.

It’s normal if, for example, you are a little nervous when you are suddenly appointed to bring intercessory prayer at a divine service. Me, you, and all of us may feel nervous. However, have faith in God that He will guide us in praying though.

For reference material, you can read and study some examples of Christian intercessory prayer below. This way, it will be easier and more familiar for you to offer intercession when needed later.

1. Example of Christian Intercessory Prayer for the Nation and Country

While in worship, of course, it is commonplace that the intercessor will also pray for our beloved nation and country. Praying for the leaders and hoping for the welfare and peace of the country are things that we can convey to God, especially like now when the world is being hit by the Covid-19 or coronavirus pandemic. It would be nice if we together prayed that God would soon remove the coronavirus from our country.

The following is an example of Christian intercessory prayer for the nation and state.

Our Father Jesus Christ who is in the kingdom of heaven, thank you Lord because today you give us the opportunity to gather together to strengthen one another and pray for one another. Dear Father, we pray especially for our nation Indonesia, the nation we live in, may You always provide protection for our nation Indonesia.

O God, may You keep Indonesia away from disaster, catastrophe, and clashes between tribes and religions. Unite all of our hearts Lord to be able to have a good impact on this country. We also don’t forget to pray for our leaders, O Lord. The President, the House of Representatives, to the leaders under them. May God give them wisdom, prudence, honesty, justice and also an attitude that fears You. yes Father. Thus, they can carry out their duties according to Your will.

Thus a short prayer from us, O Lord. May You always give us forgiveness for us. Thank you Lord, in the name of the Lord Jesus we pray. Amen.

2. Example of Christian Intercessory Prayer at the Time of Worship

At the time of worship, intercessory prayer is a common thing to do, whether it’s worship at church, community service, or other services.

The following is an example of a Christian intercessory prayer text that can be learned and memorized during worship.

Glorious God. Thank you very much for the blessings and inclusion that You give, so that we can gather today to praise and glorify Your name together. Precious Lord, there are many things we want to struggle with on this occasion, but let us pray as You know what will happen.

We ask You, may you bless this church, the worship activities that we carry out can also add new souls, so that they can worship together with us. We also ask for the blessings of church servants, receptionists, tambourine players, spiritual singers, Sunday school teachers, and the congregation that attends the service. Also bless the congregation and worshipers in other churches who are both praising and glorifying Your name. Protect us from evil spirits and demons who want to interfere with the event.

In fact, we still have much to say, but You know better what we want to say. Let this prayer happen according to Your will like when You accompanied us with sunny weather today.

May God be willing to give joy in this room. May God give us a long life, so that this struggle and worship will be repeated in the future. Amen.

3. Example of Christian Intercessory Prayer during Sunday Service

As we know, every Sunday Christians worship, gather, and fellowship together with other congregations in the church.

Here is an example of Christian intercessory prayer for Sunday worship.

Jesus, who always blesses, you have brought many blessings to people on earth, including us whom you have blessed, so that we can live in worship this Sunday. We do have many shortcomings and often commit acts of sin, but You always forgive and love us as the Father’s love for His children.

We would like to take this opportunity to struggle, to pray on behalf of other people that You certainly knew long ago. Let this struggle happen according to what You know and want. We ask You that this place, the church that we live in as a means of worship praising and glorifying Your name, can add new souls, so that more and more people will worship.

We also ask of You, bless the church servants, ushers, worship leaders, tambourine players, musicians, to the congregations who take the time to attend, including those who have not had the opportunity to attend worship. We ask for Your participation so that next time they can be facilitated and there will be no obstacles to attend this activity.

We do not forget to ask You for peace in the environment, peace for the nation and the country. Help us to avoid people who mean bad things to the people of Indonesia. In fact, we still have much to ask for, but You know much better what we have to say. Let this struggle happen as You will.

May God bless all creatures on earth, giving inclusion, happiness, and joy. Let all worship You without any obstacles and hindrances. Let God work according to His will. God’s intervention will surely bring peace and happiness to all of us.

In the name of Jesus, Son of the Holy Spirit we ask for prayer. Amen.

4. Examples of Christian Intercessory Prayers Short and Clear

If you are still just learning to intercede, it certainly takes time. However, you can learn just a short intercessory prayer first to make it easier to learn. The more proficient you are, word by word, sentence by sentence, of course, the easier it will be for you to assemble it into a prayer of intercession.

God God the Father is eternal in the kingdom of heaven. At this time, we still and always give thanks. Lord Jesus, at this time we want to pray for our brothers, our families, our parents, Pastor, may You bless them. Give us all instructions to enter the path of truth.

We also want to pray for the president, vice president and high-ranking state officials to bless them. Give them health and strength so they can carry out their duties and responsibilities properly. We pray for our sick brothers and sisters, heal them with Your loving hands, bless the medicines they take so that they can recover only from Your miracles.

We also want to pray for abandoned children, orphans, fathers of widowers, mothers of widows, give them health and strength. Bless also the offerings we have given. We know that the offerings are few and not worth the blessings You have given us. May this offering be useful for the expansion of Your kingdom on this earth.

Please accept our prayer, O Father, only in the name of Your son Jesus Christ, Amen.

5. Example of Intercessory Prayer in the Morning After Waking Up

Morning is the time we start our daily activities. We certainly hope that all our activities will be carried out. However, you can also intercede in the morning, praying for yourself, for others around you, and for Christians around the world.

Here’s an example of Christian intercession in the morning after getting up.

All-good Father, first of all we thank you very much because you have blessed our morning with full of happiness and joy. Thank you for giving a good sleep, cool morning air, peaceful atmosphere, and melodious birdsong. We are truly grateful for the blessings of Your Most Good gift.

There is something we want to struggle with and of course You already know it. However, let this struggle occur according to what You have known before.

God, bless all Christian families, all Indonesian people, and all creatures on earth to have a beautiful and cool morning like we got. Bless those who are still sleep deprived because of overtime work to get enough rest and live healthily. Bless those who have not found peace in the morning.

We know that life has dimensions. Some get joy and some get trials. However, we also believe that You are Great. We believe that You will give joy to every creature that believes in You.

In the name of the Lord Jesus we pray and ask. Amen.

6. Examples of Christian Intercession of Mothers’ Worship

The following is an example of Christian intercessory prayer for mothers.

Father who resides in heaven, thank you for all your inclusion throughout this day. On this day, let us give thanks because You have given us the opportunity, so that we can gather together to praise and glorify Your name. We have also listened to some of Your words which hopefully will be a strength and motivation for us in living life.

O Lord, in this special activity, let us pray for the families in this place who are willing to provide their time for worship. For housewives in this place who take part in women’s worship, may God always make their work smooth, both inside and outside. Also give wisdom so that you can educate your children and accompany your husband, whether it is difficult or happy.

For husbands at home, may God always provide health, smoothness in work, and effort so that they can always meet the needs of the family. Let them be the head of the household who can always guide their wife and children who always hope and are with You, and love and long to worship and serve God even more.

Not forgetting God, we pray through this women’s association, may God bless our hearts to always long for fellowship with You. For our brothers and sisters who haven’t been able to attend, for whatever reason, may God open a way in every problem, heal illnesses for those who are sick, and give guidance to those who are bewildered. Let through this fellowship, the name of God will be exalted and glorified.

This is the prayer that we offer to God, all the supplications and thanksgivings that we convey are known to you before they come from our lips. Let God make our request happen according to Your best will. In the name of the Lord Jesus as our savior, we have prayed and given thanks, hallelujah. Amen.

Closing

That’s an article related to “Examples of Christian Intercessory Prayer in Everyday Life” that you can use as a reference. Prayer should be spiritual food for Christians every day. Keep praying under any circumstances. Those are some examples of Christian intercessory prayer that you can study as reference material.

If there are suggestions, questions and criticisms, please write in the comments box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefit.

To get more information, Sinaumed’s can also read books available at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight and knowledge, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information. Hope it is useful!

Source

• ” Examples of Christian Intercessory Prayer “. With Christ . Retrieved 10 January 2023.
• ” Christian Intercessory Prayer: Beginning, Content, and Closing “. Loving Prayer . Retrieved 10 January 2023.

 

The Impact of Free Association – In today’s era that is increasingly developing, there are also more and more diverse behaviors and social problems that occur in society, especially among adolescents. Current technological developments have more or less a bad influence on adolescents, especially in ha; promiscuity.

Juvenile delinquency, especially promiscuity, cannot be separated from its relationship with parents. Besides that, the influence of the environment where friends live also contributes to being a very determining factor. Of course, we have often heard complaints about how difficult it is to find a solution to this problem.

These complaints don’t just come from other people, even from the parents of the teenagers themselves who in this case should be the closest people to children who can guide and understand their condition so they don’t fall into promiscuity. Even though there are indeed various kinds of causes that can be the background of children living in promiscuity.

Therefore, as parents it is important to always understand what promiscuity is all about as well as all the impacts it causes and ways to overcome them. When we understand, communicate with children as best as possible so that they understand the risks involved if they choose to engage in promiscuity. That way unwanted things can be prevented as early as possible.

Furthermore, here is an article about the meaning of promiscuity, complete with its effects, and also ways to overcome them.

Definition of Free Association

The term promiscuity is no longer a taboo in people’s lives, regardless of age level, the word promiscuity is very popular, meaning that when people hear the word promiscuity, the direction of their thinking will be the same and they agree that promiscuity is an action that occurs outside the corridors of law. which is contrary especially to the norms of society and religious norms.

Free association is an attitude or action carried out by an individual or group that is not controlled and does not follow the boundaries of the legal rules that apply in society. Free association in the understanding of society is synonymous with behavior that can damage the existing value system in society. The following is the definition of promiscuity according to experts, namely:

1. Katono

Promiscuity is a social pathological symptom in adolescents caused by a form of social neglect, which results in the development of deviant behavior.

2. Santrock

Promiscuity is a collection of various adolescent behaviors that are socially unacceptable to the point of causing criminal acts.

3. B. Simanjuntak

Free association is a process of interaction between one person and another without being bound by various existing rules, both laws, religious laws, and also customs.

Characteristics of Free Association

1. Free sex
2. Properly dressed that violates the norm
3. Experiencing emotional stress and mental health
4. No respect for others
5. Wasting time with useless things like staying up late and playing games excessively
6. Happy to spend money for the sake of pleasure
7. Behavior that harms the local community
8. Like to follow things that are dangerous and not useful
9. Stealing for money and desired items
10. Behaviors tend to be emotional, don’t want to give in, and often pride themselves on things they don’t
11. Teenagers who smoke and drink alcohol for no reason
12. Use of illegal drugs such as narcotics

Causes of Free Association

1. Family factor

The family environment is one of the key factors that can greatly influence the actions and behavior of adolescents in society. The minimum level of education in the family can make teenagers easily influenced by promiscuity.

Lack of attention and affection from parents can cause children to become interested in promiscuity. In this case the family is indeed the first and most educational environment for educating children to become people who behave well in society. So here, children need assistance and adequate support from parents and family.

Dysfunctional family arrangements—characterized by conflict, inadequate parental control, weak relationships and internal integration, and early autonomy—are closely related to juvenile delinquency, such as promiscuity.

Parents who do not supervise properly can make teenagers fall without knowing whether this is the right thing or not. An example is a parent who gives permission for their child to date, but the parents do not supervise and communicate well about their child’s relationship.

2. Lifestyle

The wrong lifestyle can also be a cause of promiscuity for teenagers. These teenagers may follow trends and lifestyles that are not in accordance with the prevailing norms and in the end it can become a trigger to plunge into promiscuity.

3. Self-control

One of the causes of promiscuity is a lack of ability to control oneself. People who do not have the ability to control themselves usually cannot distinguish between good and bad behavior. This causes children and adolescents to have the potential to commit bad behavior or actions that violate norms. Even if children can distinguish between the two behaviors, they can still violate them when they are unable to develop proper self-control.

4. Lack of religious values

Through good religious education, children can get various knowledge about the moral values ​​that apply in society. That way, children will understand what things have good values ​​and which are destructive and need to be avoided. If religious education cannot be properly instilled in children, then children will find it difficult when carrying out their roles in society.

5. Peer influence

Membership in deviant gangs, like membership in other groupings, can be part of the process toward adulthood. Through primary association, an individual will gain a sense of security and comfort, develop knowledge about social interaction, and can show the quality and identity of the gang.

6. Internet abuse

The circulation of information flow from the internet is massive and cannot be avoided. Today’s children can access anything on the internet. What makes it dangerous is the risk that teenagers will copy inappropriate content on the internet. Therefore, supervision from parents when teenagers are given the freedom to use the internet needs to be done.

Impact of Free Association

As an act that deviates and violates societal norms and religious norms, promiscuity has various negative impacts. Here are some of the effects of promiscuity:

1. Free Sex

Free sex is sexual activity without marriage ties which causes the potential for pregnancy out of wedlock. This will certainly embarrass yourself, parents, and people around you. Moreover, this can tarnish Indonesia’s identity as a country that is thick with eastern customs and adheres to religious teachings.

If free sex causes pregnancy out of wedlock, many of the perpetrators will abort their wombs, aka abortions, which is a dishonorable behavior and has bad side effects for themselves. Besides that, free sex can also raise the potential to spread dangerous diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, epilepsy, herpes, and so on.

2. Addiction to Illegal Drugs

One characteristic of promiscuity is the abuse of illegal drugs. This action can lead to dependence which will have a negative impact on health.

Dependence on illegal drugs can also cause an overdose that leads to death. Illegal drugs can also cause various dangerous diseases, such as cancer, liver damage, and kidney failure which can occur due to drug consumption.

3. Health problems

The consequences of promiscuity include taking drugs, smoking, drinking, and various other things that can cause health problems. There are health problems that lurk for teenagers who are addicted to consuming drugs and alcohol, such as:

• Reluctant to do anything including eating so that the body will be weaker
• Unhygienic lifestyle and more susceptible to disease
• Nausea, vomiting, difficulty sleeping, and headaches
• There are muscle disorders, increased blood pressure, and balance disorders
• Slow in thinking
• There was a mental breakdown

4. Crime

The next impact of free association is the occurrence of criminal acts. The existence of social inequality can trigger the emergence of criminal acts in adolescence. Examples of crimes that are often committed are stealing money, sexual harassment, rape, and also illegal racing.

Young people who are in a promiscuous environment tend to feel they can do anything for fun without thinking about the future impact.

Drug addicts can also justify various ways when they no longer have the money to buy drugs. They will carry out various criminal acts, for example stealing and even robbing to get the things they need.

5. Bad Relations with Family

A child will easily fall into an environment of promiscuity which can occur because his parents often fight so that the family condition becomes not harmonious. If that happens, the child’s attitude towards both parents can change, such as being easily emotional and being disrespectful. Even though they are not from a broken home , children who already feel uncomfortable at home will easily fall into promiscuity and tend to disobey their parents because they feel they do not get the love and comfort of the house they should.

6. Decreased Performance

Free association can interfere with study time which in turn can make children’s achievements decrease. Children who have fallen into promiscuity generally prefer to spend their time skipping school, such as at an internet cafe or hanging out with more mature people to do things that they shouldn’t be doing.

How to Overcome Free Association

In addition to the school environment, the family is also a key factor that has the greatest influence on the growth and development of adolescents. Where parents must be able to understand the various problems of adolescents along with their solutions. In general, here are some ways to avoid promiscuity, including:

1. Choose Good Friends

The first way to avoid promiscuity is to be selective in choosing friends. It is undeniable that the friendship environment has a very big influence on our daily behavior. Therefore, it is better to always choose good friends and have the ability to understand good religious knowledge.

In addition, try to avoid environments that tend not to be conducive. If the child is in a positive environment, he will also imitate the good things around him. Vice versa also applies, if the child is in a negative environment, he will be easily affected by negative things as well.

2. Strengthening Religious Education

The next way to avoid promiscuity is to strengthen religious education. It is an obligation for parents to always instill religious values ​​in their children from an early age. By strengthening religious education in the family, it is hoped that it will be able to prevent children from deviant behavior, one of which is plunging into promiscuity.

Religious and moral education is useful for strengthening one’s faith from an early age. If since childhood a child has been instilled with good religious values, he can avoid promiscuity that is far from the norm.

3. Providing Sex Education

Free sex is one of the phenomena of promiscuity that is often carried out by teenagers. Lots of children do not understand the dangers of free sex. Therefore, since childhood, children must receive good and appropriate sex education within the family.

What needs to be considered is that parents must provide sex education with material and language appropriate to the child’s age. That way, they can know the dangers and consequences of free sex.

4. Maintain Parent and Child Relations

The way to avoid further promiscuity is by maintaining the relationship between parents and children. Harmonious parent-child relationships can directly improve better supervision of children. In addition, a good relationship with the family can also make children more open to their parents.

This open attitude to parents has an important role to minimize children from committing deviant acts. Therefore, parents should create a warm and comfortable home atmosphere for their children. That way, children will avoid deviant behavior and promiscuity.

Also read:

• Scope of Sociology: Definition, Nature, Objects
• Examples and Factors Inhibiting Social Change
• Social Norms: Definition, Functions, Types, Characteristics
• Why are Norms Necessary in Society?
• 31 Examples of Religious Norms in Everyday Life

Shrinking JPG files in everyday life is often necessary. Where we are often asked to upload JPG or JPEG files to fulfill a requirement. However, what often becomes an obstacle in uploading files is files that are too large, one way to overcome this problem is to shrink the JPG or JPEG file.

JPG or JPEG in a computer program is a type of image file that is generally widely used for various website purposes. The reason for using it is none other than because the size tends to be smaller than various other file types. However, in this day and age that requires stable and clear visuals, many JPG files are still too large in size.

So, this article will provide an explanation regarding how to shrink JPG and JPEG files, of course this method can be done without reducing the quality of the file. Not only that, this article will also contain a discussion of a reason why using small JPG files can be very useful for website development.

A. 6 Ways to Shrink JPG Files

Due to the many needs of someone in compressing JPG files, it makes ways to shrink or commonly called compress JPG files very many and varied. The following are six ways to reduce or compress photos and images that are in the JPG format, including:

1. How to reduce the size of a photo using iLoveIMG online
2. How to resize or create a new photo using TinyJPG online
3. How to compress a photo using Adobe Photoshop via a computer
4. How to reduce the size of a photo using Microsoft Paint via a computer
5. How to reduce the size of a photo JPG photo with Photo & Picture Resizer via Android
6. How to Reduce JPG size with Photo Compress and Resize via Android

In shrinking or compressing JPG files, the following is an explanation of each of the six ways. Previously, these six methods could be used safely without distorting the photo or image to be reduced. This article will serve as a guide so that you fully understand how to shrink JPG files while also maintaining the quality of the resulting JPG files.

B. How to Resize JPG Photos and Images Online

Ways to reduce the size of a photo or image with a JPG or JPEG file format can be done online. That is, in reducing the size of a photo, you don’t need to have any application, either on a laptop or on a mobile device, except for a web browser. Therefore, this method is a way to shrink JPG files online.

Some websites that can be used to help shrink JPG files easily and quickly are iLoveIMG and TinyJPG. Apart from that, the two tools or websites already support access from computers to mobile devices.

C. How to Reduce Photo Size with iLoveIMG

As an online application that is used to reduce the size of JPG files, be it photos or pictures, iLoveIMG provides services with a variety of these tools. Not only that, iLoveIMG also provides tools for editing images from compressing to resizing.

The following is a guide for using this application, especially for compressing an image or shrinking a JPG file, including:

1. The first step, select the file you want to shrink first. You can make an order by clicking on the Select Images button. Plus, iLoveIMG provides a luxurious service to shrink files or images together.

2. After that, all you have to do is provide instructions to click on Compress Images. The photo or image file that was entered in the first step, when it finishes the process of shrinking the file, the file will be automatically downloaded and saved to your computer or mobile device.

D. Reducing Photo Size with TinyJPG

There are many applications that provide services for shrinking JPG files, apart from iLoveIMG, there is also the TinyJPG application. TinyJPG can also be used as an alternative way to shrink JPG files such as photos and images. TinyJPG can be said to be very simple, users only need to upload the JPG file they want to reduce.

So, here’s a guide on how to shrink JPG files online using the TinyJPG application, including:

1. First, select the file or image you want to reduce in size online. Give the command in the form of clicking on the “Drop Your .png or .jpg files here!” area. Almost similar to iLoveIMG, with TinyJPG you can also shrink more than one image with one click on this application.

2. Next, the process of shrinking the image will run automatically, when it’s finished you can download the compressed image by clicking the download button located to the right of the download icon.

E. How to Reduce the Size of a JPG Photo with a Computer Application

There are a wide variety of computer applications that provide features for shrinking JPG files. This article will try to discuss two computer application options that most likely are almost always present in computer devices, namely Microsoft Paint and Adobe Photoshop.

1. Microsoft Paint

Microsoft Paint is one of the default applications on every Windows device. If you use the Windows operating system, you can be sure you can operate it because this application is very simple. Apart from that, this application can also be the main alternative for shrinking JPG files besides the photo editing application, namely Photoshop.

a. First, to start how to shrink a JPG file or photo or image with Microsoft Paint, all you have to do is click on the File >> Open icon, then you can choose which JPG file to shrink.

b. Next, you can give the command click on the Resize button in the image column.

c. Then, you only need to reduce the dimensions of the file or image according to your needs. When finished specifying the desired file size, click OK.

d. Lastly, after doing the steps above. You can save the compressed file by clicking File >> Save as >> JPEG Picture.

2. Adobe Photoshop

Besides Microsoft Paint as the default application of the Windows Operating System. To shrink JPG files, you can use Adobe Photoshop as the most popular photo editing application today. Adobe Photoshop is one of the leading applications for editing photos and creating graphic designs. However, the majority of people who are not used to editing photos will find Adobe Photoshop a tool that is too complicated. This resulted in this application being considered confusing even for doing trivial things like reducing the size of JPG files. However, Adobe Photoshop is actually very easy to use to compress JPG files.

So, here’s how to compress a photo or JPG file using the Adobe Photoshop application, including:

a. First, open the Adobe Photoshop application on your computer. To shrink a JPG file, you can click on the File >> Open icon so you can select the photo or image file you want to reduce in size.

b. Next, you can open the File menu once again. However, this time you have to press click to Export >> Save for Web. After giving the command, a pop-up window will appear in Adobe Photoshop.

c. Then, in the pop-up window that has opened, there are various settings that are very complex and look very complicated. However, what you need to pay attention to are three things, namely: Quality, Preset, and Image Size. The three settings are located on the right side of the pop up window.

d. When in the pop-up window, the first thing you need to do is make sure the Preset you are using is “JPG Medium” with medium Quality. Then, you can make adjustments to the Image Size or image dimensions as you wish. In this guide, we reduce the dimensions to 1920 x 1282. After that, click on the Save button and save it in the desired folder.

Before you save the image you want to reduce, you can preview the estimated file size to be saved. To see the estimated size of the file, go to the file description which is located at the bottom left of the pop-up window.

For the record, this guide is based on use in Adobe Photoshop CC 2019. Meanwhile, in Photoshop versions prior to CC 2015, the Save for Web menu can be easily found because it is located after clicking on the File menu.

F. How to Shrink JPG Files with Android Apps

After knowing how to shrink JPG files through online applications and applications available on the computer. Next, we will discuss how to shrink JPG files using an android app. We know for ourselves, now most people are lazy to carry a computer because it is too big. Therefore, on Android there are also many applications that can be used to reduce the size of images or photos. Actually, applications for compressing files on Android are abundant, however, this article will only discuss the two most widely used applications, namely Photo & Picture Resizer and Photo Compress & Resize.

1. Photo & Picture Resizer

The first application for shrinking JPG files on Android is Photo & Picture Resizer. Photo & Picture Resizer is an application whose main function is to reduce the size of JPG files very simply.

So, here is a guide for shrinking JPG files with the Photo & Picture Resizer application, including:

a. First, after you open the application, there will be many options available, both for selecting photos and taking photos with your smartphone camera directly to the like.

b. Furthermore, from the six options provided, you can select Select photos to open the desired image file on your mobile device. Then, click the resize button located at the very top of the application tab to shrink the image.

c. Then, you can choose the option to set the image dimensions in the available pop up. You can use the Custom size option so you can enter the dimensions used in the two previous applications, namely 1920 x 1282.

d. Once you have made your selection for the desired dimensions, the JPG file or reduced image will be automatically resized to save on your Android device.

2. Photo Compress & Resize

Like the previous Photo & Picture Resizer application, this android application called Photo Compress & Resize can also be used to reduce the size of JPG files. Photo Compress & Resize has a simpler function, which is only to shrink JPG files and also cut JPG files.

However, this application has two terms that can be confusing for some users, namely compress and resize. Therefore, to better understand the tools in this application, here’s how to reduce JPG files with the Android application Photo Compress & Resize, including:

Basically, the two terms have the same meaning. The difference between the two terms can be seen in your treatment of the image dimensions.

When you want to reduce the size of a JPG file, you only need to reduce the file size without reducing the dimensions or quality of the image. However, you also need to consider the quality of the resulting image from this process. The image compression process can be repeated several times, but you need to stop when the image displays some kind of distortion.

Meanwhile, resize means to change the dimensions of the image, it means to change the file size too. Some applications that have a function to reduce the size of JPG files are also allowed to compress automatically when users resize.

Well, the Photo Compress & Resize application offers two options that you can use. If you want to choose the compress option, you will be asked to specify the size or quality of the compressed image. You just specify the desired file size or image quality. In order to further ensure that the dimensions of the image do not change, you can select the slider located to the right of the “Maintain Resolution” text. After that, select the Start Compressing button. Files that have changed to be smaller will be directly stored on your mobile device.

The second option is resize, you can use resize to determine the dimensions of the image and perform the compression process simultaneously.

G. Conclusion

This article has explained how to shrink JPG files with online applications, applications on computers, to applications on Android. The methods discussed range from the easiest to the most complex. After this, you can use the photo to upload the image to the site you wanted earlier, because your image was originally large (above 1 MB) now the image is small (100 KB can be smaller than this)

Book & Article Recommendations Shrinking JPG Files

The difference between official and unofficial letters – Hello Sinaumed’s friends, have you ever received a letter? Who sent the letter? Do you know what a letter means? A letter is a written communication tool written by someone on behalf of a person or institution that is sent to another person or institution.

In the past, human interaction was not as easy as it is now. When digital technology was not yet developed, letters became the main bridge for carrying out communication activities on behalf of individuals and organizations.

Until now, letters are still used as a means of written communication for the community. But the packaging and tools used are very different. If previously it had to be written by hand, now letters can be written using the keyboard. The type of paper used is also plain white paper without lines, it looks more formal.

In fact, technology is always innovating to be able to write and send letters via digital media. The author and recipient just need to have the same platform to communicate with each other. With one click, relevant people can receive messages accurately and efficiently.

Letters are usually divided into two, namely official letters and unofficial letters (personal letters). Both in terms of function, format and content. For example, official letters are generally used for formal purposes, while informal letters are often more personal.

Letters are a means of communication. The person writing the letter indicates that this person is communicating. He contacted the person who would receive the letter. In the letter, people can express their feelings. Everything that is experienced and felt can be poured in a letter.

To find out more about the differences between official and unofficial letters, please refer to the following review. This is necessary if you frequently send a letter. Especially if your job involves correspondence, such as secretarial work. Come on Sinaumed’s , see the explanation!

Meaning of Letter

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, a letter is a piece of paper written with various contents. In fact, the events that occurred in the field revealed the nature of the letter more than that.

A letter is a communication tool written by someone for personal or organizational needs in order to convey information in a written and structured manner.

It must contain at least a few elements such as the name of the sender, the recipient of the message, the content or message to be sent, the address of the recipient and the channel. Elements other than those mentioned above can still be added, but the urgency is not as big as the one above.

As mentioned before, letters are divided into two categories, namely official letters and unofficial letters. The writing of the two types of letters lies in certain parts such as the style of writing and also the reason why the letter was written.

Recognizing Official Letters

Before knowing the difference between the two official letters and informal letters, you must have a clear understanding of each of them. As the name suggests, a formal letter is a letter that is used for situations where there is an official directory of several parties, be it several individuals, organizations, and institutions for official communication with each other.

Because it is used for formal situations, it is not uncommon for this letter to be written in a standard writing style and language rules or according to PUEBI. Therefore, the writer may not use oral images or rhymes that give the letter an excessive artistic element.

In terms of structure, official letters include several elements that are not necessarily present in official letters. In this category, the letterhead is the most distinctive and characteristic part. In addition, official letters also have a sender’s letter number to keep records of the sender and recipient.

Recognizing Unofficial Letters

Apart from that, you also have to understand another type of letter, namely an unofficial letter. An unofficial letter is a letter that is written for an unofficial situation or seems relaxed to be sent by the closest people or the wider community without a special designation.

An informal letter does not have the same strict rules as a formal letter, both in terms of style, language and structure. The author is free to create his own writing style and language used. However, both of them are still not allowed to contain things that offend SARA.

Some things that are required in an official letter also may not be included in an unofficial letter. This type is not required to have letterhead or letter number and does not require a stamp as a sign of legitimacy.

Difference between Official and Unofficial Letters

Based on the explanation between the two, following sinaumedia explains the difference between official and unofficial letters:

1. Language Spoken

We are sometimes asked to explain the difference between formal and informal letters. If so, you can tell if the letter is official by looking at its markings. This can be seen from the format of the letter or the language.

As an illustration, most official letters use formal and standard language. Whereas in informal letters, the style of language is more relaxed, both in the choice of words and the arrangement of sentences.

In addition, the official letter for delivery uses language that is short, concise, effective, and easy to understand. As for informal letters, the language is more relaxed. In fact, it can be made very long because there are no standard rules.

2. Letterhead

The difference between official and unofficial letters is the letterhead. In official correspondence, official letterhead is often used depending on the agency or company that issues it. Whereas in an unofficial letter, letterhead is usually not used. Thus, direct mail goes to the intended use.

In addition to letterhead, official letters often have a letter number. It’s not uncommon for people to also add other files as attachments. Whereas in an unofficial letter there is no such thing as a letter number and attachments. The letters are treated as is and are not subject to formal inquiries or other rules

3. Contents of Official and Unofficial Letters

So, what’s the difference between a formal and an informal letter? No need to be confused, the contents of the two types of messages are very different. Submissions often include formal questions, usually about the agency or business involved.

Meanwhile, an unofficial letter is not like that. The content of the letter is more personal. It can be said that the contents of the letter are more relaxed, so the language used tends to be more relaxed.

4. Function

The functions of official letters and informal letters are different. Official letters are often used as a means to notify or inform one party to another. In addition, official letters are written evidence in the form of letters whose contents must be accounted for and function as work guidelines in carrying out certain activities. In this case, official letters can include procedures or work steps that must be carried out.

While the function of an unofficial letter is more general, but personal. You can send messages or just have a friendly chat. The function of an informal letter is more unique than a formal letter because it has a different purpose and function.

Feelings of sympathy, empathy, and a sense of belonging represent the function of the informal letter itself. For example, when the writer misses his friends, family or even his girlfriend. Sometimes it is also used to criticize government activities or policies that are not in accordance with the conditions of society.

In addition to the official letter functions above, official letters can also be used as special evidence, work instructions, reminders. Especially for those involved in the letter.

5. Stamp or Cap

The difference between official letters and unofficial letters is in stamps and stamps. Most letters put a stamp or stamp on the paper. Even if there isn’t one, there is usually some device or signature to use as amplification. Whereas on an unofficial letter there is no stamp. Most of the time, only the sender’s real name is required. That too is not certain.

6. Structure and Writing Style

An official letter with an author’s structure must be sequential and complete from beginning to end. While an unofficial letter contains at least the name of the sender, recipient and destination address.

The following is the structure of official and unofficial letters:

Official Letter Writing Structure

Sinaumed’s friends , we have arrived at a discussion about how to make an official letter. The following discussion refers to the parts that must be included in a formal letter.

a. Letterhead or Letterhead

Letterhead or letterhead is usually at the top of the letter. The letterhead showing the identity of the person writing the letter is usually marked with the logo of the sending organization, the name of the organization, the address of the organization, mobile number, zip code, e-mail, website address, fax number and line of business.

b. Letter date

The date of the requested letter is information about when the letter was written. Usually the date of the letter is listed in the upper right corner, just below the title. Alternatively, you can also write down where the letter was written, although many people don’t do that because it’s already on the letterhead.

c. Reference number

The letter number is usually on the left side of the page and aligned with the date of the letter. The format of the letter number depends on the regulations of the institution that makes it. In general, the letter number format is in the form of alphabetic numbers, the month the letter was made, the year, and several other codes.

d. Attachment

Attachments are the documents contained in the message. Usually making attachments is filled with the number of documents attached. However, if there are no documents to attach, this section can be left blank.

e. Matter

In this section, the letter writer can write a brief purpose of the letter. This question or topic should also be relevant to the body of the letter. For example, if the letter is an invitation, this part could be written as “ Invitation” .

f. Recipient’s Name and Address

This section usually begins with the word “Dear” or “Dear” in front of the recipient’s name. Then write the recipient’s address, but in a more concise way.

g. Greetings

The greeting most commonly used in official letters is the word “With respect” because it is seen as more formal. However, you can always use another appropriate address for who is receiving the letter.

h. Fill

The contents of the letter do not need to be too much or just get to the point. Write one or two introductory sentences before communicating your intent and purpose in writing the letter. In the last paragraph, you can also add a short closing sentence.

i. Closing

If the letter was previously opened with a salutation, it must also end with a salutation. You can write a thank you note or hope that what you send is acted upon.

j. Sender’s Signature

If the letter is written by an agency, the signing is usually done by the head or head of the agency. However, if there is none, it can be represented by officials below it. You can also add a wet stamp to make the letter look more formal.

k. Copy

A copy must be optional. Usually, this section must be included if the letter is also sent to other parties. It is located at the bottom left and usually uses a smaller font size.

Unofficial Letter Writing Structure

Unofficial letters are not part of official letters or official letters. However, the writing still has certain parts. Well, the structure or part of an informal letter includes:

• Place or address and date of writing, usually the author includes the city where and the date the author wrote the letter.
• Greetings can be written, such as hello, hi, best wishes, sweet wishes, nostalgic greetings.
• The opening paragraph or sentence of the letter usually contains a special greeting that the author often uses to the recipient of the letter.
• The body of the letter contains the message or information conveyed by the author, which is the core of the letter.
• The closing paragraph is usually written as a closing salutation to end the letter.
• Closing.
• Sender’s name and signature.

Examples of Official Letters and Unofficial Letters

So, so that Sinaumed’s friends don’t get confused, let’s look at examples of official and unofficial letters. Here’s the description.

Example of Official Letter

Indonesian Literature Student Association at the National University

Jl. Sunday Market Number 17, South Jakarta

Tel (021) 4467984, fax (021) 4437658

email: himasina@gmail.com

================================================== ======================

Jakarta, 2 January 2022

Number : 078/HIMASINA/XI/2022

Attachments : 1 (one)

Subject: Member Expenditure Letter

The person concerned explains that:

Name : Satrio Anggoro

NPM : 192001516023

Position : Member of Business Fund

This order was made based on the AD/ART of the Association of Indonesian Literature Students which aims to expel our members, for the reason that there is no firmness and accountability from those concerned.

Hereby certify that those mentioned above have been released from their positions (left) from the management members of the Indonesian Literature Student Association, based on mutual considerations and provisions.

Thus we make this statement letter truthfully, for your attention we thank you.

Best regards,

Head of Human Resources and Organization

Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Example of an Unofficial Letter

Jakarta, 2 January 2022

For Dina Noviana

In Tangerang

Hi my life friend,

How are you? I’m fine, even though you haven’t asked how I’m doing haha, btw happy new year Dina!!!! Hopefully this year is better. Sorry I haven’t updated you for a long time, because I was very busy in Jakarta.

But I didn’t forget to write a letter to you dina, even though it took me a long time to reply hehehe.

Like yesterday, we went through difficult times together to graduate high school, studied together, did homework together, even chose the same major, even though we were in different campuses 🙁

This is the 4th year we are both struggling on our respective campuses and for the last two years we have had to study from home because of the pandemic.

Oh yes, next month I will have my final exam, please pray for me, I hope it goes smoothly until the trial, and I get the best score.

I hope the letter reaches you as soon as possible, I’m also looking forward to hearing from you dina and I’m sorry I can’t see your message haha, because I’m really busy right now. Have a nice day, Dina, I’m really waiting for feedback from you. Have a nice day Dina, see you soon!

Greetings from the sweetest,

Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Closing

This is a review of the differences between official letters and unofficial letters. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more about other types of letters, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

Banten Traditional Weapons – Banten Province has a culture that is still beautiful today. Sinaumed’s may be no stranger to the Baduy tribe in Banten, which is an indigenous tribe that still carries out all its activities based on cultural values. The Baduy tribe shows that the Banten region does have noble cultural values ​​that we need to preserve.

One of them is the traditional Banten weapon which has history and cultural values ​​to this day. although not all Banten people are like the Baduy tribe who live in the middle of the forest and are far from modern life as we live now. But Banten has a long cultural history, including in terms of traditional weapons.

There are several types of traditional Banten weapons which are Indonesian cultural heritage that we need to preserve, because maybe some types are hard to find in our daily activities. For more details about the types of traditional Banten weapons, here is an explanation:

Get to know Banten Traditional Weapons

In every area visited by domestic and foreign tourists, tourists are very surprised to see a culture that is different from the culture of each region. As a foreign tourist, you will be amazed by Indonesian culture in every area you visit, from traditional dances, traditional clothing to traditional weapons.

The presence of these heroes in Banten is inseparable from Banten’s traditional weapons. Weapons are an element of human culture, and their age parallels the emergence of human civilization. Traditional weapons can also be seen as cultural products that shaped the progress of metallurgical science and technology among the people of the archipelago in the past.

Traditionally shaped weapons were developed in to meet human needs. Traditional people use weapons to protect themselves from enemy attacks. Guns, on the other hand, are also used for breeding and hunting animals to meet food needs. Traditional weapons are dominated by men.

This is inseparable from the social culture that is attached to the understanding of fathers and the depiction of male leaders. That’s why guns seem to be a must for men. For example, in Banten culture, the machete is considered a symbol of male strength, which is symbolized by weapons of war or fighting.

The same thing can be seen in the culture of people in other regions in Indonesia. Like the famous weapon Parang which has become a traditional Banten weapon. Of course there are various types of traditional weapons brought by warriors in Banten Province. What are the traditional Banten weapons besides the machete? Here is the complete list:

6 Banten Traditional Weapons That Become Cultural Heritage

In practice, traditional weapons in all regions of Indonesia have different characteristics as well as their own history and cultural values. However, there are several types of traditional weapons that may seem almost the same at first glance, it’s just that there are some striking differences in culture and function.

So, after understanding at a glance about getting to know Banten’s culture and traditional weapons above, here is a summary of the list of types of Banten traditional weapons that are Indonesia’s cultural heritage.

1. Banten machete

The Banten Golok is one of the historic weapons as a symbol of civilization during the Banten Kingdom. In the past, this machete was used as a defense against enemies and those who wanted to threaten their safety. This Bantenese machete was brought by the Champion to protect himself from enemy attacks and as a symbol of honor and status as a warrior or hero.

Golok can be interpreted in the Indonesian dictionary as a sign of a sibling or a dagger. For this type of object, the Banten area is known by the two names of the machete and the badog. Physically the two objects are the same, but both have different functions. Several types of Banten machetes can be sold at very high prices.

At this point, many use the machete to increase courage, strength, knowledge of kanuragan, authority, and guardians, as well as speed up the absorption of knowledge. Banten has several types of machetes, including the popular Ciomas Golok. This type of machete is well known not only in Indonesia but also abroad.

Just like a machete that is never separated from the name Banten. This machete made by Ciomas is called the Banten Golok. When Sinaumed’s thinks of Banten, the Banten machete and Ciomas machete come to mind. The history of the development of the Banten Kingdom is closely related to the founding of the Ciomas Golok. This machete is a type of weapon that has been widely used in the past, including against invaders.

2. Bedog

The bedog weapon is a type of traditional weapon with a wider blade and slightly curved tip. This Banten traditional weapon is usually used to cut down trees and bamboo. Bedog can also be used in the kitchen to break coconut shells and slaughter chickens and goats. Therefore, weapons are rarely used to repel enemy attacks.

This traditional bedog weapon has an iron or mixed steel blade and a wooden handle. The Bedog weapon is also equipped with a sheath which ensures the sharpness of the blade. Its size is quite large and its weight does not make it difficult to carry it, both for kitchen needs and for war purposes. When Bedog was used to attack company soldiers, it usually came from the Ciomas area.

Some say the Parang and Bedog are the same weapon, even though they are very different. The word Bedog itself is a synonym for a large knife that is used to facilitate human daily life, such as cleaning the yard. While machete weapons are used in warfare. Apart from the function, the structure of the weapon is also different.

The bedog is sturdier with the thickness of the material because it is for cutting purposes, while the machete is lighter but sharper because it functions as a weapon of war. Although at first glance they may look almost identical, machetes and bedogs are different traditional weapons.

3. Ciomas Banten machete

Known as the Ciomas Golok, this traditional Banten weapon is a historic weapon in the Banten region. This Ciomas machete is no different from an ordinary machete and is also used as a hidden weapon for self-defense. The Ciomas Parang is said to have a mysterious value like the Keris weapon. Many believe that Ciomas’s machete or machete is very effective for attacking enemies.

However, the term “capture” does not mean that machetes are used to physically injure the enemy. Or, you might be able to “defeat” an enemy without pulling out a machete. In the old colonial era, this machete was very famous as a weapon that was used as a tool of war by the Banten champions against the colonialists.

The name “Glok Ciomas” for this traditional weapon comes from an area called “Ciomas”. This area is one of the famous places for making machetes, including in Golok Ciomas. Banten people call this machete as “bedog”. However, there are some differences in that the regular bedog serves as part of the kit.

These bedogs are sometimes referred to as “Bedog Ciomas” to distinguish them as equipment or weapons. This specifically refers directly to weapons. Banten’s traditional weapon called Golok Ciomas has a special feature in the manufacturing process. We also have to be able to follow the unwritten rules that have been passed down from generation to generation during the Sultanate of Banten.

This can provide its own value for the Ciomas Golok. This machete weapon will only be produced in the month of Maulud, the month the Prophet Muhammad was born. As we already know, the majority of tribes in Banten embrace Islam. Of course, the birth month of the Prophet Muhammad SAW has its own meaning. Even more special, you need to do some special rituals to make this Ciomas machete.

Unlike the production of other machetes. It’s the same as forging Ciomas machete iron using only a hammer or a special place called Ki Denok. Palu or what is commonly called Ki Denok is one of the relics of the Islamic Kingdom of Banten. The sledgehammer was a gift from the Sultan of Banten. Due to the very strict rules for making this machete, the Ciomas machete is one of the most artistic of the machetes.

Another function of the Ciomas Golok is the balance of forms. It is considered superior to other weapons. Not everyone has this Ciomas machete weapon, because the making of this machete is not arbitrary, only certain people are allowed to have this special weapon, and of course they can do evil.

Today, the artisans who produce the Ciomas Golok may be a memory for domestic and foreign tourists. The Ciomas area is very popular as a machine location. Therefore, the world’s largest mast has been produced at Sysmount. This large weapon is called Golok Nyi Gede, and the name Golok refers to the name Nyai Kawunganten or Sultan Maulana Hasanuddin.

This type of machete weighs about 1,500 kilograms, about 250 kilograms of wood weighs, and the rest is about 250 kilograms. In case you were wondering, this huge machete weighs 2 tonnes. The length of this large machete is 5 meters and the handle is 1.7 meters long, and the frame or scabbard is about 5.6 meters long. The purpose of this large machete is the pride of the Banten people regarding the cultural heritage of Banten’s ancestral heritage. So from being a symbol of the family.

4. Congkrang Or Sickle Banten

The Congkrang weapon is a traditional weapon in the form of a curved blade and is also known as the Banten Sickle. Like the Bedog weapon, the Congkrang is generally used to help Banten people in their daily lives. For example, farmers take Congkrang to the field and clean grass and trim weeds.

The breeders also have Congkrang to collect grass and leaves, because it is for their cows and goats. This traditional weapon is usually used around the world when kept at home, and kept in the kitchen. Sickles are usually hidden under the mattress or under the bed. The most important point is that this weapon is absolutely not for children to play with.

Even though it is included in the type of weapon, this Congkrang or Sickle is not used in battle when there are enemies. The champions from Banten often used machetes to fight the cruelty of the VOC soldiers. Congkrang is still produced today in Banten. But the thing that is very disappointing is that there are always bad people who take it and turn it into a tool to steal bags and other acts of robbery.

5. Sulangkar machete

The Sulangkar machete is one of the original traditional weapons inherited from the culture of the people of Banten. Usually the people of Banten use this Sulangkar Golok by giving poison to the part of the machete, such as poison from caterpillars, scorpions, or buduk frogs. That is why the effects of this weapon attack are so fatal. The Sulangkar machete consists of several iron options.

Such as black plate iron material, using Steel and other steel materials used for iron filings. In ancient times, the Banten people used this Sulangkar machete to poison their swords in order to paralyze their enemies. The scrap metal used must also contain carefully selected iron.

This includes scrap metal used by ancient people who were known to be strong and very sturdy even though the material was scrap iron. The people of Banten are said to believe that this ancient iron contains many powerful mysterious elements. This old iron is believed by the people of Banten, including supernatural powers. The method for making the Sulangkar Machete Weapon is very complicated.

So that the iron components are assembled by burning and then forged into iron plates or formed according to the desired size. After being molded into a machete, it is then refined into a ready-to-use machete. The handle of the Sulangkar Machete is made of wood and is made of buffalo horn. It all depends on the tastes and preferences of each individual.

6. Machete

The machete weapon is a traditional Banten weapon whose blade is longer than the machete. At the end of the war, people used this weapon to break bamboo. In ancient times, traditional houses were built from bamboo, so a sharp machete was needed before looking for bamboo slats. Like the Koran, this weapon is used every day.

The best way to clean a machete is to wash it thoroughly after using it in the garden. However, don’t immediately put it in the container after it’s exposed to water. First, dry the machete with a clean cloth so it doesn’t rust. This weapon is relatively more frequently used than the machete, so the tip of the machete is sharpened regularly to prevent blunting.

Banten has a variety of weapons and has become famous as a village master. The sharpness of machetes and other weapons does not make those who have them arrogant. This weapon is actually made to protect against enemy attacks. At the same time, when Indonesia was still colonized by the Dutch, these traditional weapons became tools of war.

Traditional Banten weapons such as machetes and bedogs still exist today because they are used to slaughter sacrificial animals, cut meat, and break coconuts. The machete itself is stronger and sharper than an ordinary kitchen knife. There are also machetes for souvenirs for foreign guests visiting the Banten area. That is why this weapon is also very attached to Banten culture.

So, that’s an explanation of Banten’s traditional weapons based on their history, function, and cultural values. Is there a type of weapon that Garemds recognizes? Exactly, Banten culture shows the beauty of Indonesian culture which we really need to protect.

Apart from traditional Banten weapons, if Sinaumed’s is interested in learning more about other Banten culture, you can get related books at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia will always provide the best products so you can have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Lala

Heroes from Aceh – DKI Jakarta Governor Anies Baswedan changed the name of Jalan Inspection Kalimalang on the north side to Jalan Laksamana Malahayati, namely a national hero from Aceh. Anies said that Admiral Malahayati’s role in dealing with the invaders needed to be appreciated and dedicated.

The change in the name of the road is based on Governor Decree No. 1242 of 2021 concerning the Determination of the Name of Jalan Laksamana Malahayati replacing the Name of Jalan Inspection Kalimalang on the North Side.

Besides Admiral Malahayati, there are many heroes from Aceh whose names are immortalized as street names and place names in DKI Jakarta. Here are the names of these heroes and their short biographies:

1. Cut Meutia

Tjoet Nyak Meutia was born on February 15, 1870 and died on October 24, 1910. He was an Indonesian national hero who came from the Aceh region. He was buried in Alue Kurieng, Aceh. Cut Meutia was declared a national hero of Indonesia based on Presidential Decree Number 107/1964 in 1964.

Cut Nyak Meutia or Cut Meutia is the son of Teuku Ben Daud Pirak and Cut Jah. In their marriage, they were blessed with 5 children. Cut Meutia is the only daughter in the family. The oldest brother is named Cut Beurahim, then followed by Teuku Muhammadsyah, Teuku Cut Hasen and Teuku Muhammad Ali. Cut Nyak Meutia’s parents are native Acehnese, a Uleebalang in the village of Pirak which is in the Keuleebalangan Keureutoe area.

At first, Cut Meutia fought against the Dutch together with her husband, Teuku Muhammad or Teuku Cik Tunong. However, in March 1905, Cik Tunong was arrested by the Dutch and executed on the Lhokseumawe beach. Before he died, Teuku Cik Tunong gave a message to his best friend Pang Nanggroe to be willing to marry his wife and take care of his son, Teuku Raja Sabi.

Cut Meutia then married Pang Nanggroe carrying out her husband’s will and joined other troops under the leadership of Teuku Muda Gantoe. In a battle with the Marechausée Corps in Paya Cicem, Cut Meutia and the women fled into the forest. Meanwhile, Pang Nagroe continued to fight until he died on September 26, 1910.

Cut Meutia then got up and continued to fight along with the rest of his troops. He attacked and seized colonial posts while moving towards Gayo through the wilderness. However, on October 24, 1910, Cut Meutia and his troops clashed with Marechausée in Alue Kurieng and in that battle Cut Nyak Meutia died.

On December 19, 2016, the Government of the Republic of Indonesia, enshrined Cut Nyak Meutia in the Republic of Indonesia’s new rupiah banknotes with a nominal value of IDR 1,000.

In DKI Jakarta, the name Cut Meutia is immortalized as the name of the street and the name of the mosque located in the Central Jakarta area.

2. Cut Nyak Dien

Cut Nyak Dhien was born in Lampadang, Kingdom of Aceh, in 1848 and died in Sumedang, West Java on November 6, 1908; he was buried in Mount Quail, Sumedang. Cut Nyak Dhien is an Indonesian National Hero who comes from Aceh and fought against the Dutch during the Aceh War.

After the VI Mukim region was attacked, she fled, while her husband Ibrahim Lamnga continued the battle against the Dutch. The death of Ibrahim Lamnga at Gle Tarum on June 29, 1878, finally brought Cut Nyak Dhien further in his resistance against the Dutch.

In 1880, Cut Nyak Dhien married Teuku Umar, after he had previously been promised to be able to go down on the battlefield if he accepted the proposal. From this marriage, Cut Nyak Dhien was blessed with a child named Cut Gambang. After his marriage to Teuku Umar, Cut Nyak Dhien and Teuku Umar fought together against the Dutch. However, on February 11, 1899 Teuku Umar died.

Cut Nyak Dhien was eventually arrested and taken to Banda Aceh. There, he was treated and his illness began to improve. The existence of Cut Nyak Dhien, who was considered by the Dutch to still have a strong influence on the resistance of the Acehnese people and his relationship with the Acehnese warriors who had not been caught, made him then be exiled to the Sumedang area. Cut Nyak Dhien finally died on November 6, 1908 and was buried in the Mount Quail area, Sumedang. The current name of Cut Nyak Dhien is enshrined as Cut Nyak Dhien Nagan Raya Airport in Meulaboh.

In DKI Jakarta, the name Cut Nyak Dhien is immortalized as the name of the street and the name of the mosque in the Central Jakarta area.

3. Teuku Umar

Teuku Umar is a hero of Indonesian independence from Meulaboh, West Aceh District. He struggled to defend Aceh from the Dutch by using the strategy of pretending to cooperate with the Dutch, so that he was given full trust to lead troops with weapons. When the weapons had been collected, he immediately turned around and attacked the Dutch.

Positions held by Teuku Umar include:

1. In 1878, Teuku Umar had served as Keuchik of Gampong Darat (now Johan Pahlawan District) and became Commander of the People’s Defense when the Dutch attacked Meulaboh
2. In 1887, together with Teuku Tjik Abdurahman, the crown prince of Teuku Tjik Ali, uleebalang Meulaboh.
3. In 1889, he was appointed by the Sultan of Aceh as Admiral/Amirul Bahar or Panglima Laot in western Aceh. He was always active in assisting the finances of the Sultan, Teungku Tjik Ditiro, and Panglima Polem through regular cash transfers.

Teuku Umar made peace with the Dutch in 1883. However, one year later war broke out again between the two. 9 years later, in 1893, Teuku Umar began to find a way to beat the Dutch from ‘within’. He then pretended to be a Dutch henchman. This action made Cut Nyak Dien furious because he felt embarrassed and confused.

For his services in subduing several defense posts in Aceh, Teuku Umar won the trust of the Dutch. He was then given the title Johan Pahlawan and given the freedom to form his own army with a total of 250 soldiers and facilitated by complete weapons from the Netherlands. The Dutch did not know that this was only the strategy of Teuku Umar, who had collaborated with Acehnese warriors before. Not long after, Teuku Umar was given an additional 120 soldiers and 17 commanders including Pangleot as his assistant and right hand man.

March 30, 1896, Teuku Umar finally left the Dutch military service. It was here that he then launched an attack based on the tactics and strategy of war that he had. Together with troops equipped with 800 guns, 25,000 bullets, 500 kg of ammunition and 18 thousand dollars in cash, Teuku Umar together with Teuku Panglima Polem Muhammad Daud and 400 of his followers slaughtered the Dutch. It was recorded that 25 people died and 190 were injured from the Dutch.

Governor Deykerhof, who at that time replaced Governor Ban Teijn, had trusted Teuku Umar all this time, feeling hurt and angry because he had been betrayed by Teuku Umar. Deykerhof then ordered Van Heutsz and his large army to arrest Teuku Umar. A sudden attack was launched on the Meulaboh area and it was this attack that took Teuku Umar’s life. He was shot and died on the battlefield, precisely in Kampung Mugo, on February 10, 1899.

The name Teuku Umar is immortalized as the name of a street in an elite area in Central Jakarta.

4. Polem Commander

Panglima Polem or who has the full name Teuku Panglima Polem Sri Muda Perkasa Muhammad Daud is an Acehnese commander. Until now, clear information has not been found regarding the date and year of Panglima Polem’s birth, what is clear is that he is from the descendants of the Acehnese nobility. His father, Panglima Polem VIII Raja Kuala, was the son of Teuku Panglima Polem Sri Imam Muda Mahmud Arifin who was also known as Cut Banta (Panglima Polem VII (1845-1879). Mahmud Arifin was Commander of Sagoe XXII Mukim Aceh Besar.

In 1893, Panglima Polem joined Teuku Umar with the aim of fighting Dutch colonialism. Previously, Teuku Umar carried out a strategy by pretending to surrender and then attacking the Dutch again together with Panglima Polem. In 1897 in the Seulimeum ​​area, Panglima Polem together with his troops fought against the Dutch. In that battle, the Dutch managed to conquer three fortifications that were previously built by Panglima Polem along with his troops.

The defense made in the Gayo area succeeded in frustrating the Dutch because they always failed to master it. Then, the Dutch carried out a cunning strategy by trying to kidnap the family of King Daud Syah from Aceh. The Dutch finally succeeded in kidnapping the sultan’s wife named Teungku Putroe in the Glumpang Payong area. Besides that, the Dutch also arrested another sultan’s wife named Pocut cot Murong and the Sultan’s son in Lam Meulo. The Dutch then forced Sultan Daud Syah to surrender and sign a peace treaty with the Dutch.

Apart from that, the Dutch also threw threats that if Sultan Daud Syah did not immediately surrender, then his family who had been arrested would be thrown into exile. Because of this threat, in January 1903, Sultan Daud Syah was forced to make peace with the Dutch. The Dutch then exiled Sultan Daud Syah to Ambon and to Batavia until he died in 1939.

The arrest of Sultan Daud Syah apparently influenced the Polem Commander who was still fighting in Aceh. Until finally Panglima Polem was forced to surrender and make peace with the Dutch in 1903. Panglima Polem was then detained until he died in 1939.

The name Panglima Polem is immortalized as one of the roads in the Blok M area, South Jakarta.

5. Teuku Cik Di Tiro

Teuku Chik Di Tiro is a scholar and national hero from the Pidie area, Aceh. He is very famous for inflaming the spirit of Sabil war in the Acehnese people to continue to fight against Dutch colonialism.

Quoted from the official website of the Aceh Provincial Government, Teuku Chik Di Tiro’s Sabil War movement managed to frustrate the Dutch in the period 1881-1890. Teuku Chik Di Tiro finally died on January 25, 1891 and was allegedly poisoned by the enemy.

The name Teuku Chik Di Tiro is immortalized as the name of a street in the Menteng area, Central Jakarta.

6. Admiral Malahayati

Keumalahayati, born on January 1, 1550 and died on June 30, 1615 was a warrior from the Aceh Sultanate. His father was Admiral Mahmud Syah. His grandfather from his father’s line was Admiral Muhammad Said Syah, son of Sultan Salahuddin Syah who became leader in 1530–1539 AD. Sultan Salahuddin Syah was the son of Sultan Ibrahim Ali Mughayat Syah (1513–1530 AD), who became the founder of the Kingdom of Aceh Darussalam.

In 1585–1604, he served as Head of the Secret Commander’s Palace Guards and Commander of Government Protocol from Sultan Saidil Mukammil Alauddin Riayat Syah IV.

Malahayati’s struggle to fight the invaders began after the battle in Teluk Haru. The Aceh Sultanate’s naval fleet against the Portuguese fleet. In that battle, Admiral Zainal Abidin, the husband of Malahayati, died. After being abandoned by her husband, Malahayati made a suggestion to the Sultan of Aceh to form an army consisting of the widows of Acehnese soldiers who had died in war. The request was granted and Malahayati was appointed as the leader of the Inong Balee troop with the rank of admiral. Malahayati is the first Acehnese woman to receive this rank.

Admiral Malahayati was not only proficient on the battlefield. He was also good at conducting peace negotiations on behalf of the Sultan of Aceh with the Dutch. The negotiations were an attempt by the Dutch to free Frederick de Houtman who had been arrested by Admiral Malahayati. The peace is realized. Frederick de Houtman was free, but the Dutch were obliged to pay compensation to the Sultanate of Aceh. Admiral Malahayati was also the person who received James Lancaster, namely the envoy from Queen Elizabeth I of England.

Admiral Malahayati died in 1615. His grave is in Lamreh Village, Krueng Raya District, Aceh Besar District. Admiral Malahayati earned the title of National Hero on November 9 2017.

Now the name Laksamana Malayati has officially replaced the Kalimalang Inspection Road on the north side in Pondok Kelapa Village, Duren Sawit Village, Pondok Bambu Village, Duren Sawit District and Cipinang Muara Village, Cipinang Besar Selatan Village, Jatinegara District, East Jakarta.

• 17 Indonesian Women National Heroes
• Get to know the Traditional Weapons of West Sumatra
• List of Indonesian National Heroes 
• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• List of Revolutionary Heroes and Their Short Profiles

 

Funny Javanese rhymes – In Indonesian society, you must be familiar with the term rhymes because since elementary school we have known rhymes in Indonesian lessons. Pantun is generally known as a type of old poetry which is very famous in the archipelago and allied neighboring countries.

Pantun as part of literature has various forms and types and even has its own characteristics in several regions. As in Java, rhymes are known as parikan, as part of traditional rhymes. Pantun as part of a literary work also has a function as a medium to express the contents of the heart and mind through oral and written forms.

Besides that, rhymes also have a function as a means to entertain the heart through the choice of witty words and it is not uncommon for rhymes to be used as part of an art performance because they are considered to have cultural elements in some areas.

In Javanese, we will know pantun as a medium of entertainment because of the use of Javanese regional language vocabulary which is funny and very entertaining to hear.

So, for that, Sinaumed’s friends can understand more about rhymes, especially rhymes in Javanese, which can cheer up the mood of Sinaumed’s friends who are upset or have hard days. Therefore, in this discussion, we have summarized various information related to rhymes in Javanese that can make your days fun and happy.

Further discussion regarding Funny Javanese Poems can be seen below!

Meaning of Pantun

Before discussing further examples of rhymes in funny Javanese, it’s a good idea for Sinaumed’s friends to also listen to information related to the meaning of rhymes in general first!

Pantun is a form of writing that is bound by rules. In the past Pantun was oral literature, people used to rhyme together. They say it verbally without thinking. But over time, now we also find written poetry.

Haji Ibrahim Datuk Kaya Muda Riau, a writer who lived at the same time as Raja Ali Haji, was the first person to write this oral literature. The first pantun anthology is entitled “Persatuan Pantun Melayu”.

The main characteristic of pantun is that it does not include the name of the author (anonymous). This is because Pantun is spread by word of mouth.

Pantun is also an ancient poem that is read in the archipelago. Almost all regions have rhymes. Pantun itself comes from the Minangkabau language. The original word is pantun, which translates to “guide”.

In simple terms, pantun is a type of ancient poetry that is widely known throughout the archipelago. Each region has a name that is almost familiar, namely “Pantun”, but has a different expression depending on the region. The word pantun is found in several different languages ​​in the archipelago, Tagalog (watch), Javanese (guidance), toba (rhyme), have the same meaning, namely regular expressions, a form of unity, an educational direction.

The interesting thing about the word pantun is that in Simalungun it means satire, whereas in Sundanese the word Sisindiran means a form of poetry known as pantun. The term Pantun in Central Java is called Parikan, in the Toraja area Pantun is known as Bolingoni. Pantun is often used in Makassar traditional arts, including: kelong-kelong, Banyuwangi: Gandrung, Banjarmasin: Ahui and Tricks in Surabaya: Ludruk, West Java: Doger songs.

So it can be said that most of the meanings of the word pantun agree with the arrangement or rules. The meaning of Pantun according to that given by RO Winsted is a Malaysian cultural scholar. RO Winsted argues:

Pantun is not just a combination of words with rhythm and rhyme, but a beautiful arrangement of words to describe warmth such as affection, love, longing and revenge from the speaker of the rhyme. Pantun can also contain critical and creative ideas or ideas as well as deep content in different meanings. Like the origin of words, pantun is actually a synonym of vocabulary built in relation to the conventional criteria of physical form and anonymous (anonymous) folk poetry. There are also people who say that the word pantun originally means like or similar.

There are also those who say that the word pantun comes from the word pantun (Minangkabau language) which means instructions for conveying advice based on oral literature to convey/pronounce quotes and proverbs that are known in the community.

Typically, a pantun consists of four lines (or four arrays if written), each containing 8-12 syllables and ending with the rhyme pattern abab and aaaa (not aabb or abba). Pantun was originally an oral literature, but now there are written rhymes. All pantun forms consist of two parts: cover and content.

The first two lines of sampiran are often related to nature (experiencing naturalization of the agricultural culture of the supporting community) and usually have nothing to do with the second part, which has a purpose other than to convey rhymes/poetry.

Until now, rhymes are still often used in offering ceremonies (proposals) and also in marriages. There is also used as a greeting to open and close events.

Both in Java, Sundanese, Medan and other areas, the function of expressing thoughts and feelings in the form of rhymes is to educate the public as well as provide entertainment by playing the sound of language and providing satire as a warning against some inappropriate/bad actions.

But that doesn’t mean our society doesn’t have the power to say something. Pantun has its own style of conveying/expressing something to make it more memorable. When we advise or scold people who use rhymes they look more polite and those who scold don’t feel cornered or embarrassed. Thus the explanation that we can describe about the meaning of pantun in various regions, hopefully it can add to our knowledge.

The Role of Pantun Function

As a means of preserving language, Pantun acts as a guardian of the function of words and the ability to continue the flow of thought. Pantun trains someone to think about the meaning of words before speaking. It also trains associative thinking that one word can be linked to another. Socially, pantun still has a strong social mission to this day.

Pantun is universally appreciated by today’s youth. The pantun shows the speed of human thinking and playing with words. But in general, the social role of pantun is a means to improve message delivery.

The closeness of social values ​​and pantun even comes from the philosophy of the pantun itself. The pantun custom of not skipping rhymes is a philosophy related to rhymes. This proverb shows that pantun is related to social values ​​and not just imagination.

The spirit of the essence of the rhyme becomes the guide for the rhyme. This declaration emphasizes the role of pantun as a guardian and medium of culture in conveying and supporting societal values.

Meanwhile, rhymes in Minangkabau culture are used in various traditional events. For example, at Manjapuik Maraplai (groom meeting), Batagak Gala (title coronation ceremony), Batagak Penghulu (prince coronation) or other traditional ceremonial speeches.

Poems in Tradition

A tradition of expression that is generally unwritten and often humorous in content, the so-called “pantun” is a traditional art widespread in the mostly Malay areas of Malaysia, Brunei, Singapore and the Indonesian archipelago.

Some of the “pantun” performances are narrative in nature; For example, the Kentrung tradition in Central and East Java uses the pantun structure to tell stories about religious history or local history accompanied by drums.

Basically, most of Indonesia’s traditional literature forms the basis of complex performances of various genres, such as West Sumatra’s “Randai” Minangkabau region, which combines music, dance, drama, and martial arts in a spectacular ceremonial mix.

Examples of pantun in Javanese

Pantun does not only function as a messenger, but often becomes entertainment in itself with words that are pleasant to hear.

Especially if the poem contains humor. Funny rhymes can make the atmosphere smooth, fun and unforgettable.

There are some funny rhymes that can make you laugh. This happy moment will be even more unforgettable when you read funny rhymes in the local language. One of the most widely used regional languages ​​is Javanese. Javanese funny rhymes can still be funny.

After Sinaumed’s’ friends have listened to the meaning of rhyme, its function, and its position as part of literature in several traditions, let’s look at some examples of funny rhymes in Javanese which we hope can entertain you all, Sinaumed’s friends, as follows:

1. Buto ijo, leaving school

Ra nduwe bojo, no problem

2. Sego liwet, lawuhe jlantah

Sega rawon, less uyah.

Oh dear, when are you getting married,

Mawon’s boyfriend, kulo rang gaga.

3. Hold kloso, slow wong papat

Dino tuesday, let’s cheer up.

4. Gatotkoco manganese gombong,

Nek kekonco, ojo just trimo ndomblong.

5. Intention to work, don’t golek perkoro,

6. Intention to get fortune, don’t get rich,

7. The intention is to find dhuwit, not to find disease.

8. Some books, some knowledge,

As knowledge, as teacher.

9. Some teachers, some inventors,

Seje discoverer, seje sing lulled.

10. Urip kui pretends to be crowded, pretends to be quiet,

If you can do it, you can’t leave it for coffee.

11. Jenenge urip must have a trial,

Yen akeh saweran, kui jenge dangdutan.

12. Abdul Somad, lecture in East Java,

My body is strong, my heart is crying out.

13. Brambang harvest, housed in a godong

Wes is overdoing it dear, even being carried away by uwong.

14. Saiki dino kemis wayahe pay debts,

A man without a mustache is like a sky without stars.

15. Entut mambu riot,

Mlebu’s overdoing, lazy rep ndudut.

16. City Market, Monument Market,

Atiku is ambyar, mergo your slira.

17. Tuku gedang chips, green wraps,

Tiwas mbribik ngasi stayed up all night, broke wis nduwe bojo.

18. Sing iki flower, sing iku shard,

Sing kene sing dear, sing kono sing happy ending.

19. Jaran braids don’t know how fussy,

It’s easy to get money, just go to the angel.

20. Japanese motorbikes are tenacious machines,

Borrowing money is easy, nagihe sing bulet.

21. Yen duwe jaran, ojo roughed up,

At first, he asked for advice, finally he was courted.

22. Yen basise wis male, not legitimately danced,

Yen uripmu wis fales, no need digitari.

23. Pring roof, wadhahe noodles,

The curry was nembung, even kneaded.

24. Can sing, can refine,

Can live, ora can match.

25. Golek Banyu Nang Riverside,

Dinggo Raup feels warm.

26. Kowe ojo change lali,

Mergo I love you so much.

27. Tumbas tamarind vegetables lali ra pay,

Keep mesem, senajan heart ambyar.

28. Ngarit suket, karo brakes,

Yen is not tight, I’m not marem.

29. The car crashes, ra isoh race,

Raine pale, do not eat breakfast.

30. Don’t spinach, lawuh crackers,

Disawang is calm, but my heart is broken.

31. Don’t remember not being beautiful,

What is missed is moving.

32. Tuku manganese, adohe tutuk German,

You don’t need to be charming, the important thing is to find food and clothing.

33. Crackling in a bucket,

Your nose is pug, your lambe is dower.

34. Neng pandan turns round,

Make a double call, bojone staff.

35. Kloso pandan taline limo,

Arepo shrimp, still macaryo.

36. Mangan peek, karo klopo,

Dadi wong urip, try.

37. Lungo herbal medicine shop

Order a gari siji limo

Grandma, I’m tresno marang sliramu

opo yo, I have to joke around with this

38. Say goodbye to Seturan

Jebule dolan n Nang Palagan

Senajan’s heart is still hungry

tangi saur must keep going

39. Sego bancaan dimaem Mas Rian

I don’t care if I’m a destination, I’m just going to run away

40. Neng Cedhak’s woodcutter, Pasar Triwindu

You are not alone, im here with you

41. Tuku onion kliru mrico

Wes overdo it dear…eee..mek is considered a sidekick

42. Grilled chicken tamarind vegetables, lambene mesem atine ambyar

43. Milkfish karo bread manganese

Fry peyek in the middle of the pan

Bojo is handsome and his heart is broken,

delicious, bad boy, please don’t like it

44. Flower yo flower, nek keno wind yo run away

Fight yo fight, grandma is not appreciated yo retreat

45. Cah wedok sangune powder,

ono cah boy untune gingsul

Kulo’s intention is badhe cedak,

Even though the wangsul arranged it, the real one was actually arranged by the wangsul

46. ​​Mount Talang, Mount Sumbing,

nyong sing struggle wong liya sing partner

Nek ngiwo yo ngiwo feels like a grandmother

Sing lungo yo lungo I miss you

47. Godong tales Godong durian,

Chat is not answered even though online

48. Neng playing dakon field with Paul Pogba

Tiwas tenanan ha, how come it seems like it’s broken, even if you try it

49. Dino the second week of the second

Sing missed why even double

50. Can dance

can not distill

Can live

can’t sing

51. Nang Magelang, ono Borobudur

Nek ra loved, yowes backwards

52. Godong klapa jengeklari, arep greet wedi being ignored

53. Nyangking klapa kiwe tengen, no greeting or no meaning no miss

54. Ana flower ketcep nails,

Grandma, my friend, I love my father’s friend

55. Nandur jae nang kills the house

no problem, no problem

 

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of the definition of funny rhymes in Javanese. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of humorous rhymes in Javanese, but also discusses further the meaning of rhymes, the role of pantun functions, rhymes in tradition, as well as examples of sarcasm sentences that Sinaumed’s friends can look at carefully.

Understanding the meaning of funny rhymes in Javanese gives us additional knowledge about various examples of rhymes in Indonesian literature, including funny rhymes, especially in Javanese, which can entertain all Sinaumed’s friends.

This is a review of the meaning of funny rhymes in Javanese. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the meaning of pantun. And other knowledge related to language and literature, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

80+ Collection of Examples of the Best Advice Poems and Their Meanings

7 Educational Pantuns and Their Complete Explanations

Collection of examples of limericks with various themes and very funny

Definition of Pantun: Purpose, Function, Type, Characteristics and Examples of Pantun

Examples of Children’s Rhymes: Limerick, Advice, Joy

Intransitive Active Sentences – When learning Indonesian material, Sinaumed’s definitely understands that there are several types of sentences, including active sentences and passive sentences. The striking difference between the two types of sentences is the existence of a subject who does something (verb). What’s more, in the process of speaking we often use different word classes and are adapted to the context. This word class can be in the form of nouns, verbs, adjectives, numerals, and many others. So, each word class also has its own function .

In discussing the variety of sentences, which include active sentences and passive sentences, are two things that are often encountered in everyday life. Yep, the existence of active sentences and passive sentences is most often used in everyday conversation. In the active sentence variety, it can be further divided into transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. The key difference between the two is the use of objects and adverbs. In intransitive active sentences, they use adverbs, both adverbs of place and time after the predicate. So, what are the examples of intransitive active sentences? What is the definition of intransitive active voice? What are the differences between objects and complements so as to divide this variety of active sentences? Well, so that Sinaumed’sunderstand it, let’s look at the following review!

51 Examples of Intransitive Active Sentences

1. Dimas met with Adhi this afternoon. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
2. We practiced theater at Uncle Fikri’s studio. (S – P – Complement – ​​Description of Place)
3. Rini laughed because she heard a very funny joke. (S – P – Explanation of Reason)
4. Mrs. Septi was tricked into billions of millions of rupiah. (S – P – Consequence Description)
5. I’m still going to go to the meeting even if it’s raining. ( S – P – Comparative Description)
6. Mr. Sabda cultivates crops in his garden. (S – P – Place Description)
7.  Lucas shivered during the heavy rain last night. ( S – P – Description of Time)
8. Mail burst out laughing. (S – P – Consequence Description)
9. Uncle always cursed when he was angry. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
10. The killer of a girl has been caught by the local police. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
11. Susanti fell down the stairs while playing with her friends. (S- P – Complementary – Adverb of Time)
12. All the students from the Language class ran towards the canteen. (S – P – Description of Purpose)
13. Our house alarm goes off when a burglar enters. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
14. Rani was very depressed by Father’s words. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
15. A weasel is trapped by Tok Dalang’s trap. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
16. My sister is scared when she is at home alone. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
17. Father’s hand was badly injured. (S – P – Complementary)
18. The crow flew up into the sky. (S – P – Description of Purpose)
19. Meta’s leg hit a nail on the field. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
20. Grandmother died 5 months ago. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
21. My study was disturbed by the sound of dangdut. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
22. The man was lying on the side of the road. (S – P – Place Description)
23. Students ask questions about how to quickly do exam questions. (S – P – Complementary)
24. Tiara likes to sing in the shower. (S – P – Place Description)
25. Riko and his friends ran when they heard thunder. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
26. Uncle and Aunt want to relax for a while in our house. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
27.  Father returns to sail in three months (S – P – Time Description)
28. The athlete did not run according to the coach’s instructions. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
29. We all fell silent when we heard mom and dad fighting. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
30. Brother wants us to get dressed quickly. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
31. The whale breathes through lungs. (S – P – Tool Description)
32. The group worked non-stop until the morning. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
33. Vero is tempted by Rizky’s flattery. (S – P – Method Description)
34. We remember the time when all the family got together on Christmas Day. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
35. Students learn through the zoom application. (S – P – Tool Description)
36. We all screamed when the living room light suddenly went off. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
37. All the money in Mira’s piggy bank disappeared suddenly. (S – P – Method Description)
38. The students asked about a quick way to solve math problems in the Algebra chapter. (S – P – Complementary)
39.  Mother has a hard time taking care of her sick sister. (S – P – Complementary – Explanation of Reason)
40. The little boy fell into the Musi river. (S – P – Place Description)
41. Three climbers got lost while climbing Mount Rinjani. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
42. The guests sang happily in the hall of the building. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
43. Rafa fell in front of Pak Darman’s house. (S – P – Place Description)
44. His body was covered in blood since morning. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
45. Ika was singing when her friends came. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
46. The heroes have sacrificed body and soul for the nation and state of Indonesia. (S – P – Complementary – Statement of Purpose)
47. Father chose to work at home by selling salted eggs. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
48. The king was shot by a stray bullet belonging to the robbers. (S – P – Complementary – Ownership Information)
49. We smiled happily seeing all of the Fizi family united. (S – P – Complementary)
50.  Shiva smiled. (S – P – Complementary)
51. Angger and Angga get into a fight just because they are fighting over a Detective Conan comic. (S – P – Statement of Reason)

Know What is Intransitive Active Voice?

After listening to several examples of these intransitive active sentences, is Sinaumed’s able to understand what they mean? We will discuss one by one …

Basically, active sentences can be called that if the subject is the doer of the action and is stated in the predicate which is also an active verb. These active verbs are usually indicated by the use of verbs with affixes meN-, ber-, and aus verbs. This definition distinguishes it from passive sentences.

Well, active sentences are further divided into 2 types, namely transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. Although there are also some experts who state that this active sentence is divided into 3 types, with the addition of semitransitive active sentences.

According to Sugono (2009: 119), transitive active sentences are sentences that have a role as the perpetrator of the action stated by the predicate and the object as the target. That is, the transitive active sentence will have a structure consisting of SPO. The thing that distinguishes this type of sentence from intransitive active sentences is the presence of objects and verbs that start with meN-.

Furthermore, in intransitive active sentences are sentences where the subject actually does the action stated by the predicate and does not require an object. Even though there is no object, intransitive active sentences have complements that usually start with -. Another characteristic of this intransitive active sentence is the presence of verbs such as return, go, rise, enter, and others.

Differences between Objects, Complements, and Adverbs

Active sentences, generally will contain objects, complements, and adverbs. In transitive active sentences it is usually indicated by the presence of an object. Then, in intransitive active sentences it is marked by the presence of a complement. The similarity between the two is that there are also adverbs present. In this case, many people cannot distinguish between objects, complements, and adverbs. Let’s look at the following review so that Sinaumed’s understands this.

object	Complementary	Adverb
Usually it is in the type of transitive active sentence	Usually in intransitive active sentences.	There are 2 types of active sentences, both transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences.
Is something subject to action.	Is something that serves to complete the sentence structure.	Is a word that is used to provide information in a sentence.
The position is preceded by a predicate.	Its position is preceded by a predicate, because its function is to complete the predicate.	It has several types, for example adverbs of place, adverbs of time, adverbs of manner, adverbs of cause, adverbs of effect, and others.
Usually in the form of nouns and nominal phrases.	In the form of nominal phrases, verbal phrases, prepositional phrases, adjective phrases, even clauses.	Different types of adverbs, there will be different words as references.
If the object includes a noun, nominal phrase, or pronoun, it will refer to the third person singular, so it is replaced with -nya.	It can’t be the subject, especially when it’s changed into the passive voice.	Its existence in a sentence is not essential, so its use is arbitrary.
Can be in the form of a clause, preceded by the word “that”.	Cannot be changed into its form. Except in prepositional combinations other than to, from, in , and will .	Its existence is very much needed, especially in declarative sentences which do require the presentation of information as a whole.

Know Other Sentence Types

Before discussing other types of sentences, it is better if Sinaumed’s understands what sentences are. Basically, a sentence is one of the elements of language in the form of a series of words. In the sentence will usually show the contents of the thoughts of the author in full. The basic pattern of a sentence is Subject + Predicate + Object + Adverb or Complement . The predicate in a sentence does not have to be a verb or verb, but also nouns and adjectives.

Sentence is the smallest unit of language in spoken or written form that expresses the author’s thoughts as a whole and ends with final intonation, aka dot (.). Sentences are also the basic composition of a discourse. That is, a discourse will only be formed if there are two sentences or more which are located sequentially and are based on discursive rules.

The types of sentences commonly used in a text can be reviewed based on certain things, starting from:

• Predicate type
• Place the predicate
• Completeness of the elements
• Expansion of the elements
• Number of patterns
• The speaking aspect
• The culprit

Types of Sentences According to the Type of the Predicate

1. Verb Sentences

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from the existence of a verb or verb. Example: Rafa rode his new bicycle this morning.

2. Noun Sentences

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from a noun or noun phrase. Example: Kynan is a girl .

Types of Sentences According to the Location of the Predicate

1. Normal Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject precedes the predicate. Usually, the sentence pattern in this type of sentence is the basic pattern, namely SPOK. Example: Yudha notes the teacher’s questions.

2. Sentence Inversion

That is a sentence where the predicate comes before the subject. Example: Mr. threw the trash away.

Types of Sentences According to the Completeness of the Elements

1. Minor Sentences

Namely a sentence that consists of only one central element. That is, there is only one word but it is able to show the meaning of the sentence. Example: “Close!”, “Help!”, “Hurry!”.

2. Elliptical Sentences

That is a sentence in which one of the central elements is omitted because the reader must have understood it even though the element is not present. Example:

He was going to Jakarta, but I was going to Bandung. – He will go to Jakarta, but I will go to Bandung.

In the second sentence, the word “went” in the clause can be omitted and the meaning will remain the same.

3. Major Sentence

Namely a sentence that contains at least two central elements which consist of a subject and predicate (SP) or can even be more than that, for example given a description (SPOK). Example:

Nature (S) will go (F) tomorrow morning (K)

Types of Sentences Based on the Expansion of the Elements

1. Core Sentence

Actually, this core sentence is a major sentence which only consists of two main elements to become its central element, namely the core element of the subject and the predicate element. The characteristics of the main sentence are as follows:

• Consists of two words.
• Normal intonation.
• Has the usual arrangement.

Example:

The twins, who were born, died after being treated for sixteen days in an incubator.

Key sentence: the child died.

2. Transformational Sentences

Namely a core sentence that has received expansion. Example:

Key sentence: He’s gone

Transformational Sentence:

• He’s leaving
• He will go with me
• He will go with me tomorrow morning

Types of Sentences Based on the Number of Patterns

1. Single Sentence

That is a sentence that only consists of one sentence pattern or one clause only. Sentence patterns in this type are formed by the subject and predicate. However, there are also more complete patterns, namely subject, predicate, object, complement or description. Example:

Raka came home from school.

2. Compound Sentences

Namely a sentence consisting of two sentence patterns or two even more clauses. This compound sentence can usually be formed from the combination of several single sentences. In this type of sentence, it can be classified into three types, namely:

• Equivalent compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent conjunctions.
• Multilevel compound sentences, which are connected by unequal conjunctions.
• Mixed compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent and unequal conjunctions with three or more clauses.

Types of Sentences Based on the Actor

1. Active Voice

That is a sentence whose predicate does a job. The main characteristic of this sentence is that the predicate is a verb starting with me(N) and ber-. Example: Fikri is reading.

2. Passive Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject is imposed by the work. Usually, the predicate in this type of sentence will start with at- or ter-. Example: The ball was kicked by Arkie.

3. Direct and Indirect Sentences

a) Direct Sentences

Namely sentences in the form of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources, by directly imitating, quoting, or repeating the words from that source. Example: Adi says, “Collect the picture books today!”

b) Indirect Sentences

Namely a variety of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources but the structure has been changed by the speaker, namely by not imitating or saying it again directly. Example: Mr. Agus said that we are all asked to immediately go to the school hall now.

Nouns – In terms of communication, Sinaumed’s definitely agrees that the existence of language plays a very important role, especially in everyday life. Yep, without language, humans all over the earth will certainly find it difficult to communicate and interact with other humans.

Not only to communicate, even to express ideas is difficult so that this civilization is impossible to build. In fact, a number of linguists say that language is a communication tool that is owned by every member of society in any part of the world and is in the form of sound symbols produced by human speech organs.

In its development, both spoken language and written language, the existence of types of words is also growing as well. These types of words are not just verbs (verbs) or adjectives (adjectives), but there are lots of them.

One type of word that is often encountered and taught in school besides verbs (verbs) or adjectives (adjectives) is noun alias noun. Examples of even nouns are easy enough to name because of their many existences. Then, what is that noun? What are the types of nouns in Indonesian? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What Is a Noun?

Nouns alias nouns are a type of word that is often found in literary works and official writings in Indonesian. Actually, all languages ​​in this world also have nouns , it’s just that the pronunciation is different, even if it’s in the regional language. Just a little trivia , even in certain languages, nouns can be subdivided based on gender.

Based on the Third Edition of the Indonesian Standard Grammar , the existence of these nouns alias nouns can be seen from 3 different perspectives, namely from a semantic perspective, a syntactical perspective, and a form aspect . If from a semantic point of view, this noun alias noun can refer to concepts, understanding, objects, animals, to humans. Examples are doctors, rats, jars , and nationality can be examples of nouns.

Furthermore, in terms of syntax, this noun alias noun fulfills certain characteristics, namely:

• In a sentence where the predicate is a verb (verb), the noun (noun) will occupy the function of subject, object, or complement. Example: The government will strengthen the development of . The words “government” and “development” are nouns.
• Nouns cannot be ignored with the word “no”. If you want to use the word denial, then use the word “not”.
• Nouns can be followed by adjectives, either directly or through the word “which”. For example: the words “clothes” and “fan” can be called nouns, because they can be combined with adjectives to become “fancy clothes” and “new fan”; or it can be interspersed with words that make it “fancy dress” and “new fan”.

Finally, nouns (nouns) when viewed in terms of their shape, will fulfill the following characteristics.

• Consists of only one morpheme.
• Can be derived into the form of affixation (addition), repetition, and compounding.

Meanwhile, there are many linguists who argue about the definition of a noun, one of which is Muslich. According to Muslich (2007), reveals that this noun is any word that can be explained or expanded by “which + adjective”. 

In short, nouns, which are also known as nouns, are a type of word in Indonesian that describes the name of a thing or anything that can be noun.

Getting to Know Various Points of View Regarding Nouns

Still based on the book Indonesian Standard Grammar Third Edition , the existence of nouns alias nouns can be seen from three aspects of their features, namely in terms of semantics, syntax, and form. Well, here is the description.

1. Nouns in terms of their semantic behavior

a) Nouns Contain Universal Semantic Features

As the name implies, this noun must have a general meaning. This means that all people as language users already understand the meaning of the word. For example in the word “cow”. In Indonesian, the word “cow” has the meaning of ‘ a livestock with four legs, with two eyes, body color that has black and white, brown, to brown-white patterns, and can produce milk’. 

According to Chaer (2012), nouns that contain universal semantic features can also be related to the culture of language users. An example is the word “slave”. In Indonesian culture, the word has the meaning of ‘a person who is employed for something and is not paid’. Meanwhile, in Malay language culture, the word “slave” actually gives meaning as ‘a child or someone who is not yet an adult, both male and female’. Therefore, in this universal semantic feature it will always be related to how the meaning of the word is from the user of the language.

b) Nouns Containing Natural Semantic Features

In this case, the noun alias noun will be related to the normal activities of that word. For example, the word “watermelon”, which is a noun, has natural semantic features in the form of size, weight, color, and round shape. Yep, there is no elongated watermelon, even if it is in a box shape it does. Therefore, this natural semantic feature will not experience any deviation from the natural nature of the noun itself.

Nouns in terms of Semantic Behavior	Noun Examples
Nouns that contain universal semantic features	Balloon
Nouns that contain natural semantic features	Pencil

2. Nouns in terms of syntax

a) Nouns as Phrase Formers

As the core of the phrase, the noun will occupy the main part, while the delimiter is at the front or back of the noun. This delimiter can be in the form of other types of words, starting from numerals, adjectives, verbs, and others. For example, the noun “building”. If it is combined with the adjective “luxurious”, then it can form a noun phrase in the form of ‘luxury building’. Now, in the noun phrase ‘luxury building’, the noun “building” will act as the core of the phrase, while the adjective “luxury” will act as its attribute.

• Nouns Followed by Nouns

In forming this phrase, nouns can be followed by nouns as well. So, both the core of the phrase and its attributes will also be nouns or nouns. Example: dove, balancer, blue book

• Noun Followed by Verb

In this phrase former, nouns can be followed by verbs (verbs), so that the core of the phrase will be a noun, while the attribute will be a verb. For example: desk , mindset , term savings , family planning .

• Nouns Followed by Adjectives

In this phrase former, a noun can be followed by an adjective (adjective), so that the core of the phrase will be a noun, while the attribute will be an adjective. For example: adult frog , new term , odd opinion , good eats .

• Nouns Beginning with Prepositions

In forming this phrase, nouns can be preceded by prepositions (prepositions). For example: in the office , from the room , at that time , and others.

• Nouns Before Adjectives

In forming this phrase, nouns can be preceded by adjectives. For example: sky blue , blood red , green leaves , and others.

b) Nouns as Clause Formers

According to Badru, within the framework of the syntactic level of clause structure, nouns can actually occupy empty places. That is, it can fulfill functions as a subject, predicate, object, complement, or description.

• Noun Occupies Subject Function

If a noun occupies the subject function, then its location is usually at the beginning of the sentence, whether it’s a noun (noun) or a noun phrase. Example: “Thus, the painting can be moved according to the wishes of the Chairman”.

In the word “painting” which is a noun, can fulfill the function as a subject. While the word “thus” is actually not a subject, but a conjunction between sentences. Even though it is located at the beginning of the sentence, the conjunction cannot fulfill the function of the subject.

• Nouns Occupy Predicate Functions

Example: Her mother is a pharmacist .

In that sentence, the phrase “a pharmacist” is a noun phrase which also occupies a predicate function.

• Nouns Occupy Object Functions

Example: Group 5 needs money .

In this sentence, the word “money” which is a noun, occupies the object function. What’s more, the word “need” is also a transitive verb that functions as a predicate.

• Nouns Occupy Complementary Functions

Example: Tape is the result of cassava fermentation .

In this sentence, the phrase fermented cassava is a noun phrase which is not an object function, but a complementary function. What’s more, the phrase cannot be passivated.

• Nouns Occupy Description Functions

Example: We just returned from Semarang .

In this sentence, the phrase from Semarang , which is a noun phrase, occupies the function of the actor’s adverb because it explains the actor in the subject function.

Types of Nouns in Indonesian

1. Basic Nouns

Basically, basic nouns are nouns whose form characteristics do not have affixes or affixes. In this case, basic nouns can be divided into 2, namely special basic nouns and general basic nouns.

a) Special Basic Nouns

Namely nouns that consist of one morpheme with certain meaning characteristics. This characteristic of meaning refers to place names, geographical names, people’s names, and day names. According to the Third Edition of the Indonesian Standard Grammar book, there are several sub-categories of special basic nouns, namely:

• Nouns represented by above, in, below , and face , will refer to places such as above, below , and inside . The existence of this prepositional phrase can also be combined with other nouns, so it becomes under the table, on the roof, in the room, and so on.
• The nouns represented by Semarang and Bekasi mean referring to geographical names.
• Nouns represented by points and stems mean to state the classification of words based on their idiomatic form of reference.
• The nouns represented by Sabda and Meta mean referring to people’s names.
• The nouns represented by uncle and brother mean to refer to people with kinship.
• The nouns represented by Wednesday and Saturday , refer to the name of the day.

b) Common Basis of Nouns

Namely nouns that consist of only one morpheme with a general meaning characteristic. This characteristic of meaning refers to the place, the description of the tool, the description of time, and the description of the method. Examples: pictures, years, laws, sticks, and others.

No.	Basic Noun	Example
1.	Special Basic Noun	Tuesday
2.	Common Basic Nouns	December 6, 2022

2. Derivative Nouns

Namely nouns derived through the process of affixation (addition), repetition, and compounding.

a) Affixation Process (Addition)

Noun affixation is the process of forming nouns by adding certain affixes to the base word. In this process, it can form derived nouns from different types of words. So, here is the affixation process for nouns and examples of sentences.

No.	Affixation of Derivative Nouns	Example
1.	Noun Affixation	Chairs can be moved according to our wishes
2.	Affixation of the nouns pel-, per-, and pe-	ascetic – ascetic, merchant – trade, fighter – struggle.
3.	Affixation of the noun	sender – the person who sent; jovial – one who is cheerful in nature; eraser – tool for erasing
4.	Noun Affixation -an	asinan – something that is salted.
5.	Affixation of the noun peng-an	green – greenery.
6.	Affixation of the noun	lazy – laziness.
7.	Affixation of -el, -er, -em, and -in-	coir – fibers, yellow – yellowish, teeth – teeth.
8.	Affixation of noun per-an	promise – agreement, transfer – displacement
9.	Noun Affixation -wan/-wati	Wan’s work , wara wati .

b) Repetition Process (Reduplication)

Namely the process of deriving nouns by repetition, either in whole or in part. In terms of noun reduplication, it is divided into 4 types, namely complete repetition, repetition of copied sounds, partial repetition, and repetition accompanied by affixations.

No.	Repetition of Derivative Nouns	Example
1.	Whole Repetition	buildings
2.	Voice Copy Repeat	gestures
3.	Partial Repetition	young people
4.	Repetition With Affixes	clothes
5.	Affixed Basic Repetition	Foliage

c) Compounding

Namely the process of merging one noun form with another noun and producing a new word eye. In this compound noun, it can be divided based on the morphological form and the relationship of its components.

• Basic Compound Nouns

That is a compound noun whose components consist of basic words. Example: order, down payment, and others.

• Affixed Compound Nouns

That is a compound noun in which one or two of its components has an affix or affix. Example: retail traders , infectious diseases , and others.

• Compound Noun

That is a combination of free form and bound form. In this noun, one of them is a bound element so that it cannot stand alone. Example: non-communist, pre-planned, and others.

50+ Examples of Nouns in Indonesian

1. Blue
2. Table
3. Chair
4. Fan
5. Window
6. Door
7. Floor
8. Wall
9. Red
10. Green
11. Leaf
12. Pole
13. Pattern
14. Man
15. Opinion
16. Law
17. March
18. June
19. July
20. Farida
21. Younger brother
22. Older brother
23. Cotton
24. Tissue
25. Comb
26. Counter
27. Pencil
28. Ruler
29. Mug
30. Plate
31. Nail
32. Hammer
33. Raffia
34. Cable
35. Light
36. Cupboard
37. Cardboard box
38. Pin
39. Blanket
40. Pillow
41. Glass
42. Ventilation
43. Scissors
44. Jar
45. Bag
46. Fence
47. Wood
48. Bamboo
49. Gate
50. Asphalt
51. Tree
52. Cat
53. Bird
54. Guava
55. Jasmine
56. Chopsticks
57. figure
58. Face mask
59. Drug
60. Doctor

Examples of Imperative Sentences – Basically, imperative sentences in Indonesian and English as imperative sentences are the same . The similarity is that this type of sentence does contain the intention of ordering or asking with the aim of the speech partner, aka the interlocutor. Many people think that this imperative sentence is always related to governing matters, but it’s not …Imperative sentences can also contain sentences prohibiting doing something. Besides being able to apply this imperative sentence in spoken language, it can also be used in written language, especially in literature. If in written language, , it usually ends with an exclamation point but some don’t, it depends on the context, right… Take a look at your favorite novel, there must be an imperative sentence!

Even though it is only a type of sentence, the existence of this imperative sentence can always be used as an object of research, usually in semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic analysis. The use of this imperative sentence must also depend on the context of the existing sentence, not just made up. Then, what is an example of an imperative sentence? What is the meaning of the imperative sentence so that it is often used both in spoken and written language? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

50+ Examples of Imperative Sentences

1. Please take out the trash!
2. Sabda, get into the house immediately because it’s very cold outside!
3. Guys, please pay attention for a moment!
4. Come on, put on the mask!
5. Let him cry as much as he wants first, then we’ll ask what caused it!
6. Please take a closer look, if you really don’t need it, maybe you can just delete the writing!
7. Please sign this letter immediately so that it can be processed further!
8. Calm down, kids!
9. Don’t read in a dark place.
10. Please sit quietly!
11. Don’t doubt yourself!
12. Please come to the village hall this afternoon to discuss the Karang Taruna work program!
13. Don’t be late for class!
14. Immediately turn off the lights when it is noon!
15. Please help Meta lift that chair!
16. Bring this food for your lunch later!
17. Don’t forget to stop by Grandma’s house after school!
18. Let’s get to work right away!
19. Quickly vacate this room!
20. Clean the stains on your clothes before Mom knows!
21. Please send this letter to the Village Secretary.
22. Try to understand our current situation.
23. Please convey our apologies to Billy’s family.
24. Please give this nastar cake to your next door neighbor.
25. Race participants are requested not to leave the field area.
26. Obey all the rules in this school.
27. Try not to be late for class again.
28. Ask for proof of payment after making this transaction.
29. Library visitors are requested to immediately return books to their respective places because the library is almost closed.
30. Remove all the weeds so that your house looks clean.
31. Please calm down, because the exam is in progress.
32. Please close the door again as this room is air-conditioned.
33. Let’s observe a moment of silence to commemorate the services of heroes who have sacrificed for the independence of this country.
34. Take it easy and don’t move!
35. Don’t rush, or you might fall!
36. Put the dirty laundry in the washing machine, please!
37. Obey traffic signs!
38. Get up soon, the dawn call to prayer is heard!
39. Do whatever makes you happy, as long as it doesn’t harm others!
40. Get out of the room!
41. Show us that you really mean it!
42. It’s getting late, go to bed because tomorrow is school!
43. Don’t listen to other people’s words that hurt you!
44. Come on kids, cross with me!
45. Be careful with the road because it is very slippery!
46. Please turn off the faucet after use.
47. Let’s work together to clean up the ditches around where we live!
48. Don’t get used to sleeping with the window open!
49. Do not bring outside food into this place!
50. Don’t spit in public!
51. No parking in front of the gate!
52. Clean that floor immediately!
53. Please fry the seasoned fish.
54. Please don’t make noise while the exam is in progress.
55. Wait a minute.

 

 

Understanding the Definition of Imperative Sentences

Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the existence of imperative sentences, declarative sentences, and interrogative sentences, right ? Well, these three sentences are types of sentences based on their function. When elaborated more broadly, there are many types of sentences. In this article, we will discuss what imperative sentences are and their types.

Based on the KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), the term “imperative” has the meaning of ‘ordering or giving commands’. Meanwhile, in the realm of linguistics, “imperative” will mean ‘a form of command for a sentence or verb which states a prohibition or obligation to carry out an action’. Therefore, it can be concluded that,

“Imperative sentences are types of sentences that give an order or ask for something with the aim that the interlocutor does as he has been ordered.”

Even so, the imperative sentence does not only give orders or directions, but can also function to ask for something to prohibit someone from doing something. That is why this type of sentence often uses an exclamation mark (!) at the end of the sentence. Imperative sentences are also known as imperative sentences.

This imperative sentence has 5 types, but basically it can be divided into only two, namely orders and prohibitions. That is why, this type of sentence can be said as a complex sentence. According to Rahardi (2005), revealed that imperative sentences in Indonesian can be classified into 5 types, namely: (1) Ordinary Imperative Sentences; (2) Request Imperative Sentences; (3) Permit Granting Imperative Sentences; (4) Inviting Imperative Sentences; and (5) Commanding Imperative Sentences.

Characteristics of Imperative Sentences

In general, this imperative sentence has the main characteristic of being a commanding or giving command sentence, according to its name. So, here are some characteristics that distinguish imperative sentences from other types of sentences.

• At the end of a sentence, it will usually be followed by an exclamation point (!), not a full stop (.).
• When spoken or spoken, there will be high emphasis and intonation at the end of the sentence.
• Has a sentence structure in the form of a predicate that precedes the subject (PS).
• At the end of a sentence, you usually find the affix -lah or -kan .
• The sentences tend to ‘force’ the other party, as if requiring the interlocutor to do something according to what he said.
• When it functions to give orders, it is usually accompanied by certain words in the form of: Please, Please, Please, Come, Want , and so on.

Imperative Sentence Functions

In general, the existence of this imperative sentence functions to order the interlocutor to do something that the speaker wants. However, if applied in everyday life, especially in terms of communication, it can function as:

1. Giving a Ban

Yep, the use of imperative sentences is not only related to orders, but also as a prohibition not to do something. A prohibition, of course regarding things that should be avoided. Here’s an example.

• “Don’t eat in a hurry!”

Reason: Eating in a hurry can cause us to choke and even bite our tongue.

• “Don’t be noisy in the middle of the night!”

Reason: Being noisy in the middle of the night can disturb other people who are resting.

• “Don’t read in the dark!”

Reason: Reading in a dark place can cause our eyes to hurt and it’s hard to focus.

2. Giving a Command

In accordance with KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), imperative is indeed related to giving orders and commands. In this function, commands are more formal in nature so that they are usually used by people who have certain positions. Example:

• “Perform an attack at night with the tactics we have learned so far!”
• “Immediately surround the opponent’s fort so that our goal is successful!”
• “Just do what you’ve been told to do!”

3. Delivering a Sign

It turns out that an imperative sentence can function to convey a sign or code to the other person you’re talking to … This signal or code can usually only be understood by the person you’re talking to. Example:

• “No need to hesitate, if you like it, just take it!”
• “Eat something you like!”
• “Buy what you want!”

According to the context of some of these examples, the gesture in question is ‘something’ that is only understood by the speaker and the person he is talking to, while other people passing by or the seller do not understand what ‘something’ is desired.

4. Giving an Order

Generally, the use of imperative sentences serves to give orders to the other person to do something. Not infrequently, this type of sentence is accompanied by the word ” please ” so that it seems more subtle and polite. Example:

• “Please take care of my sister for a while, I’m going to dry the clothes for a while.”
• “Please take Surya to school later at 8 in the morning!”
• “Please buy me a pack of nasi padang at the stall in front of the alley!”

5. Offer an Invitation

In this function, at first glance it is almost the same as a persuasive sentence, yes… which both offer an invitation to other people. Well, imperative sentences can also function to offer an invitation, but they are more general things. Example:

• “Come on, put your shoes on!”
• “Let’s quickly get ready to head to the church!”
• “Let’s go to the central building to watch the exhibition preparations!”

Types of Imperative Sentences

As previously explained, imperative sentences in Indonesian can be classified into 5 types, namely: (1) Ordinary Imperative Sentences; (2) Request Imperative Sentences; (3) Permit Granting Imperative Sentences; (4) Inviting Imperative Sentences; and (5) Commanding Imperative Sentences. Well, here is the description!

1. Ordinary Imperative Sentences

According to Rahardi (2005), this ordinary imperative sentence is a simple form of a command sentence that is carried out directly. This type of imperative sentence has the following characteristics:

• There are basic verbs.
• Loud intonation.
• There are particles.
• There is an exclamation mark (!)
• Verbs usually end in -an, -i, and -kan .

Examples of Ordinary Imperative Sentences

• “Get rid of the chicken quickly!”

Context: Someone who is annoyed with chickens because they throw dirt in their yard, then asks someone else to drive the chicken away.

2. Imperative Sentence Request

That is the type of imperative sentence whose command level is very smooth and polite.

Example:

“Children… Try not to make a lot of noise, I want to explain an announcement related to Kartini’s Day tomorrow!”

Context: A teacher standing in front of students who are in a noisy classroom situation.

3. Imperative Sentence Granting Permission

Namely the type of imperative sentence that intends to give permission. Usually marked with politeness marking words, for example: Please, Allow, Allow, Allow, Welcome , and others.

Example:

“Mother… Please take and taste this nastar cake if you want! This is my own handmade, guaranteed delicious!”

Context: A home owner is giving permission to his guests to taste his pineapple cakes.

4. Inviting Imperative Sentences

That is a type of imperative sentence that intends to invite someone to do something together. In this type, there are usually politeness markers in the form of Come, Let, Try, Come, Hope, Should, Should , and others. Example:

“Bima, let’s move this clothes basket to the back room! You lift the red basket, I lift the green basket!”

Context: An older brother invites his younger brother named Bima to move the basket of clothes together to the back room.

5. Commanding Imperative Sentences

This last type of imperative sentence usually contains orders or orders other people to do something.

 

 

The Difference Between Imperative Sentences and Persuasive Sentences

If you look back at the function of imperative sentences, there will be functions related to invitations. Meanwhile, in Indonesian there are also persuasive sentences that invite other people to do something. Then, what is the difference between imperative sentences and persuasive sentences? Come on, see the following reviews!

Imperative Sentence	Persuasive Sentence
Even though it functions as a solicitation, it is more likely to be a subtle order.	Solicitations that influence the other person or reader.
Filled with requests, solicitations, encouragement, and prohibitions on doing something to the other person or reader.	Filled with persuasion or encouragement to do a habit.
There is an exclamation mark (!) at the end of the sentence.	At the end of the sentence there is a dot (.).
Usually found in dialogue between characters (if in literary works)	Usually found in advertisements.

Figurative Sentences – Figurative sentences are one of the language styles that are often used in everyday life. Generally, figurative words are used to describe something, starting from an object, the nature of a person, to a physical form. This language style is often used in everyday conversation or used in written form.

In general, the meaning of figurative words is the use of words in a way that distorts meaning to convey or explain complex meanings so that they are easier to understand. Often, these figurative words use analogies or comparisons so that the meaning or description of something can be conveyed properly.

In this case, there are several types of figurative words that are still often used today. Starting from figurative words which include parables, metaphors, hyperbole, personification, synecdoche, and also onomatopoeia. These various types of figurative words can help Sinaumed’s to express messages in a more different and interesting way.

What’s more, when Sinaumed’s is involved in the world of writing, these various types of figurative words can be used to produce writing that is unique and interesting for readers. By using various figurative words to describe something, Sinaumed’s’ writing will also have unique characteristics that make it different from the works of other writers.

Examples of Figurative Sentences and Their Meanings

1. Loan sharks (loan sharks)
   • Dealing with loan sharks is troublesome
2. Stubborn (stubborn).
   • Ajeng does not want to listen to what I have to say. What a stone head.
3. Cold head (calm/patient)
   • Rendi solved the problem with a cool head.
4. Two heads (early 20 years old)
   • Congratulations on passing life as a human with two heads.
5. Head of household (person responsible for the family)
   • Rini is the head of the household in her family.
6. Shrimp brain (stupid)
   • I don’t understand what’s in his head, but what is clear is that Septi really has a shrimp head.
7. Stubborn (don’t want to follow people’s advice)
   • Henry is very stubborn. Rendi had said that the route to post 4 was to take the road to the right, so he turned left instead. Let it be if later he gets lost.
8. Iron horse (motorcycle)
   • Rendi had just sold his old iron horse, because he wanted to buy a new model.
9. Dark horse (participant in a race whose victory does not count)
   • To my surprise, Veranda is a dark horse in this competition.
10. Bookworm (a person who likes to read)
    • Erisa is a famous geek in her area.
11. Red rooster (fire)
    • The house in the Merdeka street area was completely devoured by the red rooster.
12. Jump fleas (people who like to move from one group to another)
    • Bondan is a jumping flea, that’s because he is not a loyal person.
13. Black Sheep (error target)
    • Actually it was Ara who was at fault, but they made Chika a scapegoat.
14. Souvenirs (souvenirs)
    • Mas Adam brought me a souvenir when I came home from watching a concert in Jogja.
15. Golden child (favorite child)
    • Lidya became her teacher’s golden child because she was disciplined and polite.
16. resourceful (smart)
    • Heru and Gundul were very resourceful children, they quickly resolved any problems.
17. big head (arrogant)
    • Don’t be a long-handed person, sin. After all, you will not be liked by other people.
18. Star of the field (best player)
    • Lionel Messi was once a field star when he was still an active soccer player.
19. Old date (month end)
    • As a boarding house kid, Indah usually only eats fried foods and noodles on old dates like this.
20. Fixed price (price is not negotiable)
    • The computer seller has given a set price for the goods he sells.
21. Hotel Prodeo (prison)
    • Listen, Mr. Ruben committed immoral acts. Definitely will enter the free hotel.
22. Masher (man who likes to play with women)
    • Look for a man who can make one woman special, don’t look for a philanderer.
23. Four eyes (only two talk)
    • Kintan asked me to talk privately with him.
24. Studio fever (nervous)
    • One way to avoid studio fever is to practice hard.
25. Minions (minions)
    • During the colonial era, many people were willing to betray their own people and chose to become accomplices of the colonialists.
26. Lips (become the talk of many people)
    • This unfortunate event has more or less become a byword on social media to this day.
27. Thick face (have no shame)
    • Doni is a thick-faced person, he doesn’t care about what other people think of him, which could be bad.
28. Cold-blooded (has no mercy)
    • I’m not willing to see him being tortured by his own parents, but I’m also very surprised why there is a father who is so cold-blooded to his own child.
29. Flirt (glance)
    • If you look around, Mark often tears his eyes when he meets Yeri.
30. discouraged (coward)
    • Don’t be discouraged if your grades are bad later, keep studying until you realize that you don’t understand much about anything.
31. Straight hearted (honest)
    • An upright person will be liked by many people and people will respond well to him.
32. Eating hands (something to think about or burden of life)
    • His life will continue to eat heart after entering the office.
33. Hands up (give up)
    • All residents have raised their hands when facing problems that cannot be resolved.
34. Green table (court)
    • This murder case has reached court.
35. get mad (angry)
    • The action of the thief in the village made all the residents furious.
36. Big mouth (likes to lie)
    • Huda was too big of a mouth, so the people around him stopped responding after he was caught lying.
37. Sour face (frowning)
    • My sister made a sour face when she heard that the Sunday Market discount had ended this morning at 9.
38. Money money (materialistic)
    • As a human being, being a mercenary is natural because life certainly requires a lot of money.
39. Eat salt (a lot of experience)
    • Dad has eaten more salt than us, so Dad can give wise advice.
40. Sleep flower (dream)
    • Granny restlessly remembers her sleep last night.
41. hearsay (gossip)
    • It was rumored that the new neighbor was self-interested and arrogant.
42. Alone (living alone)
    • He lives a miserable life in this city alone.
43. Beard fire (angry)
    • Pakde fires beard after knowing that his men stole all the company’s money.
44. Trash of society (useless people)
    • Community waste must be fostered so that they have skills.
45. Country flower (the most beautiful woman)
    • Sari is the village flower in this village, it’s no wonder that many young people want to get to know her better.
46. Close age (died)
    • My grandmother died at the age of 79 years.
47. Fire of anger (emotion)
    • The mayor was fired with anger
48. Seeking face (seeking attention)
    • The new employee often looks up to the boss
49. Warehouse of knowledge (source of knowledge)
    • The library is a source of knowledge
50. Clouds cry (rain)
    • That evening, the clouds were crying

Meaning of Figurative Sentences

As explained earlier, the meaning of figurative words refers to the use of words that deviate from their original meaning to convey or explain a more complicated meaning. Generally, figurative words use comparative figurative language in order to give a clearer description of the nature or physical form of something.

This comparative language style is also effective for referring to a certain meaning without the need to state it directly. By using figurative words, Sinaumed’s can convey meaning in a way that is more unique and interesting than usual. This figurative word is often used by fiction writers to make stories more creative.

Types of Figurative Sentences

After understanding the meaning of figurative sentences, then there are several types of figurative words that are often used in everyday life.

1. Metaphor

Metaphor is a comparison of two different things. Unlike similes, metaphors do not use the words “like” or “as”. Meanwhile, metaphorical figures of speech generally make sense and are easy to understand when the reader understands the relationship between the two things being compared.

An example of a popular metaphor is “Time is money.” The statement compares time to money, and it doesn’t literally mean that the amount of time Sinaumed’s has is equal to the amount of money Sinaumed’s has. On the contrary, it means that time is a valuable resource, and must be used effectively to earn money. Any wasted time means that one will also miss opportunities to earn more money.

Examples of using other metaphors:

• The king is stone hearted.
• Love is a battlefield.
• Darling, you are my sun.
• I am drowning in a sea of ​​sorrow.
• My roommate is going through a roller coaster of emotions .

2. Parables

Parables are figures of speech that compare two different things by using the words “as” or “as” and they are commonly used for everyday communication.

Here are some examples of the use of figures of speech:

• The boy was as brave as a lion in the forest.
• The man had been as busy as a bee as he prepared the podium for the presidential address.
• The new teacher was as tall as a coconut tree.
• The new neighbor is as curious as the cat; nothing escapes his attention.

3. Hyperbole

Hyperbole is exaggerated words made to emphasize a point or create a sense of humor. This figurative word is often used in everyday conversation.

An example of hyperbole is, “I would die for you.” The sentence does not necessarily mean that one person is literally willing to die for the one he loves, but it is used to exaggerate the amount of love one person has for another. Death is only used to show the extent of compassion one has.

Another example of hyperbole:

• Daddy has told you a million times to do the laundry.
• You are so thin that the wind could carry you away.
• The afternoon is so bright that the sun needs to wear sunglasses.
• Gilang snored like an old train.

4. Personification

Apart from knowing the meaning of figurative words, there are several other types of figurative words that are often used in everyday conversation. The next type of figurative word is personification. Personification is to label human characteristics on inanimate objects. Using personification influences how the reader imagines something, and it sparks interest in the subject.

Other examples of personification are:

• April is the cruelest month of the year.
• The radio stares at me.
• Car brakes screamed all the way.
• The car stopped with groaning complaints.

5. Synecdoche

Synecdoche is a type of figurative language that uses one part to refer to the whole, or the whole to refer to the part. For example, a set of wheels can be used to refer to a vehicle. In this example, when referring to the car as a set of wheels, the wheels are only part of the car and not the whole.

Other examples of synecdoche include:

• Bread can be used to refer to food in general or money.
• Head can refer to the counting of livestock or people.
• Hired hand can be used to refer to workers.

6. Onomatopoeia

Finally, onomatopoeia is language that names things or actions by imitating the sounds associated with them. They add some reality to the text. Examples of onomatopoeia include:

• The fireplace heater hissed and cracked.
• The truck engine roars as it climbs the hill.
• The alarm clock rang as I was about to go to the bathroom.

Figurative Sentences in Figurative Form

In addition to the types of figurative words as mentioned in the previous points, there are also figurative words in the form of figures of speech. Figure of speech is a form of figurative language to get an atmosphere in a sentence to make it livelier. We can easily understand that a figure of speech can be an expression that can animate a sentence. Figure of speech creates a deviation from the meaning of a word that is generally used.

1. Irony: irony is a satirical figure of speech which usually uses a figurative word with a meaning that is contrary to the actual situation.
2. Cynicism: cynicism also includes satire which is used to give satire directly to other people.
3. Sarcasm: a style of sarcasm is a style of satire by using words with harsh connotations to give satire to other people, but not with the real meaning.
4. Litotes: litotes is a figure of speech of contradiction which generally uses expressions to demean oneself when in fact the opposite is true.
5. Paradox: paradox is a figure of speech of contradiction which usually compares the actual situation with the opposite situation which is contradictory.
6. Antithesis: antithesis, also includes a figure of speech of contradiction. Antithesis figure of speech usually combines pairs of words that have contradictory meanings.
7. Interminus Contradiction: this figure of speech is used to refute the previously stated statement. Usually the use of this figure of speech is accompanied by a conjunction, such as only or except.
8. Hyperbole: hyperbole is also included as a figure of speech for comparison. Hyperbole is used to express something in an exaggerated way, often even making no sense.
9. Euphemism: Euphemism is a figurative language used to replace bad words with more refined words.
10. Metanomia: a figure of speech for the comparison of metanomia in the form of figurative language that juxtaposes the term something to refer to general objects. When thirsty, drink Aqua. The word Aqua here is known as a trademark of mineral water which is quite well known.
11. Simile: This one comparative figure of speech generally juxtaposes an activity with an expression.
12. Allegory: allegory is used to compare an object with a figurative word.

West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing – Every region in Indonesia is usually inhabited by indigenous tribes which makes each region always have its own wealth and uniqueness. West Kalimantan itself is inhabited by two major tribes, namely the Malay and Dayak tribes.

Of the two tribes that live side by side in West Kalimantan, of course you can see that their culture is reflected both in their traditional houses, special food and traditional clothing.

West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing

Here are 5 traditional clothes from West Kalimantan that Sinaumed’s must know!

1.King Baba

King Baba is the name of the traditional clothes worn by men who come from the Dayak tribe. This garment, in terms of its shape, is similar to women’s clothing, only in terms of its shape it is simpler. King Baba is even more unique because the material used to make this garment comes from flattened bark and is named King Baba. The plant used to take the skin is the type of plant ampuro or kapuo wood.

This plant is a typical endemic plant from Kalimantan which has a high fiber content. The name King Baba itself is taken from the Dayak language, where king means clothing and Baba means man.

In the manufacturing process, the bark is beaten with a hammer in water so that only the fiber remains. If the bark is flexible, it just needs to be dried in the sun, and also painted using ethnic Dayak patterns.

The dyes used are also natural dyes from nature. Not just for making clothes, accessories such as headbands also use the same material. The thing that distinguishes it is that the headband is decorated with Reluctant Ivory bird feathers so that it gives a dashing impression to the wearer. The shirt is decorated with beads and sleeveless. Don’t forget the additional accessories, namely the saber as a traditional weapon that is also attached.

2. King Bibinge

If King Baba is clothing worn for men, King Bibinge is clothing for women. The method of manufacture and materials used in King Bibinge are also the same as those used in men’s clothing.

The thing that differentiates King Baba and King Bibinge is that King Bibinge is made more closed and polite. There are also equipment used to cover the chest by using underclothes and stagen. The decoration also uses beads and hornbill feathers.

Similar to men’s clothing which also has no sleeves, King Bibinge also has no sleeves, but is more closed. There are also typical Dayak paintings which are also combined with beads made of wood and dry beads.

These accessories make King Bibinge even more unique and beautiful because they use a variety of natural materials that are around them. For this Dayak women’s traditional clothing, they will also wear accessories in the form of bracelets and necklaces.

The bracelets used are made from spun tree roots and are uniquely shaped. The necklace is made from animal bones and tree roots. This necklace not only functions as decoration, but also as a talisman and repels bad luck. On the head, wear a headband typical of the Dayak tribe in the shape of a triangle. Even though King Bibinge is made from natural ingredients, it still looks beautiful and aesthetic at the same time.

3. Discard Kuureng

This traditional clothing from West Kalimantan is a traditional clothing originating from the Malay tribe. Buang Kuureng is another name for the baju kuning which is also worn by Malays from other provinces in Indonesia, Malaysia, and also Brunei.

Even so, this Buang Kuureng still has its own characteristics that distinguish it from the baju kuning from other regions. These characteristics can be seen in terms of style, design, and materials. There are two types of Buang Kuureng, both of which are used by women.

The combination of Malay culture with a touch of Dayak culture makes the pattern on this dress look unique and makes this dress look prettier. Its existence must be preserved. Remember, sometimes traditional clothes are only used during certain events, such as the commemoration of Kartini’s Day.

4. Belanga Bay

In addition to the Kurung shirt, the Malays in West Kalimantan also have traditional clothes which are distinguished between men and women. Telok Belanga is a Malay costume specifically worn by men.

Generally, these clothes are used for official events such as traditional ceremonies or weddings. This beautiful outfit consists of underwear made of satin and is generally golden yellow in color. Where, the color is a color that is identical to the Malay empire.

Indeed, for the Malays, the color used has its own meaning and golden yellow is the color most often used by the Malays. This undergarment, combined with trousers and cloth or sarongs that have a gill shape. This cloth will be wrapped around the waist to the knees. As a complement, a skullcap is also worn in black.

From this traditional dress, of course, you can clearly see the difference. The Bula Malay tribe, specifically Malay Sambas, wears cloth as a material for their clothing. In contrast to the Dayak tribe who still use natural materials such as leaves and tree bark. Clothing originating from the Malay tribe is also more closed and has a distinctive design.

5. King Kabo

King Kabo’s traditional clothing comes from the Dayak tribe which can be said to have undergone development or modification. These modifications make King Kabo unique, but do not leave the characteristics of the original traditional clothing.

This development, of course, occurs because of creation and also follows the development of the current era. So, if King Kabo is used at this time it will not seem out of date without having to remove its various distinctive elements.

King Kabo itself is a modification of the traditional King Baba clothes worn by men from the Dayak tribe. If King Baba uses the basic material of tree bark, in King Kabo it is combined using a type of cloth called Cloth Sungkit. Sungkit cloth itself is a typical cloth belonging to a neighboring country, namely Brunei Darussallam. The combination makes this one outfit so stunning and beautiful.

The thing that makes King Kabo even more interesting, King Kabo still shows the characteristics of the Dayak tribe, especially in the form of his clothes. King Kabo also adds a very distinctive Dayak accent, namely Dayak carvings. Still wearing the same decoration, especially on the head, King Kabo is also equipped with a Saber which is a traditional weapon typical of Kalimantan.

The combination of two different tribes makes the province of West Kalimantan so rich. Both in terms of culture to traditional clothes that are so beautiful and also unique. The selection of materials, designs, as well as names and decorations have their own uniqueness. Of course, this wealth must be properly maintained so that it remains sustainable and can be used as a cultural heritage.

The Meaning of West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing

The Dayak tribal clothes have a unique and interesting side, starting from their characteristics, names and history. From the start, this traditional clothing was made of bark which was processed in such a way and became clothing made of cloth.

• Traditional ceremonies
• Cultural events
• Wedding event

1. Traditional clothing of the ancient Dayak tribe

At first the Dayak tribe only knew two types of clothing, namely king baba for men and king bibinge for women. Both of these clothes are made by processing the bark to make it soft and resemble cloth. The processed bark is called ampuro or kapuo.

It is said that the skill of processing wood for clothing is a skill that was passed down from generation to generation from the ancestors of the Dayak tribe.

2. The Meaning of Colors and Decorations on Dayak Traditional Clothing

Traditional clothing from West Kalimantan typical of the Dayak tribe, especially king baba and king bibinge, consists of a combination of colors and is decorated with various shapes. It turns out that behind the color and decoration there is a certain meaning.

The Meaning of Colors for the Dayak Tribe

• The red symbolizes a sense of unity and solidarity in the courage to defend the truth.
• White symbolizes the purity and purity of the soul of a person or a society.
• Yellow symbolizes a sense of glory, majesty, grandeur, and as a sign of honor.
• Black symbolizes a person’s maturity or as a symbol of mourning.
• Green symbolizes prosperity and fertility.

Meaning of Ornamental Variety

• The shape of a person or mantuari is a picture of human life in the natural world.
• Animal form means the existence of life beings other than humans in the world.
• The shape of the plant illustrates the support of life in the world.
• The shape of objects such as stars, moon and sun depict life in the unseen world, where stars, moon and sun were once believed to be powers.

3. Variety of Accessories or Jewelry and Their Meanings

As with traditional clothes from other regions, West Kalimantan traditional clothes are also used with accessories or ethnic companies. Following are the types of jewelry worn by both men and women.

• Simbolong is jewelry for women’s buns that can be used everyday or attend traditional ceremonies.
• The headdress is in the form of crowns of tantawan feathers and crowns of arue feathers, which can be used during both mourning and joy ceremonies.
• Poosong is a piece of jewelry used to decorate women’s ear holes.
• Kalong or pirak beads are used with the aim of beautifying one’s neck and it means the user has ability in society.
• Kalong bead kalabe is a special necklace worn by young women.
• Kalong bead mace is a necklace that can be worn by both men and women.
• Tangkalai’ or sumpae is an arm decoration for men and women.
• The contents of amas or gold teeth are used to beautify teeth which have a symbolic meaning that the user is someone who is financially capable.

That is the unique side behind West Kalimantan’s traditional clothing along with its history. How come, Sinaumed’s is interested in trying to wear West Kalimantan traditional clothes for the event?

• Get to know the 5 Types of Malay Traditional Houses
• East Java Traditional Clothing: Types, Uniqueness
• The Philosophical Meaning and Uniqueness of the Sulawesi Traditional House
• Examples of Customary Law and Sanctions Existing in Indonesia
• Understanding the Definition of Customary Law and Examples in Indonesia

How to Become a Presentation Moderator – Presentation is not a strange activity for all of us, especially if you are already in high school, college, or even already working. In high school, aka high school or the world of work, we often make presentations in front of friends or co-workers, even superiors.

For some people, presentation is not something that is difficult to do. Especially if you are used to it, and understand all the material. Presentation is easy! However, not everyone can do that.

Out there, there are lots of people who hate presentations, even if they’ve done it many times before. Yes, people’s names are different. There are those who are confident performing in front of many people, but there are also those who prefer to work in a corner alone.

Apart from personality, one of the reasons why many people never get used to giving presentations and speaking in front of many people is because of a feeling of nervousness that cannot be overcome. Well, it’s normal to feel nervous when speaking in front of many people. Especially if you don’t know them well. However, that does not mean this nervous feeling can be left alone.

In this article, we’ll take a closer look at how to become a presentation moderator. Here are 5 tips for overcoming nervousness and how to become a good presentation moderator. Check out this article until it’s finished.

7 Tips for Overcoming Nervousness that You Must Follow

Overcoming the feeling of nervousness that arises when speaking in front of many people is not an easy thing to do. However, you can’t let yourself be overcome by nervous feelings every time you give a presentation. After all, presentation is an important part of our career.

The better the presentation we do, the better the boss’s view of us will be. For those of you who are often nervous during presentations, here are 7 tips to overcome nervousness that you must try!

1. Keep Positive Thinking

Our thoughts not only affect our mood, but also greatly influence what we will do everyday. If your thoughts are positive, then whatever we do is likely to go well. Different story, if your thoughts are negative, everything we do can fall apart.

Likewise when you give a presentation, we must keep thinking positively. Avoid overthinking let alone to feel depressed. Take a deep breath, just believe in yourself and do your best, then everything will be fine!

2. Know Who Will Be Your Audience

It’s called a presentation, it’s impossible to do it in an empty room. Just like speeches, presentations are also done in front of many people. To ensure the presentation runs smoothly, you must first identify who the audience is or the people who will listen to your presentation later.

Why is this important? This is because by knowing who the audience is, you can find out what kind of presentation style they expect. For example, you excel in front of classmates and lecturers, so your speaking style doesn’t need to be too formal and take your presentation too seriously.

Occasionally, don’t forget to throw a joke. This is because students usually get bored easily, so presentations that are too serious will make them lose interest.

It’s a different story if you excel in front of your boss and co-workers for an important project. For this one presentation, you obviously have to be serious and speak as convincingly as possible. Avoid joking because it will only make your presentation messy and lose focus.

3. Master the Material You Will Present

Most people, especially students will usually only present what they see, or in other words read the material that appears on the slide. In fact, in a proper presentation, the slides that appear only contain summary points. To make the audience understand, it is you who must explain in detail every point on the slide.

For that, before the presentation is done, you should make sure you have mastered all the material that you and your group members will present that day. Remember, all material, not just your material. Moreover, if you act as a moderator in the presentation later.

One way to be a good presentation moderator is to master the material. Apart from making you more confident, mastering the entire presentation material will also enable you to answer various questions that arise during the question and answer session.

4. Practice, practice, practice

Well, this is also the mistake of many people who are going to do presentations. In addition to mastering the material that you will discuss, you also have to practice it. You can train yourself for presentations in various ways. You can practice speaking in front of a mirror, or practice presenting in front of your group of friends.

By practicing, not only can increase self-confidence. More than that, from practicing speaking in front of mirrors or friends, you will also know where your strengths and weaknesses lie. That way, you can first fix existing deficiencies and increase the strengths you have.

5. Make Eye Contact

When we start a presentation, we can start by looking at everyone present. After the presentation starts, you can only focus on a few people that you think are important. For example, when you are presenting in front of a large number of classmates and lecturers, you can only focus on the lecturers and the people sitting in the front row.

Likewise, if you are giving a presentation in front of important colleagues, bosses, and clients, then the client and the boss are the two people you should focus on, because they are the ones you have to convince. This rule also applies when the question and answer session begins. When giving answers, you can give answers while making regular eye contact with the person asking.

By making eye contact, you can easily convince others, as well as make yourself more focused. After all, believe me, focusing on one or two people will be much easier than you having to share your focus with everyone.

6. Think of Mistakes That Might Happen

Thinking about mistakes that might occur is an important thing you have to do before a presentation. But you also have to know the limits! Remember, you are doing this in anticipation of how to fix the error.

But as much as possible avoid thinking too seriously let alone negative thoughts. Stay positive so you don’t lose the confidence and focus that you have built so hard.

7. Get used to speaking in front of many people

There is a sentence that says that you can get used to it. People are good at public speaking mostly because they are used to doing it. Because they often present and appear in public, after a while they become experts and know how to control the audience.

On the other hand, those who are shy and nervous are usually not used to it. So, if until now you are often nervous, it could be because you rarely appear in front of many people. After the presentation is over, try to get in the habit of showing up more often.

Appearing here does not mean you have to present, for example being active in various organizations or diligently voicing opinions when in class and important meetings. With little things like that, you will get used to facing stares and speaking in front of many people.

5 Things You Must Prepare Before Your Presentation

Apart from preparing yourself so you don’t get nervous during presentations, there are a number of other things that you must prepare so that the presentation can go well. Anything?

Determine the Presentation Topic to be Covered

It’s called a presentation, you obviously have to know what you’re going to talk about later. So that the discussion doesn’t go anywhere, you need a topic to discuss in front of the people who will listen to your presentation later.

To make a presentation run smoothly, it’s a good idea if you present a topic that relates or relates to the audience. Deciding on a presentation topic is actually quite easy because the topics discussed are limited or have already been determined, so you only need to find, study, and master as much material as possible.

Do Research About Audience Comprehension Levels

Not only do you know who will be listening to the presentation, you also have to know their level of understanding of the topic that you will present during the presentation. By knowing it, you will at least know what material will be delivered.

For example, if the audience tends to have a low level of understanding or are unfamiliar with the topic, then you can start with light discussion and convey it in language that is easier to understand. Meanwhile, if the listener understands the topic well enough, then you can present the material with a more detailed and in-depth discussion.

Create Presentation Slides

You already know the topic that will be presented, as well as the level of understanding of the audience, now it’s your turn to make a presentation slide complete with an outline . As much as possible, make a structured outline and short and concise contents of the slides. Avoid writing all the material on the slide because it will confuse you and your audience.

After all, presentation slides must be kept short, because their function is only to guide you to stay on topic. As for the details, it will be your job to explain it to the audience.

Presentation Slide Design

Apart from the material, presentation design is also very important. The presentation slides themselves can actually be adjusted to the conditions of the presentation later. If you are doing a presentation, then make the slide design as simple and professional as possible to convince the audience.

As for presentations in front of the class, you can make creative slide designs. Being creative here doesn’t mean the slide design has to be busy, OK! Being creative here means making the design as attractive as possible but not overdoing it so that the audience stays focused on the explanation that you will present later.

5 Ways to Become a Good Presentation Moderator

Presentation will not be complete without the presence of a moderator. This moderator will lead and ensure that the presentation goes well. For those of you who get the task of being a moderator, here are 5 ways to be a good presentation moderator!

1. Appear with Confidence

Compared to other team members, the moderator is the one who appears and speaks in front of many people the most. They will be the first to open the presentation, direct the course of the presentation, to provide conclusions and closing sentences.

Because of that job, the moderator obviously has to have high self-confidence. Imagine, if a moderator is still nervous and shaking while speaking, the presentation that has been prepared might go awry.

If that’s the case, it’s not only the audience that feels disappointed, but also the group members presenting the material. After all, they had prepared these materials long ago. It’s not fair if their hard work is spoiled by moderators who can’t control their nerves.

2. Master the material well

Even though moderators don’t always have the task of conveying one of the contents of the presentation material, they still have to master the entire material well. The goal, of course, is to ensure that the presentation runs smoothly. Another reason is, when a speaker has problems conveying his material, the moderator can help explain it to the audience.

3. Learn how to bridging

Bridging is transferring one session to the next. At first glance, this task looks easy. However, what we see is actually not always as easy as we imagine so far. A good moderator should be able to bridging smoothly.

For that, they have to be able to relate one material to another without making it sound strange to the audience, and that’s definitely not an easy task to do.

4. Listen and focus on the material presented

Again, the moderator does not have the duty to deliver the material. But that doesn’t mean they can lose focus and let their minds wander everywhere. However, they must stay focused and listen to what will be conveyed.

This was done so he could prepare engaging responses and seamless bridging from one session to the next. After all, what happens if a moderator is more silent and daydreaming during a presentation?

5. Build an Atmosphere to Make the Presentation More Enjoyable

A presentation will not be complete without a question and answer session. Apart from providing an opportunity for the audience to speak, this session will also make the presentation atmosphere more lively and enjoyable.

It is the moderator’s job to create a pleasant atmosphere. In this session, the moderator must be able to create an atmosphere that is both proactive and enthusiastic. This atmosphere is important to encourage the audience to be more active in the question and answer session.

But on the other hand, the moderator must also be able to keep the atmosphere conducive. Because sometimes, the audience is too excited so that the question and answer session turns into a debate. To avoid unnecessary coachman debate, the moderator must be able to control the atmosphere.

Apart from creating a pleasant atmosphere, another task for the moderator is to discuss the material summary plus the closing sentence. Now, so that the summary you are saying is connected with the main material, you have to really study the presentation material well.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about how to make presentations or become a presentation moderator, you can visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits , we always try to provide the best and newest products for Sinaumed’s, so that you have #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Siti Marliah

Also read:

5 Types of Research – Research is one way to develop or advance a system. The system in question is an existing order or knowledge. For example, there is knowledge about exercising to make the body healthier.

After that, further research will be carried out to prove and develop this knowledge. Through research, we can find out what variables can later be changed so that we can develop this knowledge.

Research has a very broad field, this is because research can be done in all fields of science, starting from economics, health, technology and others. This research can also use different methods, therefore the research is divided into several types. Broadly speaking, research is classified into two studies, namely qualitative and quantitative research. Below will be discussed further about the research.

Definition of Research

Research is a term that comes from Middle French, namely recherche . Recherche means to go in search of. The term recherche itself is a term that comes from Old French, a word that comes from ‘re’ and ‘cerchier’ which means search. The earliest recorded use of the term is in 1577. Research is defined in several different ways.

The definition of research used by the OECD is any creative systematic activity carried out to increase the amount of knowledge, that knowledge includes knowledge about humans, society and culture, the use of this knowledge is of course to design a new application.

Based on the dictionary, research is defined as careful investigation or examination, especially investigations or experiments aimed at discovering a fact, revising the previous theory or accepted law based on new facts, or the practical application of it.

John W. Cresswell provides another definition of research. According to him, research is a process consisting of steps used to collect and analyze information to increase our understanding of a topic or problem consisting of three steps, asking questions, gathering sources and data to answer the questions asked and presenting the answer to the question.

Meanwhile, according to a scientist in Indonesia, Soerjono Soekanto, research is a scientific activity based on an analysis and construction that must be carried out systematically, methodologically and consistently with the aim of revealing a truth.

5 Books That Help You in Doing Research and Compiling Scientific Papers

1. Qualitative Research Methods

This book explains more about the methods that can be applied in qualitative research. In addition, further qualitative research can be studied in the book Theory and Practice Qualitative Research Methods.

 

2. Qualitative Research Methods (Theory and Practice)

This book discusses principles, case studies and qualitative research methods. This book also includes examples of problems that can be found in analogies in other sciences.

 

3. Quantitative and Qualitative Research Theory and Practice

4. Research Methods (Quantitative, Qualitative and Combined Research) 

5. Practical and easy solutions to master SPSS 20 for data processing

The discussion will begin with an introduction to SPSS 20, basic concepts, basic operations, and discussion of various statistical data analysis methods in the form of applicative exercises.

Types of Research

1. Qualitative Research

Qualitative research is research that has a descriptive nature, this research is more likely to use analysis. In this study the process and meaning are emphasized more by using a theoretical basis as a guide to focus on research based on facts in the field.

The theoretical basis also serves to provide a general description of the research setting and as material for a discussion of the research results. Qualitative research has a fairly limited research object. In qualitative research, the researcher must participate in the conditions or events being studied, this is because the results of qualitative research require in-depth analysis from the researcher.

Generally, qualitative research obtains primary data from interviews and observations. After that the researcher will analyze the data obtained so that it is likely to give birth to new concepts or theories if the results of the research conducted contradict the theory used in the research.

There are several methods that can be used in qualitative research, namely phenomenological methods, grounded theory methods, ethnographic methods, case study methods, and narrative research methods. Narrative research method is a research method in which the researcher conducts a study on someone to obtain data from the history of their life journey.

The phenomenological method is a method in which the researcher collects data by observing participants to find out the essential phenomena of the participants in their life experiences. Meanwhile, the grounded theory method is a method in which the researcher generalizes the observed objects inductively, or interacts based on the views of the participants studied.

While the ethnographic method is a method in which researchers will conduct studies on culture in a group and through observation and interviews. For the case study method is a method used to understand or explore the reasons for a case that occurs, this case can be the basis for use in further research.

An explanation of qualitative research methods can be seen further in this book,

Examples of qualitative research:

• Waste Utilizer with Artwork
• Case Study of Disabled Movement Patterns in City A

2. Quantitative Research

Quantitative research is research that conducts systematic investigations to examine a phenomenon by collecting data that can be measured using statistics, mathematics and computation. Quantitative research has the goal of developing hypothetical theories that have links with natural phenomena.

This quantitative research has an important goal of measurement. In this study, measurement is the center of research. This is because the measurement results can help to see a relationship between empirical observations and the results of the data. Quantitative research also aims to help find relationships between variables in a population.

Quantitative research also helps to define a research design. Quantitative research design has two types, namely descriptive studies and experimental studies. Descriptive study research is research that only tests the relationship between variables only once. Meanwhile, experimental studies are carried out if researchers want to measure variables that are carried out before and after research. Measurements made before and after this were carried out to determine cause and effect.

Quantitative research has several points based on its characteristics. Among them is quantitative research that focuses on specific problems that are used as research. Another characteristic is that quantitative research is present to answer the problems raised by researchers. This research is not result oriented, but more to the process.

Another characteristic of quantitative research is that the researcher is the basic instrument in data collection. After that the research design is temporary. This research was conducted by observation, interviews or data analysis techniques. From the results of quantitative research, the results of the data are qualitative.

The essence of quantitative research is a process to measure, the measurement will provide a relationship between observations made empirically and mathematically. Quantitative research is more widely used in the fields of natural sciences and physics. To understand more about quantitative research, you can read the book by Prof. Dr. Endang Widi which contains the Theory and Practice of Quantitative and Qualitative Research.

The methods used in quantitative research. Comparative method is a method which is used to determine the difference between the variables studied. This method applies manipulative abilities so that the resulting data will be objective and accurate. This method is done as naturally as possible so that the differences in the variables will be obvious.

Descriptive method is a method used in research that conveys facts by describing what is obtained. Researchers simply write reports from their eyes, where the authors simply describe the subject of the object being studied.

In addition to the two methods above, there is also a correlation method. The correlation method is a method that has the goal of describing more than two research results. This method is better used in comparing similarities or differences so that the research results can be clearer. The correlation method is more suitable for use in research that has the goal of knowing a clear research starting point.

In addition to quantitative and qualitative methods, there are also studies that combine the two. Book by Prof. Dr. A. Muri Yusuf is a textbook that emphasizes research as an integrative system. The research methods in this book are summarized in 17 chapters which are also enriched with illustrations and research models.

Examples of quantitative research:

• The Influence of Learning Technique A on Language Mastery of Language Department Students at J University.

3. Experimental Research

Experimental research is research that is trial and error. The word experiment itself may already be familiar. Since elementary school, the term experiment has been introduced. For example, experiments to make rockets from used bottles and others. Experiments that are trial and error aim to test a hypothesis or to recognize the existence of a cause and effect relationship with a specific purpose.

Experimental research is further divided into four types, namely pre-experimental, true experimental, quasi-experimental and factorial design. In pre-experimental research, this research does not include serious research because there are still external variables that also influence the formation of the dependent variable.

While true experimental is research in which researchers can control all variables that can affect the course of the experiment. By controlling all the existing variables, the quality of the implementation of the research can be increased. So, true experimental has a control group and a research sample that can be chosen at random.

Factorial design research is a modified form of true experimental research. This modification is done by observing the possibilities of moderator variables that can affect the independent variables.

Quasi experimental is the development of true experimental research. However, this type of experiment tends to be difficult to do. Quasi experimental has a control group that cannot fully function to control other variables that can affect the experiment. This type of experiment is usually used because in practice it is difficult to obtain a control group during research.

4. Descriptive Research

Descriptive research is research that describes the characteristics of a population or a phenomenon that is the object of research. Descriptive research methods focus more on explaining the object of research, so that this research will produce answers from an event that occurred.

Descriptive research has the main objective of explaining and describing the phenomenon or event under study. The criterion that is owned by descriptive research is that the problem formulated must be feasible to study. The formulation of the problem to be raised must be examined in advance whether the formulation of the problem has scientific value.

Research with descriptive methods should not be too broad in its research objectives. The goal must be very specific so that the results of the research are more focused. If the purpose of descriptive research is less specific, then the explanation may be too long and the discussion too broad. In addition, the data used is also in the form of facts, the same as other types of research.

Researchers who conduct descriptive research must go directly into the field so that they can see and collect the required research data themselves. So that it can be seen whether it is really in accordance with the facts, besides that this is also easier for researchers to put it into a research report. Standards of comparison in descriptive research must also have validation so that there is no element of opinion.

There are several methods that can be used in descriptive research, there are survey methods, descriptive continuity methods, case studies, job analysis, library research and comparative research. Comparative research will use the method of comparison of each data obtained.

The survey method is a research method in which the researcher must interact directly with the subject under study. The survey method can use a questionnaire that must be filled in with subjects or opinions. While the descriptive method of continuity is a method that collects data continuously, so that the research data is more detailed.

For the case study method, is where the research will be conducted with a focus on the object of research. Researchers can be involved directly or indirectly when using the case study method. While the job analysis method uses a data collection process that analyzes a job or activity. In contrast to the library method which collects and analyzes data by observing the results of writing that have a relationship with the problem to be studied.

Also read: Definition of Development Research

5. Mixed Research

Mixed research is research that combines quantitative and qualitative forms of research. This mixed research is more complex than the studies mentioned above, because this research does not only collect and analyze data but also involves the functions of quantitative and qualitative research. The use of the two research methods is expected to provide a more complete understanding of the research problem raised.

Mixed methods research aims to better understand an issue by articulating qualitative data, which are descriptive details, as well as quantitative data, which are numbers. Mixed methods research also has the aim of obtaining quantitative statistical results from a particular research object and will then be followed up by observing individuals to obtain more in-depth results.

As with other studies, mixed research also has several methods that can be used. There is a sequential mixed method, this method is a procedure where the researcher will combine the findings obtained from one method with the findings from another method. For example, researchers may first use qualitative methods and then proceed with quantitative methods.

Apart from that, there is also a mixed concurrent method which is a procedure in which the researcher will combine quantitative and qualitative data. This data pooling aims to obtain analysis and research problems. In contrast to the transformative mixed method where the researcher will use a theoretical point of view as a perspective which consists of qualitative and quantitative data.

In addition to the several types of research described above, there are also types of research such as simulation, historical and cultural. This type of research must have a basis that is in accordance with the research to be carried out.

Also read articles related to “Types of Research” :

• How to Write a Bibliography from the Internet
• How to Write a Bibliography of a Book
• Definition of Scientific Writing

5 Types of Oceans in the World and Their Characteristics – Earth is the only planet in the universe with the most perfect composition to be inhabited by living things. All components needed by living things such as air, water and soil are available with balanced components.

The earth itself has a diverse natural appearance, and when viewed from outer space you will see the color of the earth which is dominated by green or brown. The green color seen from outer space is water that dominates the earth with a percentage of more than 50%.

Well, one of the waters on earth is called an ocean, then what is that ocean and how many kinds of oceans are there on earth? Watch until the end of the article to find out more about Samudra, Sinaumed’s!

Definition of Ocean

As has been explained, that the waters on earth dominate until they reach a composition of more than 50%. There are various types of waters on earth, ranging from fresh water, open water, ocean waters to springs.

In short, foreign waters with a large size or volume of water are referred to as seas, whereas if their size is wider than the sea, they are referred to as oceans.

The ocean is a collection of several seas which then gather together, so that the area of ​​the ocean is very wide compared to the sea.

The ocean can also be interpreted as a vast sea with a continuous mass of salt water covering the earth’s surface and bounded by continents and large islands. The word ocean itself comes from the Sanskrit language which means sea.

Reporting from The Free Dictionary, the oceans are all foreign containers of water that include more than 70 percent of the water on the earth’s surface.

Meanwhile, The Britannica said that the ocean is a container of entangled salty water and a large basin was found in the container. The Britannica also mentions, if the ocean is seen from outer space, it will be clear that the ocean dominates the earth’s surface.

According to the National Geography book, the ocean is a container of interconnected salt water and includes more than 70 percent of the salt water on the earth’s surface. The ocean also has currents that regulate the world’s weather and produce a kaleidoscope of life on earth. The ocean has an important role in human life, because humans depend on ocean waters for their survival and comfort.

Types of Oceans in the World

There are five oceans in the world, along with the five oceans and their explanations.

1. The Pacific Ocean

The first ocean is the Pacific Ocean and is the most extensive of the five other oceans. The Pacific Ocean covers half of the water area on earth, covering an area of ​​about 179,700,000 square km and stretching from north to south, causing the Pacific Ocean to be divided into two parts, namely the North Pacific Ocean and the South Pacific Ocean.

The name Pacific itself comes from the Spanish language, namely pacifico which means calm. The Pacific Ocean or calm sea has 25,000 islands around it and the majority of these islands are south of the equator.

Meanwhile, in the irregular boundaries of the Pacific Ocean there are many large seas that have accumulated, including the Sulawesi Sea, Coral Sea, Sea of ​​Japan, East China Sea, North Natuna Sea, Tasman Sea, Sulu Sea and Tasman Sea.

The following are the characteristics of the Pacific Ocean as well as interesting facts about this calm ocean.

1. Fernando de Magalhães, a Portuguese explorer is the person who gave the name to this Pacific Ocean.
2. The Pacific Ocean is bounded by continents and islands.
3. Even though it has the nickname of a calm sea, the Pacific Ocean is the center of tropical storms.
4. This area in the Pacific Ocean is the epicenter of volcanic earthquakes.
5. As the world’s largest ocean, the length of the Pacific Ocean reaches 15,500 km which is formed from the Bering Sea in the Arctic to the ice cap in Antarctica’s Ross Sea.
6. The width of the Pacific Ocean reaches 5 degrees LU latitude and extends approximately 19,800 km from the Indonesian archipelago to the coast in Colombia.
7. There is the Mariana Trench, which is the lowest point on earth.
8. It has many volcanoes under the Pacific Ocean or seamounts.

2. Atlantic Ocean

After the Pacific Ocean, the second largest ocean is the Atlantic Ocean which has an area of ​​about 106,450,000 square kilometers and stretches from the northern hemisphere to the southern hemisphere. The Atlantic Ocean connects the two polar regions, namely the North Pole and the South Pole.

The Atlantic Ocean has a unique shape, which resembles the letter ‘S’ and has irregular boundaries in various bays and seas. The Pacific Ocean is indeed the epicenter of tropical storms, but in the Atlantic Ocean tropical storms also frequently occur which develop around the African coastal area near Cape Verde and then move westward, down the Caribbean Sea from May to December.

The following are the characteristics and interesting facts about the Atlantic Ocean that Sinaumed’s can know.

1. The Atlantic Ocean has a mysterious place called the Bermuda triangle.
2. The Atlantic Ocean covers about 1/5 of the earth’s surface.
3. The word Athletics comes from ancient Greek mythology which means the Sea of ​​Atlas.
4. The Atlantic Ocean has irregular boundaries bounded by bays and seas, including the Caribbean Sea, Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea, North Sea, Baltic Sea, Gulf of Mexico, St. Lawrence Bay, and the Norwegian-Greenland Sea.
5. It has the lowest point which is in the Milwaukee Valley, namely the Puerto Rico Trench.
6. It has two important canals as waterways, namely the Kiel Canal and the Saint Lawrence Canal.
7. The average depth of the Atlantic Ocean is about 3,332m.
8. Because it has a large area, the Atlantic Ocean is divided into two regions, namely the North Atlantic and the South Atlantic.

3. Indian Ocean

The Indian Ocean is an ocean that lies between the Asian Continent, the Australian Continent and the African Continent, with an area of ​​around 68,526,000 square kilometers. In the Indian Ocean, floods often occur which then affect Sri Lanka, due to the large waves that occur in the Indian Ocean. In addition, in the western part of the Indian Ocean there is the island of Madagascar and in the north there are the islands of Sri Lanka and the islands of the Maldives.

The following are characteristics and interesting facts about the Indian Ocean.

1. In the Indian Ocean, there was an earthquake to be exact off the west coast of Aceh with a magnitude of 9.3 on the Richter scale.
2. The earthquake that has occurred in the Indian Ocean is one of the most powerful earthquakes that has ever occurred and hit several areas, such as Aceh, North Sumatra, the west coast of Peninsular Malaysia, the east coast of India, Sri Lanka, Thailand to the east coast of Africa.
3. The area from the Indian Ocean to cover 20 percent of the earth’s surface.
4. Phenomena that occur in the Indian Ocean can greatly affect the ecosystem on earth.
5. The Indian Ocean is also known as the Indonesian Ocean.
6. The deepest point in the Indian Ocean is the Java Trench with a depth of about 7,725 m.
7. Has relatively high currents and waves.
8. It has important ports that are busy with trading activities, such as Colombo, Fremantle in Australia, Richards Bay in South Africa, Karachi in Pakistan, Calcutta in India, Jakarta in Indonesia.

4. Arctic Ocean

The Arctic Ocean is the smallest of the five other oceans. The area of ​​the Arctic Ocean reaches about 14,056,000 square kilometers which extends from the North Pole region.

The Arctic Ocean is an ocean that has a layer of ice around it. Then in summer, the ice around the Arctic Ocean will break apart, and then drift into the ocean because it is carried away. The drifting ice shards can endanger shipping activities, such as accidents if they hit the shards of ice.

The following are the characteristics and facts about the Arctic Ocean.

1. The average temperature in the Arctic Ocean is always around -2 degrees Celsius.
2. Summer in the Arctic Ocean is characterized only by continuous sunshine, with humid and misty air accompanied by weak whirlwinds as well as rain and snow.
3. Winter in the Arctic Ocean is characterized by continuous darkness, cool air with stable weather conditions and clear skies.
4. The ice around the Arctic Ocean from 1979 to 2005 has been reduced, and is one of the harbingers of the climate crisis.
5. Has a polar climate characterized by cold air throughout the year.
6. The shallowest ocean, among the other five oceans.
7. The temperature and salt levels in the Arctic Ocean are always changing depending on the season and the ice that covers the waters in the Arctic Ocean.
8. Has a basin with a depth reaching 4000 – 5450 m.
9. The basic shape of the Arctic Ocean varies greatly, from the plan of the abyssal to the fault block – ridge.

5. Antarctic Ocean / Southern Ocean

The Antarctic Ocean or the Southern Ocean is a mass of seawater surrounded by the Antarctic Continent and is the fourth largest ocean among the five other oceans. At first, the Antarctic Ocean was not recognized by scientists or researchers, initially the Antarctic Ocean was only referred to as an ice land. In addition, the Antarctic Ocean does not have clear boundaries between other areas.

The following are the characteristics and facts about the Antarctic Ocean.

1. Because it does not have clear boundaries, the naming of the area in the Antarctic Ocean is combined with other oceans around the Antarctic Ocean.
2. As the fourth largest ocean, the Antarctic Ocean has an area of ​​around 20,327,000 square kilometers.
3. Ships sailing in the Antarctic Ocean must have special features to be able to break the ice to avoid accidents.
4. The Antarctic Ocean region, is estimated to start from the shoreline on the Antarctic Continent with a limit of 60 degrees LS and encircle all the land in the Antarctic Ocean.
5. The oceans surrounding the Antarctic Ocean are always covered in ice throughout the year.
6. There are frequent strong cyclonic storms, due to the temperature differences in the Antarctic Ocean.
7. Has a depth of about 4000 to 5000 m and the depth is almost the same in all corners of the ocean.
8. From March to September, the Antarctic Ocean is getting bigger, 7 times.
9. It has the largest ocean current, namely the Antarctic Circumpolar Current which moves eastward and circulates approximately 130 million cubic meters of water per second. Or the equivalent of 100 times the flow of all rivers in the world.

Ocean Formation Process

Like continents, oceans were also formed through events that took place 4.4 billion years ago. At that time, the earth underwent a change in shape that occurred due to volcanic eruptions, thus making the earth’s surface covered by volcanic ash.

Volcanic dust that coats the earth, then blocks sunlight from entering the earth. So that there is a buildup of water vapor that should become rainwater. The buildup of steam, then becomes the condensed atmosphere so that eventually rain occurs.

Because the shape of the earth’s surface changed, the rainwater that fell earlier then filled the basin, so that the oceans were formed on earth.

At first, the water in the oceans is very acidic, with temperatures reaching around 100 degrees Celsius. The acidic nature that appears in this ocean, can occur because the earth’s condition is very hot. Thus, the earth’s atmosphere is enveloped and covered by carbon dioxide.

When the sea was still acidic too, the earth often experienced tsunami waves, which were caused by asteroids falling to earth. The tsunami was then accompanied by high tides and low tides that occurred too quickly. The ebb and flow of water can occur, because the distance between the earth and the moon is too close.

Over time, the amount of carbon dioxide that blanketed the earth then dissolved into the sea water. Then it reacts with carbonate ions to form calcium carbonate.

As a result of the formation of these substances, the earth’s sky begins to brighten, so that sunlight can finally re-enter the earth. After sunlight enters the earth, the volume of sea water continues to experience shrinkage. As a result, the part of the earth that was concave and filled with rain water, began to dry up.

After some parts of the earth dry up, rock weathering occurs and the weathering is continuously carried out to sea because it is carried away by rainwater. It was the weathering of the rock, which then caused seawater to become salty and no longer acidic.

After knowing the meaning, types, and the process of the formation of oceans, what are the benefits of oceans for human life?

At the beginning of the article according to the book National Geography, the ocean has an important role for humans. Mainly for the sake of comfort and human survival. Then what are the benefits obtained through the ocean? Here’s an explanation.

Ocean Benefits

1. The ocean can be a place for humans to find food sources. Because it is a container of the oceans that are collected, the oceans also store other marine wealth.
2. The ocean serves as a territorial boundary between countries.
3. An ocean with a mass of water that can automatically function as a reserve of clean water for humans.
4. Apart from being a source of food, the ocean also serves as a place for natural resources.
5. The ocean also functions as a research site to find out natural resources that live in the trenches and other parts under the ocean.
6. Become a conservation area for endangered marine biota.
7. Oceans can function as trade routes, such as the important sea canals that are in the Atlantic Ocean.
8. As a means of transportation for sailing ships.

Also read articles related to “Types of Oceans in the World” :

• Atmosphere Layer
• Examples of Application of the Concept of Geography
• Structure of the Earth’s Layers
• The 10 Biggest Islands in the World
• 10 Biggest Islands in Indonesia
• The 10 Largest Countries in the World
• 10 Richest People in Indonesia
• 10 Highest Mountains in Indonesia
• 10 Most Popular BTS Songs
• 10 Longest Rivers in the World
• Theory of the Formation of the Earth and the Solar System

That’s a brief explanation of the 5 kinds of oceans in the world . If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about the ocean, then Sinaumed’s can dig deeper into this one material by reading the books available at sinaumedia. Because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides complete and quality reference books for Sinaumed’s! Buy and read the book right now!

Types of Financial Statements – Did Sinaumed’s know that every company, both small and large, is required to prepare a financial report?

Yep, this financial report is an important document to show how the financial condition of a company is. In fact, not infrequently, these financial reports will become the main information when evaluating the work of its employees.

In short, through these financial reports, we will be able to find out how much profit and loss is received by the company, whether it is engaged in the service or trade industry. Financial reports, of course, must be prepared according to facts because later they can be used as a guide for calculations in the next period.

A financial report that generally contains profit and loss calculations does not only consist of that one type, but there are many. Yep, these types of financial statements are prepared depending on the needs of each company.

Not infrequently, even a division in the company can make all these types of financial reports if it is needed. So, what are the types of financial reports? What are the objectives of preparing these financial statements? So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t feel confused about these questions, let’s look at the following review!

5 Types of Financial Statements in Economics

Before knowing what the types of financial reports are, it is better for Sinaumed’s to understand again what the definition of financial reports is.

According to Kasmir (2013), financial reports are reports that describe how the financial condition of a company is happening now or in the future. This report will later consist of a balance sheet and a profit and loss calculation, especially from the results of the company’s operations with reports related to changes in the company’s equity.

In short, this financial report is a form of conveying information that contains a summary of the process of financial transactions in a company, both in the current and future periods.

Generally, financial reports will be prepared by the accounting division to then be accountable to management and the company. Well, the financial statements are divided into 5 types, namely balance reports, income statements, changes in capital reports, cash flow reports, and notes to financial reports. Here’s the explanation!

1. Balance Sheet

The first type of financial report is the balance sheet. The balance sheet is a financial report that contains the total assets (assets), liabilities (debt), and company capital (equity) at a certain time. The total wealth (assets) will be presented on the assets side, while the amount of liabilities and capital will be presented on the liabilities side. So, the total assets and liabilities must be the same, aka the balance sheet .

The purpose of compiling this balance sheet report is to show how the financial condition of a company is, especially when it is done at the end of the year, aka the book is closed. What’s more, the preparation of this type of balance sheet financial report is based on a standardized form, especially if it is intended for parties outside the company.

For this reason, companies can choose which form of balance sheet report is suitable, with 2 choices, namely the control form and the report form.

Forms of Presentation of Balance Sheet Financial Statements

a) Control Shape (T)

Namely the form of a balance sheet that looks like the letter “T”, so it is often also referred to as the T Form or horizontal. The form is divided into 2 positions, namely the left side contains assets, while the right side contains liabilities and capital.

b) Report Form (L)

Namely the form of the balance sheet which is also called the vertical form. The preparation of this balance sheet starts from the top down, to be precise from the components of current assets (such as cash, banks, securities), components of current liabilities, components of long-term debt and components of capital.

Component Parts of the Balance Sheet Financial Statements

Broadly speaking, a balance sheet financial report must contain the following components.

1) Current Assets

In the form of assets or wealth that can be cashed when needed and a maximum of one year. If the company is in need of money to pay debts that are due, or to purchase goods or services, then the money can be obtained from current assets.

• Cash
• Accounts with banks (both current accounts and savings accounts)
• Time deposit
• Securities
• accounts receivable
• Loans granted
• Supply
• Fees paid in advance
• Income to be received
• other current assets.

2) Fixed Assets

In the form of company assets or assets that can be used for a period of more than one year. These assets are divided into 2 types, namely tangible and intangible.

• Tangible Assets

• Land
• Machine
• Building
• Vehicle
• Accumulated depreciation

• Intangible Assets

• Goodwill
• Copyright
• Licence
• Trademark

3) Other Assets

In the form of assets or assets that cannot be classified as current assets or fixed assets.

• The building is currently under construction.
• Land currently under construction.
• Long term debt.
• Bail.
• Investment advance

2. Profit and Loss Report

The next type of financial report is the Profit and Loss Report. This income statement contains information about the results of operations of the company in a certain period. This report will later describe the amount of revenue received and costs incurred, so that it can be seen whether the company is making a profit or a loss.

In this type of financial report, the amount of income and costs will have a difference when deducted. Well, the difference is what is referred to as profit or loss. If the total revenue is greater than the total costs, then the company is considered to be in a profit condition. However, if the total revenue is less than the total costs, then the company is in a loss condition.

Types of Components of Income Reported

1. a) Obtained from the main business of the company.
2. b) Obtained from outside the company’s main business (side business).

Types of Expense Components to be Reported

1. a) Charged from the main business of the company.
2. b) Charged from outside the company’s main business (side business).

Forms of Presentation of Profit and Loss Financial Statements

a) Single Step Model

Namely the form of presentation of the income statement that is not grouped on income and expenses into business groups. It is only separated between revenues and profits, with the costs of existing losses.

b) Multi-Step Model

Namely the form of presenting the profit and loss financial statements which is done by grouping several incomes and expenses that have been arranged in a certain order.

Components in the Profit and Loss Report

Broadly speaking, a profit and loss financial statement must contain the following components.

1) Sales (Revenue)

2) Cost of goods sold (HPP)

3) Gross profit

4) Operating Costs:

• General fees
• Sales fee
• Rental costs
• Administrative costs
• Other operating costs

5) Operating gross profit

6) Depreciation (depreciation)

7) Net operating income

8) Other income

9) Profit before interest and tax or EBIT ( Earning Before Interest and Tax )

10) Interest Fee:

• Money note
• Bank interest
• Mortgage interest
• Bond interest
• Other flowers

11) Profit before tax or EBT ( Earning Before Tax)

12) Taxes

13) Profit after interest and tax or EAIT ( Earning After Interest and Tax )

14) Profit per share ( Earning per Share )

3. Report on Changes in Capital

The third type of financial report is the Statement of Changes in Capital. This report contains the amount and type of capital owned by the company in the current period. Since in a one-year period, it is certain that a company will experience an increase or decrease in capital, this report will also contain an explanation of changes in capital and the reasons for this.

Elements in the Statement of Changes in Capital

In this type of financial report, it is usually calculated by initial capital + (net profit – private) .

a) Initial Capital

Namely the entire fund that will be invested for efforts to progress the company. This capital starts from when the company was founded until a certain time, especially when there has been no additional capital.

b) Net Profit/Loss

Namely the difference between the total income and the total of all expenses, as recorded in the Profit and Loss Report.

c) Private

Namely the withdrawal of a number of capital made by directors or executive parties who invest their capital. Of course, this can be done for personal needs or other needs outside the company’s main business activities.

d) Additional Capital

Namely the difference between net profit and prive.

4. Statement of Cash Flows

The fourth type of financial statement is the Statement of Cash Flows. In this type of financial report, it shows the existence of cash inflows and cash outflows that occur in the company. Cash inflows can be in the form of income or loans made from other parties, while cash outflows can be in the form of costs incurred by the company including payments for company operational costs. This statement of cash flows is prepared for a certain period.

This cash flow statement is usually prepared by comparing the balance at the beginning of the period with the balance at the end of the period, of course, while still using the key items contained in the income statement.

The main function of this type of financial report is as a verification tool ( cross-check ) to obtain answers to questions related to cash. In addition, this cash flow statement can also be used to assess the logical relationship between cash balances in the balance sheet and the profit/loss position in the income statement.

Types of Presentation of Statements of Cash Flows

According to Hackel and Livnat (1996), this type of financial report can be divided into 3 types, namely:

a) Operational Activities ( Operating )

Namely the type of cash flow statement that includes all transactions and other activities that are not included in the company’s investment and financing activities. In short, cash flows from operational activities will definitely include production activities, distribution of goods, and provision of services.

b) Investment Activities ( Investing )

Namely the type of cash flow report which includes purchases and collection of accounts receivable, returns on merchandise inventories, loan payments, to the procurement and sale of company assets in the form of land, buildings, machinery, equipment, and others.

c) Funding or Financing Activities ( Financing )

Namely the type of cash flow statement that includes the acquisition of resources from the owners and the provision of returns on the investments that have been made. In addition, efforts to borrow and repay debts by the owner are also included in this financing activity .

Concept of Presenting a Statement of Cash Flows

According to Munawir (1998), there are 2 presentation concepts in this cash flow statement, namely as follows.

a) Clean Surplus Principle

Namely the presentation concept in which all incidental profit and loss will appear on the income statement and income statement. Later there could be a declaration of dividend payment and profit allowance.

b) Non Clean Surplus Principle

Namely the concept of presenting a cash flow statement that determines the results of the company’s normal operating activities in the current period. Meanwhile, the income statement will incidentally appear on the withheld report.

5. Notes to Financial Statements

The last type of financial report is Notes to Financial Statements. In this type of financial report, it contains information regarding explanations that are deemed necessary for existing financial reports, so that the causes and effects will be clear. The purpose of preparing the notes to these financial statements is so that users can understand the data presented clearly.

In short, this type of financial report must contain explanations that are needed in other financial reports. This is so that interested parties do not misinterpret.

What is the Purpose of Making Financial Reports?

The financial reports which must be prepared by each company are of course not just ordinary reports, but a form of information that has various purposes. So, here is the purpose of making a financial report in the company.

1. Being information about the type and amount of assets (assets) owned by the company in the current period.
2. It provides information about the type and amount of liabilities and capital owned by the company in the current period.
3. As company financial information.
4. Provide information about changes that occur to assets, liabilities, and company capital.
5. Provides information about the type and amount of liabilities as well as the amount of company revenue earned in a certain period.
6. As information about how the performance of the company’s management in a period.

Source: 

https://eprints.perbanas.ac.id/1040/4/BAB%20II.pdf (accessed January 2, 2023)

http://eprints.binadarma.ac.id/4556/1/BAB%20II%20%20ANALISA%20%20LAPORAN%20KEUANGAN.pdf (accessed January 2, 2023)

Thahir, Fitria Fauziah. (2008). Evaluation of Financial Performance for the 2001-2007 Period at Perum Peruri Jakarta. University of Indonesia. thesis .

Also Read!

• Differences in Financial Accounting and Management Accounting
• Definition of Financial Institutions and Their Functions, Types, and Benefits
• Example of a Trading Company Financial Report
• History and Duties of the Supreme Audit Board
• Example of Sales Bookkeeping and How to Make It
• Complete Explanation of Accounting Theory
• Definition of Deficiency: Types and Relationship with Audit Findings
• Functions and Types of Cash Equivalent Assets
• Retained Profit: Definition, Functions, and Factors
• What is Liquidity in Economics?

Types of Pollution – Does Sinaumed’s realize that as time progresses, the natural environment becomes dirty? The meaning of the word “dirty” is that nowadays there is a lot of pollution going on in the environment which of course is a major problem in every country, not only in Indonesia.

Yep, this environmental pollution is influenced by the amount of productivity that occurs on planet earth. Many humans as social objects are not aware of the dangers of this pollution. The most felt danger from pollution is that human health is also disrupted.

Then, what are the kinds of pollution? Is it just air pollution, mostly from vehicle and factory exhaust fumes?

Of course not, there is a lot of pollution that has occurred on planet Earth that we are the culprits without even realizing it. So, for that reason, let’s take a closer look at the various types of pollution that have occurred on planet Earth as well as how to deal with them.

Understanding What is Environmental Pollution

Before discussing the various types of pollution, it is better if Sinaumed’s first understands what pollution is, especially environmental pollution.

Environmental pollution has now become a major problem experienced by many countries, not only in Indonesia. This happens in line with population growth that is too fast so that the need for natural resources including water, air and land is also “touched”.

In general, pollution is the process of entering certain materials or energy into an environment which actually causes negative changes to the environment, human health, to the existence of humans and other organizations. In this case, the environment in question relates to air ecosystems, soil ecosystems, marine ecosystems, and others.

Meanwhile, according to Law Number 32 of 2009 concerning Environmental Protection and Management, especially in Article 1 paragraph 14, it reveals that environmental pollution is “Entry or inclusion of living things, substances, energy, and/or other components into the environment by human activities so that they exceed the established environmental quality standards .

This environmental pollution can occur anywhere, along with the rapid rate of population growth. The heaviest pollution load is caused by industrial waste and various chemicals.

5 Kinds of Environmental Pollution

When viewed from its nature, environmental pollution that occurs in most countries including Indonesia, can be grouped into 5 types, namely air pollution, sound pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, and radiation pollution. Well, here is the explanation.

1. Air Pollution

Air pollution is when foreign materials enter through the air and then affect its quality in a certain area. Meanwhile, according to the Decree of the Minister of State for Population and Environment No. KEP – 03 / MENKLH / II / 1991 also reveals that air pollution is the entry or inclusion of living things, substances, energy, and or other components into the air by human activities or natural processes, so that the air quality drops to a certain level which causes the air to become less or no longer able to function according to its designation.

Classification of Air Pollutants

In general, air pollution or air pollution can be caused by two types of pollutants, namely those that are primary and secondary.

• Primary Pollutants

Namely the type of pollutant which is the direct result of a process or pollutant substance that is generated directly by the source of the pollutant. Examples of primary pollutants are sulfur dioxide produced by factories and carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide from combustion

• Secondary Pollutants

Namely the type of pollutant produced by the interaction of several primary pollutants in the atmosphere, such as photochemical reactions. An example of this secondary pollutant is the dissociation of NO2 which produces NO and O.

Causes of Air Pollution

• Traffic

The use of transportation is actually the main cause of air pollution, especially in cars and motorbikes. Especially in this day and age, the number of vehicles is actually increasing every year until it finally causes traffic jams.

In theory, the petroleum used as a fuel contains hydrocarbon compounds and is then burned to produce carbon dioxide and water compounds.

However, in reality, engines cannot burn hydrocarbons cleanly, which causes vehicle exhausts to release harmful substances which cause more severe air pollution. The results of this incomplete combustion produce carbon monoxide (CO) which is a toxic gas, nitrogen oxides and volatile organic compounds (VOC).

These substances are dangerous causes of air pollution so that the air becomes hazy brown, blue or black and forms ozone. This ozone is very dangerous for health because it can seriously interfere with breathing and in the long term can cause a variety of more acute diseases.

• Industrial or Factory Smoke

The second main cause of air pollution is the increasing amount of industrial or factory smoke found in various regions. In the factory industry, there is usually a chimney that functions to blow out the remaining smoke every day.

However, several manufacturing industries produce very dangerous pollutants, especially the manufacturing industry for plastics, cement, aluminum, steel, and other chemical industries. Organic compounds such as carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons are pollutants that are commonly produced by the manufacturing industry, thus indirectly accelerating the process of the greenhouse effect phenomenon.

• Use of Insecticides and Pesticides

In this day and age, in order for agricultural crops to grow well and healthily, it is necessary to apply fertilizers and anti-pest drugs such as insecticides and pesticides. However, the use of these materials actually has a negative impact on the environment.

Pesticides contain ammonia or NH3 which is certainly harmful to the atmosphere. Ammonia is a substance that can cause air pollution as well as water pollution and of course it is not good for health because it can cause bronchitis.

2. Sound Pollution (Noise)

Air or noise pollution is when noise occurs in an environment that exceeds a predetermined threshold value for that environment. The effect of noise on human health is determined by the level (loudness), distance, and intensity of the noise from the source.

Noise pollution can be caused by high volume sounds that make the surrounding area noisy and unpleasant. The noise level occurs when the sound intensity exceeds 70 decibels (dB).

 Causes of Noise Pollution

• The sound of using machines, be it chainsaws, tile cutters, lawn mowers, and others.
• The sound of pets.
• Television sound at high volume.
• Development project.
• Vehicle horn sound.
• The sound of machines in the factory, from the use of large fans, compressors, transformers and pumps.

When measured based on decibel power (dB), the sounds that often cause noise pollution are:

• People are noisy or arguing = 80 dB
• Train noise = 95 dB
• Motor engine = 104 dB
• Lightning sound = 120 dB
• Airplane taking off = 150 dB

The most felt impact of this noise pollution is usually a feeling of discomfort, lack of concentration, difficulty sleeping, to the worst, it can cause temporary deafness.

3. Soil Pollution

Namely when a foreign object is added to an area of ​​land and causes the quality of the soil in that area to decrease to the point where it can endanger living things that use the land. This pollution usually occurs due to leakage of liquid waste or industrial chemicals.

Types of materials that can cause soil pollution are chemicals, microorganisms, and radioactive materials. All of these materials, if they enter the water, will also contaminate the soil.

Components of Materials Causing Soil Pollution

Soil pollution is most commonly caused by waste, especially from residential areas and trading places such as markets. In this case, the following is a description of the components of the materials that cause soil pollution.

• Domestic waste

Domestic waste mostly comes from residential areas, trading places such as markets, restaurant businesses, and others; in the form of solid or liquid waste.

• Solid waste

This solid waste is in the form of inorganic compounds that cannot be destroyed or broken down by microorganisms, such as plastic, ceramics, cans, and used building materials. For these inorganic compounds can remain intact for up to 300 years to come.

This inorganic waste can cause the soil layer to be impenetrable by plant roots, so that the soil will also not get water, especially minerals, whose function is to fertilize the soil.

• Liquid waste

The liquid waste can be in the form of detergent, feces, oil or paint, which if allowed to seep into the soil will actually damage the soil water content as well as kill the microorganisms in the soil. This liquid waste usually comes from the processing of a production process, especially in the metal processing industry and other chemical industries, examples of substances are copper, lead, silver, chromium, arsenic and boron.

• Industrial waste

Industrial waste can also be in the form of solid to liquid, which is usually produced by the factory industry, for example sludge and slurry originating from processing. The factory industries that contribute the most industrial waste are sugar factories, paper factories, fruit preservation places, fish and meat selling places, and others.

• Agricultural Waste

Agricultural waste also contributes to soil contamination, especially with the use of urea and pesticides which are usually used to eradicate plant pests. The use of this fertilizer if done continuously can damage the soil structure, causing soil fertility to decrease and then it becomes unplantable by certain types of plants, because soil nutrients are decreasing.

Impact of Soil Pollution

• Impact On Health

Since the soil is a place where plants can live, if the soil is polluted, the plants planted will also be polluted. Especially if these plants are consumed by humans, then of course it will have an impact on health. Especially lead which is very dangerous for children, because it causes brain damage and kidney damage.

• Impact on the Ecosystem

Soil pollution also has an impact on the ecosystem. Considering that the ecosystem has a pyramid-like shape, the chemical effects resulting from soil contamination will affect the lowest forms of life. Animals that are at the bottom of the pyramid will eat food containing foreign chemicals which will gradually concentrate on the creatures that inhabit the upper pyramid.

4. Water Pollution

Namely the entry of foreign objects into a water area and reduce the quality of water in the water area. Disturbed water quality is characterized by changes in smell, taste and color. This pollution problem has become a global problem that can kill hundreds of people in a short time. An example is in India, it is estimated that around 700 million people in India do not have access to a toilet, and 1,000 Indian children die from diarrheal diseases every day.

Causes of Water Pollution

Actually, water pollution can be caused by two factors, namely natural factors and human activity factors. For natural factors, it is usually related to natural disasters such as volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and floods.

• Volcanic eruptions

Lava released by volcanoes is usually in the form of a mixture of rocks, sand and gravel due to the flow of water that occurs on the slopes of the mountain. From the lava, it will “join” into the water flow, where the water flow is used by residents, especially refugee victims, to meet their needs. If the water enters the human body, of course it will be dangerous.

• Flood

Flood disaster is a natural disaster that occurs almost every rainy season in several regions in Indonesia. Water pollution caused by flooding, especially when the river cannot accommodate water capacity due to heavy rainfall and then the water overflows into the surrounding land and is polluted by garbage.

• Household waste

Especially in liquid household waste which contributes to the cause of water pollution. From the liquid household waste, various organic materials can be found (eg leftover vegetables, fish, rice, oil, fat, human waste water) which are carried away by sewage/ditch water, then follow the flow of the river.

Not only that, there are even inorganic materials such as plastic, aluminum, and bottles that are washed away by the currents of the water. Garbage piles up, clogs waterways and causes flooding. Other pollutant materials from household waste are biological contaminants in the form of disease germs, bacteria and fungi.

In urban areas, sewage water tends to be black in color and emits a pungent odor. In such sewage water, there are no living organisms except bacteria and fungi. Compared to industrial waste, household waste in urban areas in Indonesia accounts for 60% of all existing waste.

• Catching Fish Using Poison

Until now, there are still many residents and fishermen who use tuba or potash (poison) to catch fish. This poison can kill not only adult fish, but also small fish. Fishing activities in this way result in pollution in the aquatic environment and degrade aquatic resources

5. Radiation Pollution

Namely the inclusion of radioactive materials that have radiation strength beyond a predetermined threshold value. Not only that, radiation pollution can also be caused by heat radiation that exceeds the normal temperature in an environment.

Usually, this radiation pollution is caused by radioactive dust resulting from the explosion of atomic reactors and atomic bombs.

So, that’s a review of the various types of pollution that occur on planet Earth and become a global problem experienced by many countries, not only in Indonesia. As the future generation, we must take early prevention so that these pollutions do not become more widespread and instead affect our children and grandchildren in the future.

Also Read!

• Understanding the 5 Causes of Water Pollution
• Negative Impacts of Air Pollution & Solutions
• What is Soil Pollution?
• Causes of Water Pollution and How to Overcome It
• Air Pollution Factor
• Definition of Environmental Pollution
• Factors Causing Soil Pollution
• Causes of Air Pollution and Solutions
• Why Sea Water Tastes Salty
• Definition of Breeding and Its Utilization
• Definition of Reforestation
• Know the Characteristics of Clean Water According to WHO
• Causes & Impacts of Forest Fires

Traditional House of the Dayak Tribe – The Dayak tribe or from the old spelling Dajak or Dayak is a tribe or ethnic group that inhabits a hinterland of the island of Borneo. The word “daya” itself means a cognate with the word “raya” in the name “Toraya” and means “people (above) above, people upstream”.

Based on archaeological evidence found in the Niah Caves in Sarawak and Babi Cave in South Kalimantan, the first inhabitants of Kalimantan themselves have Austro-Melanesian characteristics with a larger proportion of skeletal bones when compared to the inhabitants of present-day Kalimantan and inhabit the island of Borneo. including Brunei, Malaysia which consists of Sabah and Sarawak, and Indonesia which consists of West Kalimantan, North Kalimantan, East Kalimantan, Central Kalimantan and South Kalimantan.

There are 3 main tribes or 5 native tribes of Kalimantan which are Malay, Dayak, Banjar, Kutai and Tidung.

According to the 2010 census of the Central Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Indonesia, the ethnic groups found in Indonesian Borneo are then grouped into 3 main tribes, namely the Indonesian Dayak tribe (268 sub-ethnic/sub-tribe groups in Indonesia), the Malay ethnic group, and other ethnic groups from Kalimantan, namely the non Dayak and non Malay.

In the past, the culture of the Dayak people was a maritime or maritime culture. Almost all the nicknames of the Dayak people then have the meaning as something related to “pelhulan” or river, especially in the names of the families and their family names.

Some divide the Dayak people into six clans, namely the Klemantan or Kalimantan clan, the Iban clan, the Apokayan or Dayak Kayan, Kenyah and Bahau clans, the Murut clan, the Ot Danum-Ngaju clan and the Punan clan.

But scientifically, linguists then saw 5 groups of languages ​​spoken on the island of Borneo and each of which has relatives outside the island of Borneo:

• “Barito Raya” (in which there are 33 languages, including 11 languages ​​from the Madagascar language group, and Sama-Bajau including the Dayak Paser Tribe.
• “Dayak Darat” (in which there are 13 languages), including the Rejang language in Bengkulu.
• “North Borneo” (in which there are 99 languages), including the Yakan language in the Philippines as well as a tribe that stands with its own tribal name, namely the Tidung Tribe. “Sulawesi” and is spoken by 3 Dayak tribes in the interior of West Kalimantan, including Taman Dayak, Embaloh Dayak, and Kalis Dayak who are also called the Banuaka Dayak family.

Several tribes from Kalimantan and then have Malay traditions related to this family as separate and independent tribes or the Malay tribe itself, namely the Banjar Tribe, Sambas Malay Tribe, Kutai Tribe, Berau Malay Tribe, and Kedayan Malay Tribe.

Traditional house of the Dayak tribe in Kalimantan

There are many traditional houses in Indonesia with a variety of different models and their own uniqueness, making each region a must visit because of this diversity.

Central Kalimantan itself is one of the areas with beautiful scenery, complete with interesting tribes and cultures to learn about.

So that you can recognize the traditional houses of Central Kalimantan, here is a more complete explanation of the traditional houses in Kalimantan.

1. Traditional Betang House, Typical of Central Kalimantan

Central Kalimantan with a capital city named Palangkaraya City and dominated by three dominant ethnicities living in the area. The three dominant ethnic groups living in Kalimantan include the Dayak, Javanese and Banjar ethnic groups.

One of the traditional houses in Central Kalimantan is the Betang traditional house. This traditional house itself is inhabited by the Dayak people, especially in the upstream area of ​​the river with the main settlement for the Dayak people.

This traditional house itself has a shape like a stilt house and is made elongated. There are several Betang houses that are made up to 150 meters long and up to 30 meters wide. This large house is then generally inhabited by many residents, at least there are at least 100 people in one house.

The Batang traditional house can also be said to be one of the largest tribal houses because in it there is also a large family as the main occupant and it is led by a chief named Pam Bakas Lewu.

This Betang traditional house also has its own meaning, which is to become a concrete and complete statement about village governance, the population system and can become a central point for all the lives of the people who live and are in it.

This traditional house is also not a luxurious residence, but a simple residence so that people can then live in peace and live normally. In this Betang house there are also several important aspects, as below:

• The residential aspect is a permanent multi-family structure that lives together in it.
• Legal aspect because it has a clear ownership aspect. This house is also jointly owned by all the families to control all the land in the Betang house area.
• The economic aspect is because the Betang house also has a very important role in the distribution of power flows and the distribution of results between the families in it. Betang Traditional House which is

The Central Kalimantan Traditional House itself uses ironwood as the main building material because it is known to be sturdy and strong.

2. Betang Muara Mea House

Betang Muara Mea houses are generally located in a village called Muara Mea. One of the Betang traditional houses in Central Kalimantan is the Betang Muara Mea traditional house.

The Muara Mea house itself has a modern look because the walls of the Muara Mea house have been painted and painted to make it more attractive and beautiful to look at.

The paintings and pictures that are on the walls of this traditional house are then also made as one of the very distinctive identities of the Dayak people.

The Muara Mea traditional house is also somewhat more modern because it was built as a way for the government to preserve traditional houses and culture in Muara Mea Village.

3. Betang Damang Batu House

The Dayak people themselves are also very concerned about the beauty of the surrounding environment. The Dayak people often maintain the beauty of their surroundings. The Central Kalimantan traditional house located in Tumbang Anoi Village is a Betang Damang Batu house. Betang Damang Batu, which is located in Tumbang Anoi Village, has a very long and valuable historical value.

It was in this area that a witness later occurred because it was used as a gathering place for all the Dayak chiefs in Kalimantan. This house is also often used as a place to carry out peace agreements. Its uniqueness and characteristics are in its very old age because it has been built since 1868 and makes it the oldest traditional house in the Central Kalimantan area.

This house was also built facing the Kahayan river and has a very beautiful view. In its history there are many who say that this traditional house was later built by Temanggung Rujan and came from the Tewah area.

4. Betang Pasir Panjang House

The Betang Pasir Panjang house is a traditional house that you can find in the West Kotawaringin area. Pangkalan Bun itself is the capital of West Kotawaringin Regency and has a term or nickname as Sweet City with an extension of Minat Aman Nikmat Indah Segar.

There are lots of interesting tourist destinations that you can find in this area, one of which is Tanjung Puting National Park. Kotawaringin Barat is also one of the areas most inhabited by the Dayak people and is one of the people who also lives in the Betang Pasir Panjang traditional house.

Until now this traditional house is also still inhabited to be able to maintain its sustainability. Architecturally, the Betang Pasir Panjang house is larger in size with a soaring roof.

The entrance to the Betang Pasir Panjang house is also on the side and not on the elongated side like traditional houses in general. Because of its large size, the foundation and the wooden support structure also look sturdier to support the entire heavy building.

5. Toyoi’s Betang House

The Betang Toyoi traditional house is taken from the name that comes from the person who built this traditional house, namely Toyoi Panji. This house is also located in Rumbang Malahoi Village and until now it is still unknown when it was first built.

Apart from functioning as a place to live, the betang also functions as a living area in a pluralistic way that respects the different beliefs of the neighbors in it.

In Betang Toyoi, people also learn to respect the harmony between different religions. The Betang Toyoi traditional house was built using durable ironwood. One of the advantages of ironwood is that it can last for hundreds of years.

This traditional house is also made not using wood at all but has high resistance to various disasters that may come such as an earthquake. This house is also still standing strong even though it is inhabited by more than 10 families in it.

The pillars in the Betang Toyoi traditional house have a square shape that looks very unique. Even so, this house was built without the use of advanced technology, its own uniqueness can be seen in every corner of the area.

6. Lamin House

Rumah Lamin is a traditional house of the Dayak Kenyah tribe with an elongated shape and a stilt type. With a length of up to 200 meters and a distance of about 3 meters under the house, this house is also inhabited by several families who are then separated by their respective rooms. The front of the lamin house is also used to receive guests and functions as a place for various traditional ceremonies, while at the back it contains very large rooms.

The lamin house is also supported by large pillars with carved motifs typical of the Dayak tribe to ward off evil spirits. The floor of this house also consists of a number of wooden beams which are then neatly arranged with an entrance from the side connected by stairs.

Related Books

1. Credit Union: Symphony in the Land of the Dayak

Symphony in Tanah Dayak, a novel which tells about the struggle of a CU activist named Dubit. The ups and downs of poverty are experienced by many Dayak youths in the past and even now. He devoted his whole life to an ideal of advancing his people-Dayaks.

Dubit comes from Mutas, a village located deep in the interior of West Kalimantan. Because his parents were poor and less than harmonious, he was raised by his mother who was a role model and the candlelight of his life.

His desire to go to school seemed unstoppable. The encouragement of her mother’s words and messages made her never lose her enthusiasm to keep going. He finally graduated to become a scholar witnessed by his mother who always guided him.

Because of his bitter past and not expecting the next generation to experience the same thing, Dubit devoted his whole body and soul to advancing CU. He considered it a noble choice of devotion.

The Dayak people, the native tribe of the land of Kalimantan, which used to be called Borneo, are still far behind from various factors. Who is wrong? But what is clear is that it is not a curse. Perhaps, the Dayaks still haven’t done much.

2. The life of the Iban Dayak in the interior of West Kalimantan

The Dayak tribe has hundreds of sub-tribes spread across the island of Borneo. They used to live sedentary because of the limited carrying capacity of nature so that some lived in the interior of the forest.

Each sub-tribe has its own culture and uniqueness that differs from other Dayak sub-tribes. In West Kalimantan, there are around 186 Dayak sub-tribes, one of which is the Iban Dayak.

3. Dayak women for Indonesia

The combination of tradition and adaptation to the times is reflected strongly in Nyeong Simon’s daily appearance. A traditional Dayak woman, but looks and wears a modern fashion with her own fashions and designs.

The whole story of Nyelong’s life is the story of a traditional Dayak woman, who is attached to all traditional Dayak ceremonies and traditions. All of his life and activities cannot be separated from the contents of traditional ceremonies, with medicines, with food, with traditional Dayak ingredients.

Nyelong’s life is full of Dayak traditional traditions, both in the birth of children, marriages, deaths, the transfer of ancestral bones, as well as traditional herbal ingredients with roots and leaves which are picked and boiled according to the Dayak customary system.

For him, the traditions of the Dayak people are everything that shapes his existence and self-image as a Dayak. On the other hand, Nyelong is an academic, a student activist who educates and encourages students—especially Dayak children—to progress, to master modern science and technology.

Science and technology should not be rejected, on the contrary must be seized. However, what is unique to Nyelong is that cultural traditions and modern science must be combined to shape a person’s personality and character, especially the Dayak people.

Knowledge makes the Dayak people progress, but tradition should not be abandoned, because the Dayak tradition is a way of life, a guide for life that will protect wherever it takes place. Just as Pangkalima Dayak who has the wisdom to protect themselves from various bad intentions, Nyelong always equips himself and his children with Dayak traditions and wisdom, even though they go to school as high as possible and take part in any position.

4. At the Longhouse-The Life Struggle and Love of the Dayak Iban People

The expression of the deepest human feelings. A collection of daily life stories that reflect the worldview of a Borneo ethnic group from an insider’s perspective. Something that offers life values ​​that may be very different from what those who live in big cities know and live by.

That is the variety of traditional Dayak houses that we need to know about and preserve. Sinaumed’s can also read books related to Dayak or Kalimantan customs by visiting sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Time Machine – In this modern era there may still be some people who believe that someone can travel to the past. The trip is usually done by using a time machine. In fact, there are already several time machine theories that believe that traveling to the past can be done.

Time Machine

Some people may not believe that they can go back in time using a time machine. However, travel to the past is most likely a possibility because a group of scientists from the University of Queensland, Australia managed to simulate two photons, the single elementary particles of light that can interact when time travels.

Simulations of time travel to the past are often thought to be possible because at the quantum level the smallest particles can no longer be divided. Then, photons are also included in things that follow the mechanism in quantum law. In the experiments that have been carried out by researchers for this time machine using two photons to simulate quantum particles, so they can travel to the past with a time machine.

Researchers studying the behavior of photons can then reveal a possibility for a strange aspect of modern physics.

When it enters the simulation process, one of the photons will be projected so that it can travel to the past through a time machine tunnel or wormhole. In addition, these photons can also be projected onto other, older photons.

Meanwhile, the second photon is designed to travel through time using its normal mode. Even so, this second photon can still interact with other photons trapped in a time loop or closed time curve/CTC and in a time machine hole.

Then, from the steps that have been carried out, the behavior of the second photon can learn the behavior of the first photon. From these results, it turns out that there are simulation results showing that time travel at an open quantum level is likely to occur. Then, the nature of the quantum particle changes to become uncertain or you could say blurry, thus creating enough space to avoid inconsistent time travel situations.

Meanwhile, other researchers, Martin Ringbauer from the University of Queensland, said that their team’s findings were inconsistent with the General Relativity and General Mechanics theories of the famous physicist Albert Einstein.

According to Martin Ringbauer, Albert Einstein only explained the scheme of the world on a very large scale, whereas quantum mechanics itself was considered a good description on the smaller scale of atoms and molecules.

Then, based on the research team’s simulation, the time machine travel scheme that has been carried out only exists on small particles or on particles; with the quantum level as well as photons that are smaller than atoms. So, it can be said that this latest simulation cannot explain larger particles, such as larger than atoms.

Basically, the potential for time machine travel at the quantum level itself was predicted by scientists decades ago. More precisely, around 1991, the prediction of a time machine at the smallest particle level appeared. These researchers base it on the behavior of quantum particles which is almost outside the realm of physics. Then, the latest research from the University of Queensland has also been published in the Journal of Nature Communications.

Science’s Answer If the Time Machine Was Invented?

Time travel to the past and the future seems to have been the dream of many people even though this is still impossible to do. However, how does science respond to this. What will happen if it turns out that the time machine has been found? Will this world experience global chaos? Instead of you being curious about the answer, you can see the short review below.

1. Going back in time is definitely a very terrible thing

The physicist from the University of Connecticut, Professor Ron Mallett, once expressed his opinion that a time machine could be created in the future. This is as reviewed on the BBC News page , if he thinks that returning to the past can happen in the future because all science can get definite answers.

Of course, going back in time in order to make things right is the dream of many people. However, going back in time can also be a terrible thing. Just imagine, if you are 80 years old and visit yourself in the past when you were young, then you could say it is something strange or even scary in your life. This is because, the slightest thing that is changed in the past can change lives in the future or worse, it can eliminate the future.

2. Getting lost in the past is a disaster

If one day it turns out that you are traveling through time using a time machine to the past, then you should make sure the date and year you are aiming for are correct and not wrong. This needs to be ensured or programmed properly because if the date and year are wrong, then you can get lost in the past.

In fact, it is possible that you can get lost in Roman times or Ancient Greek times. If you suddenly appeared during that era, it could make noise and confusion for people in the past. In addition, it is possible that you will be considered a witch or a god because you can come from the future.

If you are unlucky, you could be arrested, then paraded by local residents to be brutally tried. It is certain that the soldiers of the Roman, Greek, Persian and Alexander the Great eras were no match for today’s modern humans.

There are many opinions from the Science Borealis page which are actually quite reasonable, namely some experts then state that a time machine can be created with the concept of a one-way ticket.

3. Going to the future is much safer and reasonable

If going to the past is a bad idea, then the same may not be true if one goes to the future. There are several reasons why going to the future is safer than going to the past, namely:

The mindset of humans in the future is very open and more able to accept the existence of a time machine well.

Second, going to the future is the safest journey that makes the most sense. Reporting from the Space page , in theory, traveling to the future is believed to be the most reasonable step than going to the past. Even with super-fast vehicles that are below the speed of light, humans can already travel to the future even in a short span of time.

4. Maybe aliens and UFOs are humans from the future

The alien mystery has not been revealed so far, so it might be related to humans from the future. It could be, hundreds of thousands or millions of years in the future, humans have evolved into organisms that are different from humans that exist today.

At the same time, a time machine has been created that can allow anyone to explore the past with special rides. Wait a minute, it’s not just imagination.

The reason is, this opinion actually came out of a biology professor named Michael Masters. The professor of biology and anthropology from Montana Technological University stated that there are many things related to human evolution in the future and one of them can be said to be similar to a big-headed alien.

5. The world will be chaotic and destroyed

If a time machine is created and starts to be mass-produced, it is possible that it will also destroy the world in the near future. Then, people from the past could destroy the existing historical order. Besides that, it could be that people from the past went to the future with advanced technology that could destroy human civilization.

Certainly, the time machine will only bring more harm than good. Fortunately, many intelligent scientists then state that time travel is very difficult, even impossible to do.

The late Stephen Hawking once argued that time travel is closely related to space and dimensions. That means, if we travel through time, we should be in a different dimension and will not disturb the history that has been formed.

Some of the explanation points above may still not be enough to explain the concept of a time machine and the various impacts it will have.

Convincing Time Machine Theory

Until now, the time machine itself is still the most relevant science-fiction in the real world. Some people believe that the time machine is real, but some others consider it a myth. Then, what is the evidence that shows that the time machine existed, here are some of them:

1. Claims of humans coming from the future

A media express.co.uk in November 2017 reported that someone claimed to have come from 2028. A man named Noah said that he was willing to endanger himself to be able to return to the present just to be able to warn people that machines that time really existed.

“I’m not trying to deceive anyone, my main goal in coming here is to prove that the time machine really exists and I am a person who travels through time,” said Noah in a video uploaded to the YouTube account.

Apart from that, Noah also admitted that because of his time traveling, he suffered from anorexia and depression. Noah further claimed that he had to take drugs to look younger than his actual age, which was 50 years old.

2. Hipster guy showing up in old school photos

The photo above is a photo taken during the opening ceremony of the South Fork bridge in British Columbia or more precisely around the 1840s. If you observe it further, then a man has a stylish look in the millennial era. If you observe more closely a man is more like a person who comes from the millennium era.

3. Photo of a woman holding a smartphone in 1928

Other evidence that the time machine theory exists, namely the existence of women who use mobile phones . Even though at that time there was no cell phone technology. This photo itself comes from the footage of the famous silent film, Charlie Chaplin.

4. The Philadelphia Experiment

This experiment itself is intended to make the USS Eldridge undetectable by enemy radar. According to the ship’s crew, this ship really seemed to have disappeared and suddenly traveled through time very quickly. All of the ship’s crew with each other then have reasons and versions of the same story to each other.

5. The Cape Scott Story

The Cape Scott Story is a theoretical story that presents evidence of the most widely believed time machine. In that photo, there is a man sitting on a rock wearing a T-shirt, shorts, and long hair like humans who live today in general.

Even though the people around him only wore clothes from the 1917s. No one knows who this person is and why he is dressed like that. This photo was used as the cover of the book The Cape Scott Story and many people believe that time machines really exist.

Closing

Whether or not there is a time machine theory, humans should always do good and not harm others. For some people, the theory of a time machine is true, but there are also those who think that the theory of a time machine doesn’t really exist. To believe that the time machine theory exists or not, is returned to the reader.

So, are you one of those who believe in time machine theory or don’t believe in it? Thus the discussion about the time machine and the theory of the time machine.

Related Books

1. Al Quran Time Machine: Delving into Information from Lauh Mahfuzh

The Prophet Muhammad SAW was sent to an Ummi people. They did not know how to read or write, but were very advanced in literature. Therefore, he was equipped with the Koran. If all humans were to unite to compose words that could match the verses of the Qur’an, surely they would not be able to. The greatness of the Qur’an is not only in the beauty of its language. However, the Qur’an also presents information about various things that have happened, are happening, and will happen in the universe according to the facts. One surah that can lead us to explore this is sura al-Waqi’ah. This book will lead you to dive into the sea of ​​meaning of surah al-Waqi’ah. You will get a number of interesting discussions, including:

• The mystery of the primacy of sura al-Waqi’ah; can you prevent poverty?
• Doomsday according to various civilizations and religions
• Can life be extended?
• The Mystery of the Tailbone (Coccyx)
• How does God bring life back to life?
• Doomsday in Physics
• Various events that have become historical facts were first informed by the Qur’an
• Why do plants need green leaves to photosynthesize, not black? Hopefully by diving into the sea of ​​meaning of surah al-waqi’ah through this book, your faith and knowledge will increase and your belief in the truth of the qur ‘an will become stronger.

2. A Brief History of Time: A Brief History of Time

“This is one of the most important science books written by one of the great scientists of our time, Stephen Hawking. In this book Hawking addresses big questions like: How did the universe begin—and what started it? What is time, and does it always move forward? Is there an end to the universe, in space or time? Are there other dimensions in the universe? What happens when the universe ends? Written in a language everyone can understand, A Brief History of Time invites us to explore the magical worlds of black holes and quarks, anti-matter and “arrows of time”, the big bang and the role of God in the universe and all its extraordinary and unexpected possibilities. With compelling and imaginative depictions, Stephen Hawking brings us ever closer to the ultimate secret of the creation of the universe.

3. The Art of Managing Time

The only thing that doesn’t stop in this world is time. He continues to walk tirelessly, in fact he can just pass by when we are careless or lulled because we really enjoy a moment or maybe when we feel bored because something we are waiting for never comes. Time, can be evil or vice versa, depending on how we respond and see it. “Time is a created thing. To say ‘I don’t have time,’ is like saying, ‘I don’t want to.” This quote from Lao Tzu reminds us that time is a matter of creating something. Until when will we deny that we have no time, while in fact there is a lot of time that can be spent in this life? Would you be happy if you lived like that all the time? See how the right way to manage the time in your life through this book. Not only that, you will also learn the right way to spend every second, minute, and hour of your life without any regrets. Have a great time with this book!

If you want to find various things about time or other genres, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

sinaumedia Literacy – The spread of the corona virus throughout the world has made many affected countries decide to lock down, in Indonesia itself. This regulation then requires people to do activities from home, including working and studying from home. Minister of Education and Culture Nadiem Makarim explained that a number of areas closed schools due to fears of the spread of the COVID-19 corona virus. Therefore the Minister of Education and Culture is working with various parties for online learning. Here are some tips you can do to stay productive even though you have to go to school from home. Check these out!

TIME MANAGEMENT

Start preparing yourself to study from home, create a consistent pattern from waking up to study time, immediately create a list of activities that you must do every day with these steps, Sinaumed’s:

• Make a To-Do List: Make it a habit to start compiling a list of what needs to be done the next day. Compile a to-do list the night before. Make this easier with reminder applications that are widely available on smartphones. This application will then help remind you of what you have to do every day.
• Priority Scale: After the list of what needs to be done, start determining which is the top priority and which can be put aside for a while by Sinaumed’s. Mark which should be done first. After that, prioritize the list, avoid delaying work on things that are not necessary.
• Create Your Deadline: Create a deadline for every task you have to work on, and always give yourself a break before doing other Sinaumed’s tasks. This deadline will make you more responsible. Stick to the deadlines that have been set. Ignoring deadlines will only make the learning process ineffective and ineffective in Sinaumed’s.
• Avoid mutasking, because at home, sometimes we also have to help our parents. But make sure all of these activities have been completed before entering your study time so that the mind is more focused and can complete all assignments properly. Because you know when you do many things simultaneously, even though the task is completed, the results will not be optimal. When someone is multitasking, the brain will work much harder than usual. Fatigue in the brain will make the body tired quickly and easily stressed. In addition, the ability to store memory, especially short term memory, will also decrease, so leave everything that has the potential to cause distractions, put away smartphones and game consoles for a while, don’t be lured into unnecessary browsing while studying Sinaumed’s.
• Every time you finish a job, give your body and brain a chance to rest. Enough 10-15 minutes. Use this time to simply stretch your stiff body muscles or get some fresh air in the park. Forcing you to go straight to the next lesson will only make your study time less than optimal. Refresh your mind and body in natural ways like taking a walk around the room

 

CREATE A COMFORTABLE LEARNING SPACE

Create the most comfortable study room for you, if the room is lacking, find the best corner in the house, and turn it into a study room, decorate the area as creatively as possible to add to your enthusiasm. Besides that, also prepare the equipment needed, such as a laptop or PC, mouse, keyboard, headset, and webcam. Here are some tips for creating a conducive study space at home:

• Keep the study room away from the television room, washing area or other areas that have the potential to generate noise. The goal is to keep your focus. In addition, avoid completing the study room with television, video games, or your favorite toys to keep Sinaumed’s away from distraction.
• Choose a study table according to your needs, if you feel comfortable studying in bed, just use a folding table. For those of you who don’t like studying in bed, prepare a comfortable study table so that the learning process becomes more focused.
• Also pay attention to room lighting, use white light with sufficient brightness levels. White light will be more comfortable for the eyes when looking at pictures, writing, or reading. White light also helps the eyes not have to work too hard when on the move.
• Besides that the brain needs oxygen intake, avoid temperatures that are too cold or hot. Make sure the room has good air ventilation. If good air circulation, the body and brain can work properly. Conversely, uncomfortable temperatures and air can make it difficult for you to think and concentrate, Sinaumed’s.
• Lastly, make sure the room and learning tools are always clean, because the Corona virus can be transmitted through body fluids such as sweat. We recommend that you spray disinfectant before using and always wash your hands after each use.

 

PREPARE VIDEO CONFERENCE SOFTWARE

Learning with the application will be a pleasant experience. Apart from equipment, prepare video conferencing software such as ZOOM, Google Hangouts, and so on. Make sure the software works properly. Adequate lighting is also important so that the resulting video conference image resolution is better. Here are some video conferencing software that you can use for school from home:

• Zoom Cloud: This application offers a new video conferencing experience, which can involve up to 100 participants in it. Before conducting or entering an online learning forum, you are required to sign-in or create an account on the Zoom Cloud application. After that, you must enter a meeting ID to connect yourself to online meeting access.
• Google Hangouts: Available on computer applications, websites, Android, and iOS, this platform is quite effective for online learning. Hangouts, which is integrated with Google+ and Gmail, greatly facilitates the mobility of your data.
• Skype: This chat and online meeting application can be well integrated via a computer or mobile version. Select the New Video Call menu and specify friends who are online to open a conversation session, select Add People to add members, which can be up to 8 people per Sinaumed’s session.

Apart from the software above, another technology that you can use belongs to the Ministry of Education and Culture (Kemendikbud), they have prepared a free online learning application, namely the Learning House on the kemendikbud.go.id page. This application can be used by all students in Indonesia, starting from Elementary School (SD) to Sinaumed’s High School (SMA).

 

PREPARE YOUR FAVORITE SNACK

So that you don’t get sleepy quickly, it turns out that chewing snacks can be the solution, because it will keep you focused, Sinaumed’s. Consume nutritious snacks to maintain body stamina so that you are not susceptible to viruses. The following healthy snacks are suggested to maintain your immune system and increase your immune levels, Sinaumed’s:

• Yogurt: The mineral and nutrient content in it also helps increase the production of T cells, one of the white blood cells in the body which is responsible for fighting disease, strengthens the immune system and helps fight infections and bacteria. Yogurt also contains B complex vitamins, magnesium, potassium, phosphorus, iron, selenium and zinc.
• Papaya: This fruit has many important benefits for the body, starting from vitamin A, vitamin B1, B3, B5, vitamin E, vitamin K, lycopene, fiber, calcium, potassium, folate, and magnesium. Vitamins A, C, and E in papaya can help strengthen the immune system and prevent you from infectious diseases, such as colds and flu.
• Kiwi, a fruit that is often used as juice or fruit salad. Besides its sweet taste, kiwi is very good for maintaining a healthy body and preventing various diseases. Kiwifruit is rich in vitamin C, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin K, potassium, amino acids, folate and calcium. In addition, this fruit also contains lots of antioxidants and a source of fiber. Vitamin C in it is one of the important elements in increasing the body’s resistance to fight disease.
• Dark Chocolate: A food made from the cacao plant. Dark chocolate contains antioxidants called flavonoids. Compared to other types of chocolate, dark chocolate has the highest amount of flavanols. Dark chocolate and theobromine type antioxidants in it which can increase endurance. Another benefit of dark chocolate is its ability to improve brain function. Additionally, cocoa contains stimulants such as caffeine and theobromine, which may be the main reason why dark chocolate can improve brain function in the short term.
• Boiled Sweet Potatoes: Contains beta-carotene or vegetable compounds that can be converted into vitamin A by the body. Vitamin A is important in maintaining the immune system, blood levels, and the mucous membranes in the intestinal lining.
• Kuaci: Contains complete nutrition, such as protein, carbohydrates, vitamins A, C, E, magnesium, calcium, iron, and various other good nutrients. Kuaci can also improve mood.
• Almonds: Journal of Science of Food and Agriculture in 2006 revealed almonds are a type of nut that is rich in vitamin E. In addition, almonds are also packed with healthy fats that are beneficial in maintaining heart health. To keep your immune system awake, it’s a good idea to consume 46 peeled almonds to meet 100 percent of your daily vitamin E intake.

 

MAKE TIME FOR ENTERTAINMENT

Give it time to rest for a while between studying online, you can use this time to play online games, watch movies for a while or do things that you like. However, set a definite time, and be disciplined with it. Don’t let yourself be lazy to study because of the fun of playing Sinaumed’s. Besides that, take advantage of the weekend for a variety of exciting activities that you have never tried before:

• Cooking Your Favorite Snacks: Don’t be afraid to try something out of the ordinary. Maybe you are not used to making your own cakes and snacks at home, but this activity will be fun when other activities feel boring. Start choosing and determining what cake or snack to make later, find various recipes and tips on the internet. Prepare the ingredients and take advantage of the weekend to cook it.
• Camping in the Homeyard: this activity will be fun to do with the family. Put up a tent in the backyard or garden area of ​​your house, also make a campfire and a place to barbecue there, then enjoy time together by preparing a barbecue party-style dinner.
• Rearranging Room: Room feel boring and hasn’t changed in a while? Try looking for inspiration for the room decor you want on Pinterest, and change the paint color, curtains, and some of the decorations in Sinaumed’s’ room. For paint, it’s better to use colors like blues, green and gray to create a cool oasis, because these colors have a calming effect and give positive energy to your bedroom, Sinaumed’s, another thing that is just as important to make you sleep better. Add a table and floor lamp in the bedroom and place a small plant next to the bed to help clean the air and make you breathe better Sinaumed’s.
• Gardening: Even if there is green land at home, it is rarely maximized for various reasons, from no time, fear of insects, no talent for gardening, or do not like dirty hands. Even though you know that by taking care of even the smallest garden at home, you can improve your quality of life, you know, Sinaumed’s. Gardening is not only good for the physical, which is equivalent to running on a treadmill at 5 km/hour, but also for brain health. Research in the Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, says that gardening can protect cognitive health, increase brain volume, and reduce the risk of Alzheimer’s by 50 percent.
• Reading Books: For those of you who don’t really like reading, try reading starting from the genres that you like. Because reading apart from being a positive hobby in filling your free time also has many benefits for intelligence, starting from getting a lot of inspiration which will make you more productive, reading will also make your mind more open because you absorb information not only from one perspective.
• Writing: The more you read, the more you write, because a lot of inspiration can be obtained from the pages of a Sinaumed’s book. Writing in addition to freeing your imagination, is also very beneficial for health because it can help restore emotions, and make the mind and body better. According to a journal Advance in Psychiatric Treatment, the benefits of writing are not only experienced in the short term, but also in the long term. Expressive writing has been linked to improved mood, reduced stress levels and depressive symptoms, as well as physical benefits such as reduced blood pressure, and improved lung and liver function. From now on, try to make it a habit to write down what you are grateful for today, this simple thing turns out to make you have better quality sleep.

Those are the Tips, the smarter you manage your time, the more tasks you will get done well. Apply the above strategies during this self-quarantine and social distancing period so that the learning process from your home continues well and doesn’t feel boring. Cheers Sinaumed’s!

 

EDUTORE

sinaumedia developed an educational platform called Edutore. On this platform, you can access many question practice books like those in sinaumedia by subscribing. Edutore has a slogan “Everyone Can Be Smart” and that is also what Edutore aspires to be. So that Edutore can participate in educating Indonesian children. On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as CPNS synonyms, antonyms, and others. Check the YouTube account directly, click here.

Source: from various sources

Why is Indonesia Called a Maritime Country? – A maritime country is a country engaged in the waters sector. Maritime countries have an abundant supply of water. Not only that, there are activities carried out by maritime countries.

One of the maritime countries is Indonesia. Why is Indonesia called a maritime country? This article will discuss 5 reasons why Indonesia is called a maritime country.

What is a Maritime State?

In simple terms, a maritime country is a country that has a very wide sea territory. The area of ​​this area exceeds the area of ​​its land territory. The waters in a maritime country must exceed its land area.

However, some people argue that a maritime country is a country that has many islands. This definition is also known as an archipelagic country. The point can be drawn, that a maritime country is a country that is surrounded by sea areas or waters that are wider than its landmass.

Why is Indonesia a maritime country? The answer is because the territorial waters in Indonesia are wider than the land. Indonesia consists of 30% land and 70% sea.

Can be seen from the coastline. The length of the coastline of the islands in Indonesia reaches around 81 thousand km. This length is second only to Canada. Canada is known as the country with the longest coastline in the world.

Indonesia has maritime borders with 10 countries. These countries include Singapore (part of the Territorial Sea), Thailand (Continental Shelf), India (Continental Shelf), Philippines (EEZ), Vietnam (Continental Shelf), Palau (EEZ and Continental Shelf), Philippines (EEZ), Papua. New Guinea (EEZ and Continental Shelf), Australia (EEZ and Continental Shelf) and Timor Leste (Territory Sea, EEZ and Continental Shelf).

Maritime State characteristics

The characteristics of a maritime country include the following:

• Maritime countries have more territorial waters. Its waters or sea area has an area of ​​about 2/3 of its land area.
• Maritime countries have many islands surrounded by seas or waters.
• Maritime countries have large natural resources in the marine sector. These natural resources can involve minerals, energy, food and others.
• Most maritime countries are fishermen. Apart from fishermen, the people work in the maritime sector.

Maritime State Support Pillar

There are several pillars that support a maritime nation. This is because maritime countries are in natural and cultural conditions. This condition is influenced by several elements.

Such as social elements, political elements, economic elements, cultural elements, as well as elements of defense and security. The elements that form the pillars of a maritime nation are as follows:

1. Political system

The political system is needed to ensure integrity. The integrity of all archipelagic areas in Indonesia is important. Considering Indonesia is a unitary state. This political system will concern borders, hinterlands, remote islands, the largest island. This must also be based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution.

2. Economic system

A strong economic system is expected to improve the trading system. This includes the sea, both the deep sea and the outer sea. In addition, it is hoped that this will encourage the growth of the maritime industry and services.

3. Defense and security systems

This system is used to guarantee state sovereignty. In addition, to guarantee the law throughout the sovereign maritime area and national jurisdiction. These areas include sea, land and air throughout Indonesia.

4. Social system and culture

In this system, the dignity of the community must be upheld. Ethnic, cultural and religious pluralism that will bring out the spirit of love for the sea.

Maritime State Economic Activities

The following are some of the economic activities that are often carried out by maritime countries:

•       Providing inter-island and inter-country ship crossing services
•       Marine shipbuilding industry
•       Ship repair industry
•       Logistics industry for shipping goods by sea
•       port economic activity
•       sea ​​highway
•       Ship navigation services
•       Container terminals
•       Marine warehousing services
•       Manufacturing industry of weapons and warships.

The reason Indonesia is called a Maritime Country

1. Has a wide ocean

Indonesia is a country that has large islands. The islands stretch from Sabang to Merauke. The total islands owned by Indonesia are 12,499 islands.

The total area of ​​Indonesia is approximately 7.81 million km2. An area of ​​this size does not only consist of land. Most of the territory in Indonesia actually consists of waters or oceans.

The land in Indonesia is only about 2.01 million km2. While 3.25 million km2 consists of oceans. The area of ​​the Exclusive Economic Zone of Indonesia is 2.55 km2.

It can be seen that most of Indonesia’s territory is water. This is the main reason that makes Indonesia a maritime country. With an area of ​​this size, of course the marine potential in Indonesia is very large.

2. Has a Geostrategic position

The next reason is related to the strategic geographic location. Indonesia is located between two continents, namely the continent of Asia and the continent of Australia. Indonesia is also located between two oceans, namely the Pacific Ocean and the Indian Ocean.

This is one of the advantages possessed by the Indonesian state. Indonesia’s location is at the crossroads of international travel. An example is the trade of countries in Asia and Australia.

In fact, countries around the world will pass through this Indonesian territory. This international trade can pass through sea, land and air areas. Not only that, there are many other benefits to be gained from this strategic location.

This strategic geographical condition will make it easy for Indonesia to export and import. Not only that, this area is filled with developing countries so it’s easier to market the products. The many countries that stop by will also make progress in various fields, such as language and culture.

As a result of its strategic location, this area has become a very dynamic area in the world arena. This benefits Indonesia in the economic and political fields. This also makes Indonesia have an advantage, but also a fairly high dependence on the waters and maritime sector.

3. Abundant marine wealth

Within the vast sea area, there is a lot of potential for marine wealth. It is common knowledge that Indonesia is famous for its very rich natural resources.

These natural resources include marine products. Marine products in Indonesia very much. In addition, various marine products also exist in Indonesia.

According to research notes issued by LIPI, Indonesia has enormous marine wealth potential. Its marine wealth can reach more than Rp. 1,700 trillion. This figure is equivalent to 93% of the total Indonesian state budget in 2018.

This is another reason why Indonesia is a maritime country. Indonesia has potential in the marine sector. Marine natural resources in Indonesia are very abundant.

4. Advanced in the field of fisheries and maritime affairs

Many people in Indonesia use marine products. They make the sea as a source of income. So that they can meet their needs.

Indonesia is the largest archipelagic country in the world. This makes Indonesia has a lot of potential marine products. Moreover, 30 percent of 70 percent of total fisheries in the Asia Pacific Region are in Indonesia.

According to data from the Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries or KKP, there was an increase of 10.8 percent in the export value. This data is seen from the results of fisheries in 2019. Overall, the profits reached Rp. 73.6 billion.

The good quality of marine products has made Indonesia accepted by 158 countries for export. Its main markets are the United States, Japan, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Italy, Vietnam and Hong Kong. There are many main marine export commodities from Indonesia.

Such as shrimp, tuna and other types of pelagic fish, octopus, squid, demersal fish, crab, seaweed and tilapia. This exported commodity consists of approximately 28 types of marine products. Such as squid, shrimp, cuttlefish, frog legs, tuna, red snapper, cakalang, white pomfret, fish cracker, salted shrimp, canned crab, fish oil, fish meal, shrimp tempura, canned snail, parrot fish, tuna loin, grouper, sailfish, gulama fish, snow crab, side fish, barracuda, shrimp meal and cobia.

To maintain this figure, Indonesia must always preserve its marine ecosystem. In addition, monitoring should always be carried out on this matter. Without good management and supervision, the fisheries and marine potential in Indonesia will be vulnerable to violations.

5. Having maritime culture

Not only the islands are many. Indonesia is also known for having many cultures. One of them is maritime culture.

Maritime culture exists because of the vast ocean in Indonesia. If you look at it from the social and economic fields, people in Indonesia use the sea a lot to fulfill their needs. For example, people who live on the coast will work as fishermen.

From an ethnic and cultural perspective, Indonesia has several tribes that have maritime traditions. An example is the Bajo Tribe. This tribe lives in the sea. In addition, there are Javanese people who have a tradition of sea alms.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• The Influence of Indonesia’s Geographic Location & Its Impact
• Solar Climate Classification: Region, Characteristics, Flora and Fauna
• Subtropical Climate: Characteristics, Flora, Fauna, Subtropical Countries
• Examples of Application of Geography Concepts in Everyday Life
• Definition of Remote Sensing: Principles, Tools, Data & Image Acquisition

The Benefits of Being Grateful – Life is hard. You who are adults will definitely agree with this statement. When we are children, we often think about how good it would be to be adults. But when we grow up, we realize that life as children is much easier. When we were little, the heaviest problems we faced were difficult homework or coming late to school.

When they are adults, the problems that arise are getting heavier. It is so heavy that sometimes it disturbs our mental and physical health. Not only a problem, when we grow up we are also faced with a series of responsibilities that we must bear.

However, the name of life, no matter how hard it is, you still have to live it. Mostly because we really have no other choice but to live it. To make it easier, we must be diligent in being grateful. Well, that doesn’t sound reasonable. Life is hard but why be grateful? In fact, being grateful can indeed make life a lot easier and happier. Check out reviews regarding the benefits of being grateful!

Meaning of Gratitude

Discussing gratitude, we must often do it. However, have you ever wondered, what exactly is gratitude? Some people will surely answer, to be grateful is to thank God Almighty for all His bounties and gifts. This answer is actually right, really right. But actually, the meaning of gratitude is various.

In language, the word gratitude itself actually comes from Arabic, namely syakaro-yaskuru-syukron which means praise for those who give kindness. In the teachings of Islam, gratitude is an expression of gratitude to Allah SWT for the pleasures that have been given. Not just being grateful by expressing it by saying Alhamdulillah, but also manifesting it by acting and increasing our obedience when worshiping Allah SWT.

Specifically, Allah SWT even commands people to be grateful and remember Him a lot, because the more we remember Allah SWT, Allah SWT will also remember us. The form of remembering that is by making our affairs and sustenance easier, and blessing our lives.

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

7 signs you are a grateful person

Thanking God is something we should do often. As previously said, the more often we are grateful, the easier our life will be. Besides that, being grateful is actually very easy to do. In addition, people who are diligently grateful also usually show certain signs. What kind of sign? Are you a grateful person?

1. Rarely complain

Complaining when our life is in difficult times is a natural thing to do. After all, we are ordinary people. After all, there’s also no law that violates that humans shouldn’t complain. But that doesn’t mean you have to complain every five minutes. Complaining is okay, but complaining too often also has a bad effect on our lives.

Complaining once in a while will indeed make our burden feel lighter. But if it’s too often, complaining will also make problems that are actually light feel heavier.

People who are always grateful usually rarely complain. They may complain every now and then, but that is only if the problem they are facing is really heavy and on the verge of their ability.

2. Always able to see the best side of a problem

Smart people are grateful not only rarely complain, but also smart to see the positive side of a problem. Normally, when someone is stuck in a problem, they tend to get stuck in that problem. His mind is a mess, so instead of thinking positively, it’s hard to beg forgiveness from negative thoughts.

However, it’s a different story if people who are grateful are stuck in a problem. No matter how difficult life befalls them, they always manage to find the positive side of the problems they face, and are even grateful for these positive things. Great, huh?

3. Never feel inferior with his condition

Life isn’t always easy, we all know that. Some say, life is like a spinning wheel. Sometimes above, sometimes below, and that’s the reality. Not infrequently, when our condition is under, our lives fall apart to make us feel ashamed even if it’s to our own friends.

People who like to be grateful will not be like that. They realize that (again) life is spinning. Now, his life is indeed at the bottom, but he realizes, his condition will not last forever. As long as he is willing to try and pray, tomorrow the day after tomorrow things will definitely get better.

4. Like to thank

Another good trait possessed by people who are always grateful is that they know how to appreciate the good that comes to them. Even though kindness is small or even meaningless in the eyes of other people, they will still appreciate it.

In addition, saying “Thank You” is one of their ultimate expressions when a kindness comes to them. Eits , just because they often say thank you, doesn’t mean they say it carelessly, okay! When someone who is good at being grateful says thank you, those words not only come out of his mouth, but also his heart.

5. Not arrogant let alone overreacting

As already said, grateful people are very good at appreciating kindness. Now, because they know how to appreciate, they will also never be extravagant for anything he has. He knows how to make the most of something.

Apart from not exaggerating, people who are diligently grateful also do not have arrogant traits. They are self-aware, whatever they have now is just a deposit from God. It’s called a deposit, it can be taken at any time by its owner. Let alone possessions, himself was not even his own. If all these things belong to God, then what is there to be proud of?

6. Like to share with others

In Islamic teachings, there are other people’s parts in each of our sustenance. Who else? Of course, people who need it more than us. People who like to be grateful are well aware of that. That’s why every time he gets a kindness, whether it’s fortune or more food, they will be happy to share it with others.

Maybe the sustenance we give is not much, but for people who need it, it means a lot. After all, by sharing, we have spread the happiness we have to others.

7. Have a clean heart

People who like to be grateful are happy to share, are good at appreciating, and also have positive thoughts. With all that goodness, it would be impossible if he had a dirty heart. Conversely, people who are diligently grateful actually have a clean heart and mind.

They always feel enough with what they have, so jealousy and envy are always far from their hearts. Because their hearts are clean, their minds are also clean. He never had bad thoughts, let alone wanting to harm others.

5 Benefits of Being Grateful

At first glance, being grateful looks easy. But who would have thought, something that is so easy to do turns out to have so many benefits. Not many people realize, how many benefits of being grateful will be obtained when we are diligent in giving thanks to God. What are the benefits of being grateful?

1. Our life will become more blessed

You may not believe it, but when we are often grateful, our lives feel much more blessed. How’s the sign? The sign is that our life is always enough, and never feel less.

It feels like various good things are coming, even from directions we never thought before. Even when we lack, there is always a way out. What’s more, even though our life is not excessive, we can still share it with others. Weird and magical at the same time!

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

2. Free from liver disease

Many people are busy protecting themselves from bodily ailments, but forget to protect themselves from liver ailments. In fact, heart disease is also as dangerous as physical disease. Diseases of the heart such as pride, envy, and envy can not only harm oneself, but also harm others.

It’s lucky for those who are smart to be grateful, because with gratitude, their risk of getting heart disease will also be smaller. Why is that? Because they always feel that their life is enough, nothing is lacking. If you’ve had enough, then why be jealous and envious of what belongs to someone else?

3. Makes us closer to God

The next benefit of being grateful is, it makes us closer to God. This is because they realize that everything they get comes from God. To express their gratitude, they not only use their mouths, but also increase their worship.

The more often he is grateful, the greater his desire to get closer to Allah SWT. The closer we are to the Creator, our faith will also be stronger than before.

4. Avoid physical illness

If you think about it, almost all the diseases that come to our bodies originate from two things. One unhealthy lifestyle, and second from the mind. Bad thoughts will have a bad effect on our body.

Starting from a headache, loss of appetite, plus a complicated mind, in the end it will make our body’s defenses collapse so that it is more susceptible to various diseases. But by diligently being grateful, our hearts and minds will become calmer and more comfortable so that the risk of getting physical illness will also be smaller.

5. God added enjoyment to his life

When someone does good, then we thank him, then that person will also be kinder to us. The same thing was done by God. When you are grateful, not only will your faith grow stronger, Allah SWT will also add pleasure to your life.

The opposite will happen if we are negligent in being grateful. Life will feel lacking and make it difficult for us to be happy.

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

(QS. Ibrahim 14: Verse 7).

3 Ways to Express Gratitude

Most of us may think that gratitude can only be expressed in words. When in fact, there are many ways we can express the feelings of gratitude we feel. How to?

1. Be more obedient in worship

Expressing gratitude is not enough just to say “Alhamdulillah”. More than that, gratitude must also be accompanied by better worship progress. If yesterday, you only performed obligatory worship such as praying five times a day and fasting during Ramadan, now you can start practicing various Sunnah worship.

For example, like diligently praying Dhuha, diligently fasting Monday-Thursday, or diligently doing night prayers. After all, these worship services are indeed the law of the Sunnah, but the benefits are also very much. Midnight and Duha prayers, for example, can bring sustenance and also all our wishes or prayers that we pray will be granted by Allah SWT.

2. Share with others

When you get the best gift, don’t you want to share it with others? Apart from worship, sharing can also be a cool way to express our gratitude to Allah SWT.

When we share, we don’t actually just help meet the needs of others, and make them happy. More than that, without realizing it, when we share, we also spread the gratitude we have to others. How not, when we share, the person who is shared will feel happy. He was so happy that he automatically thanked his God.

3. Don’t forget to smile!

In the teachings of Islam, smiling is also part of worship. When you have nothing to help others, you can encourage them with a smile. On the other hand, smiling can also be a way to express the gratitude we feel.

By smiling, you also share happiness with others. By smiling, the world will know that you are happy. By smiling, you also indirectly help put other people in a better mood. So, don’t forget to smile from now on!

Being grateful is indeed a simple thing, but after reading the explanation above, we all become aware of how meaningful and the many benefits of being grateful we have. When we are grateful, not only will our life be better, but other people’s lives will also be better. Finally, with lots of gratitude, we will also be closer to Allah SWT. People whose lives are close to Allah SWT, then not only their worldly affairs are guaranteed, but also their hereafter.

So, from now on, no matter how difficult your life is right now, get used to being grateful. Don’t forget, gratitude is coupled with a lot of patience. Don’t worry too much, because everything will be okay in the end.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the benefits of being grateful and other religious knowledge, you can visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best and newest products for Sinaumed’s, so that you have #MoreWithReading information.

Magnetic Properties – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with magnets because many objects take advantage of magnetic properties to carry out their functions. The study of physics proves that the nature of magnets has many benefits for humans to meet the needs of everyday human activities.

Actually, how does the concept of magnet work? The following is an explanation of the properties of magnets, starting from the meaning, types, and forms that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

Definition of Magnets

Magnets are materials that have special properties to produce attractive and repulsive forces if found with other special materials or materials. Initially magnets were found from metal mining which found metals with the ability to attract other metals, although not all metal materials can be attracted. From this discovery, there are metals that attract strongly, weakly, and are not attracted at all.

The term magnet comes from the Greek word magnitis lithos which means magnesia stone. The Magnesia region in Greece is an area that contains a lot of magnetic stones. Currently the area is named Manisa.

If the magnetic material is between the iron filings, a lot of iron filings will appear sticking to the two magnets. The closer to the center, the less iron filings will stick to it because the magnet has two angles, namely the part where it has the strongest pulling force. So that the middle has a weaker tensile force and tends to be neutral.

Magnetic properties

In practice, a magnet has characteristics or magnetic properties that other objects or materials do not have. Magnetic properties indicate that a material can carry out its function and purpose in the concept of magnetic work according to the understanding of magnets above. Following are the properties of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to distinguish which materials are magnetic and which are not:

1. Can Attract Certain Objects

Magnets are attracted to certain objects that have special properties around them. That means that a magnet cannot attract all the material objects around it, but only those that have special properties related to magnetism. Materials or materials that can be attracted by magnets are for example metal types, although not all types of metals can be attracted by magnets perfectly.

This depends on the type because there are differences in these special materials from the level of strength attracted by the magnet. There are materials that can be attracted strongly, but there are also materials that are very weakly attracted by magnets. This can also be related to the magnetic field which is also one of the properties of magnets.

2. Has Two poles

Magnets must have two poles, namely the positive and negative poles which are located at the end of the magnet. It is in that part that the magnetic force can carry out its function of attracting special materials. We can also call the positive and negative poles the north and south magnetic poles, even though there has never been a naming marker on a magnet. Then how do you know where the north and south poles are?

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the magnet will always face the north side of the earth, and the south pole of the magnet will face the south side of the earth. Why can the magnetic poles follow the direction of the earth like that? This happens because of the influence of a very strong mummy field. The magnetic field was first discovered by a prominent British scientist named William Gilbert in 1600.

William Gilbert revealed the theory that the earth functions as the largest magnet or a giant magnetic rod that can affect all magnetic objects on Earth. Earth has an electromagnetic field surrounded by a liquid core or molten iron and nickel in which electricity also flows. This flow causes the earth’s magnetic field to be so strong that it covers all parts of the earth and outer space around it. The north magnetic pole of the earth is around the south pole of the earth, whereas the south magnetic pole of the earth is around the pole of the earth.

The north pole in the magnetic field can freely move north due to the attraction of the earth’s magnetic south pole which is located around the earth’s north pole. Furthermore, the south pole of the magnetic field can freely move south because of the attraction of the north pole of the earth which is around the south pole of the earth. So the concept of the field is the direction of the magenta line in the earth’s magnetic field from the south pole of the earth to the north pole of the earth.

How could that happen? So the location of the earth’s magnetic poles is not exactly at the location of the earth’s poles. Sinaumed’s could pay attention to the concept of a magnet with the earth’s magnetic field on a compass. The compass needle will show the angle to the north-south currents and the horizontal plane of the earth. The direction of the magnetic axis will make the compass needle form an angle to the north and south of the earth which is then called the declination angle.

The declination angle is a way of storing the direction of a compass needle given the actual north and south directions of the earth. The magnitude of the declination angle in various places is not the same and every year this angle will experience significant changes. In addition to the declination angle, a magnet also has an inclination angle, which is the angle formed by the magnetic axis of the compass needle with the earth’s flat direction. So the magnetic compass needle forms an angle over the horizontal line or the horizontal line of the earth.

Examples of the use of the magnetic properties that have two poles can also be found in the form of navigation used by ships and airplanes. Captains and pilots can find out which is north and south when running their mounts, namely by using the direction of the magnetic poles on a compass needle. They would read the angles of the declamation to determine ship and aircraft movements.

The angle of declamation that continues to change every year makes the compass less accurate when used for directions. Moreover, the development of current technology is able to show a more precise and accurate direction. Such as Radio Beacons which later replaced the compass as a means of confirming the direction of north and south of the earth, including the precise and accurate direction of the wind.

3. Different Poles Will Attract Each Other And Will Repel Each Other If They Meet The Same Pole

Magnets that have two poles make them have special properties in practice in a magnetic field. If Sinaumed’s brings two of the same type of pole closer, there will be a repulsive force.

Conversely, if Sinaumed’s brings together two different poles, there will be an attractive force between the two magnets. So the north pole must meet the south pole in order to produce an attractive force. In the discovery of natural magnets, if Sinaumed’s encounters two opposite magnets, it means that they have the same pole, conversely, if they attract each other, it means that the poles meet are different. The nature of this magnet can provide clues where the poles are the same and which are different.

Sinaumed’s needed to know that if a magnet was then cut into small pieces, it would still have magnetic properties. Although it may only be cut at certain angles. So it can be concluded that magnets consist of small magnets that are located in a row from the north pole facing the south pole and vice versa with the south pole facing the north pole. These small magnets are then referred to as elementary magnets.

4. Magnetic Force Can Penetrate Barriers

Magnets have the strength of an attractive force that can penetrate barrier materials, even with certain categories. The obstacle in question is, for example, if there is metal that is blocked by glass or paper, the metal can still be attracted by a magnet. The category of barrier that the magnet can pass through cannot be too thick. Sinaumed’s was able to prove this magnetic property by sprinkling iron powder on the paper and placing a magnet under the paper, so that the iron can still be attracted by the magnet in the direction of the magnet’s movement.

5. Has a Magnetic Field

Because magnets produce both attractive and repulsive forces, they also have a magnetic field to generate the strength of the magnetic force. Does the magnetic force strengthen or weaken according to the level of density in the magnetic field. Then what is a magnetic field? The magnetic field is a space that is formed around a magnet which still has a magnetic attraction force other than in the magnetic material itself.

The magnetic field can be described as curved lines which are called magnetic lines of force outside the shape of the magnet. To see an illustration of the lines of magnetic force, Sinaumed’s can try sprinkling iron powder on white paper. Take a look, there will definitely appear an order of the iron powder according to the magnetic force in the magnetic field.

This regularity forms a pattern of magnetic lines of force of the same kind if they are brought close to the lines of force that are formed away from each other. So it will appear as if there is empty space in the magnetic field between the north pole and the south pole.

Do you want to be good at magnets and other physics materials? Learn Through The Book Below

1. Master Trick in the Style of High School Physics

This book is equipped with a summary of the material, examples of questions along with discussion, practice questions and discussion. The questions presented in this book are a collection of questions taken from UN, SNMPTN, SBMPTN, SIMAK UI, UM UGM questions, as well as books on other supporting subjects.

 

2. The King Drilling 2000 Middle School Physics Questions

 

3. Pocket SKS Physics SMA

This book you must have. Contains all the complete material for high school physics lessons semesters 1 and 2. With the advantage of a complete bimbel style summary, hot questions plus discussion, bonus e-book question bank 2000,

4. Fundamentals of Physics Concepts, Formulas & Self Evaluation

Fundamentals of Physics: Concepts, Formulas and Self-Evaluation is present as an introductory reference book in Physics for lecturers, scientists, teachers and students of science and engineering who want to understand and apply various concepts and theories of physics that can change and broaden the horizons of knowledge about the world around them. around you.

How to Remove Magnetic Properties

After knowing the meaning of magnets above, Sinaumed’s needs to know that magnetic properties can actually be removed. There are several ways that Sinaumed’s can do to eliminate the properties or characteristics of these magnets so they don’t function like magnets properly. in the following way:

1. Beaten to destroy the magnetic material
2. Heated to destroy the magnetic material
3. Alternating current flows to apply a magnetic force pattern so that it doesn’t work

Types of Magnets You Need to Know

Based on the origin of the material, magnets have various types, namely natural and artificial magnets. The following are the types of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. Natural Magnets

Natural magnets are stone materials that were first discovered in the Magnesia region, Greece long ago. This natural magnet already has magnetic properties from its origin without being processed in a certain way. Usually natural magnets are in the form of rocks with permanent characteristics. That is why natural magnets are difficult to remove their magnetic properties. This magnet was found to already have the ability to attract objects around it without human intervention, which is formed naturally.

2. Artificial Magnets

Artificial magnets were created because they were adapted to human needs by functioning the magnetic properties. Not all materials can be used as magnets where materials or materials that have elementary magnets can be used as magnets. The magnet consists of dominant or elementary magnets. Artificial magnets are also categorized into several types, as follows:

• Artificial Magnets Based on the Duration of Magnetic Strength are divided into permanent magnets and temporary magnets which have their functions and properties. A permanent magnet has a fixed magnetism if its domains or elementary magnets are also regular. For example steel whose elementary magnetism is regularly regular. Meanwhile, temporary magnets are magenta which has elements that are easily messy or scattered. For example, iron, which is elementary, is easy to control, but it’s also easy to lose its magnetic power and scatter it.
• Magnet Based on Material is divided into three, namely ferromagnetic, paramagnetic, and diamagnetic. These three types of magnets have different magnetic strengths. The strongest magnetic materials are ferromagnetic, while the weakest are paramagnetic materials. Diamagnetic materials are materials that cannot be made into magnets at all because the material properties of the material do not have elementary magnetic properties.

Because it is artificial, there are ways to make these magnets, such as by rubbing, electric current, and induction. How to make a magnet is also adjusted to the needs of a particular material, including the strength of the resulting magnetic force. For example, the magnetic force on small industrial machines will be weaker than the magnetic force made for large industrial equipment, for example to lift iron and so on.

Magnetic Shapes

Based on the nature and type of magnet, Sinaumed’s can find different forms of magnets that still have the same magnetic properties. The following are the forms of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to maximize the function of magnets that can be used for daily activities.

1 stick

A bar magnet is a magnet that looks like a small block or cube in appearance. This form of bar magnet is usually used for glass or wooden cabinet door locks. This magnetic shape can also be used for small items such as pencil cases, gift boxes, bags, shoes, watches, bracelets, and so on.

2. Horseshoe

The shape of the horseshoe magnet is a magnet which is also commonly called a horseshoe because of its shape which resembles a horse’s sole. This form of magnet is usually used to lift magnetic objects.

3. Needles

This needle-shaped magnet is like a pea, elongated, and has a sharp end. This form of magnet is usually used as a material for making compasses that function as compass directions.

4. Cylinders

Cylindrical magnets have a cylindrical shape that is round and flat. This form of magnet is usually used like bar magnets such as to lock glass or wooden cabinet doors.

5. Rings

A ring magnet has a ring-like shape with a circle in the middle like a hole. This form of magnet is commonly used in loudspeaker, radio, cinema, and cell phone materials. There are also electric motors that use this form of ring magnets.

Book & Article Recommendations

Well, that’s an explanation of the nature of magnets, starting from their understanding, types, and forms. Is Sinaumed’s still having trouble understanding the material about magnets above? If you still have trouble understanding and need references to learn about magnets, you can visit sinaumedia’s collection of sinaumedia books at www.sinaumedia.com. Sinaumed’s can find many references that are in accordance with the curriculum at school. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that you can read about the properties of magnets, especially in physics at school: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

 

Prayers for Sick People – Visiting sick people is not just bringing fruits or delicious food. Not only to entertain patients. Visiting a sick person is incomplete if it is not accompanied by a prayer so that the sick person will get well soon. On this occasion, we will discuss prayers that we can read to the sick. Come on, Sinaumed’s, let’s go right away.

About Sick People

In times of illness like this, one understands more about the meaning of life. Not only that, people who are sick usually have their hearts softened. So that he can reflect more on the mistakes he has made. He also needs prayer help to get well soon.

Encouragement to Pray

Allah ‘ Azza wa Jalla  commands orders for a Muslim to go through many verses in the holy book Al Quran. One of them is as stated in Surah Al Baqarah verse 186.

“And when My servants ask you about Me, then (answer), that I am near. I grant the request of a person who prays when he asks Me, then let them fulfill (All My commandments) and let them believe in Me, so that they will always be in the truth.”

To reinforce the importance of prayer, Rasulullah SAW also mentioned in the hadith narrated by Imam Tirmidhi number 3370, Imam Ibn Majah number 3829, and Imam Ahmad 2/62.

“There is nothing that has greater influence in the sight of Allah Ta’ala than prayer.”

There are many authentic or valid stories   that prove the power of prayer. Therefore, prayer is one of the most needed things for sick people to be given immediate healing.

Prayers For Sick People

Besides praying for him, it’s not wrong for you to invite him to pray more too. But make sure that the invitation is a comforting invitation, not an invitation that intimidates or sentences you to lack of prayer.

Sentences such as “That’s why you pray a lot so you don’t get sick or get well soon” can hurt the feelings of someone who is sick. Even though the intent of the advice may be good, it is the way of conveying it that scratches the wound in the patient’s heart. As if accusing him of not praying enough.

Whereas, God gives pain it could be a test. It’s called a test, if you pass it means going to class. So being sick doesn’t always mean  punishment . As fellow human beings who may feel pain too, we should bring peace to the patient’s heart.

The following are examples of prayers you can offer for sick people.

1. Syafakallah  and the Like

This prayer may be very familiar to you. In WhatsApp and Telegram groups   , even on other social media, this prayer goes around a lot when there is news of someone who is sick. This prayer is asking for healing.

There are several kinds of this prayer. If the patient is male, then the prayer  is syafakallah. If the patient is a woman,  syafakillah  (using  ki)  is the prayer you should recite. What if the sick is a third person (him)? If he is a man, then his prayer  is syafahillah  (using  hi) . Meanwhile, if she is a woman, then her prayer  is syafahallah  (using  ha ).

The meaning of  syafakallah  or  syafakillah  itself is may Allah heal you (according to gender  ) . While  syafahillah   or  syafahallah  means may Allah heal him (according to  gender ).

This prayer has a long version. Which has a more specific meaning. Here is the prayer.

Syafakillah syifaan ajilan, syifaan la yughadiru ba’dahu saqaman

The meaning of this prayer is  that may Allah heal you as soon as possible, with painless healing afterwards .

2. Sick Prayer 1

Visiting sick people is a good deed that is highly recommended by Rasulullah SAW to his people. Through the hadith narrated by Imam Abu Dawud and Imam Tirmidhi, the Prophet Muhammad taught this prayer when visiting his friends.

As’alullahal azhima rabbal ‘arsyil ‘azhimi an yassfiyaka

Meaning: “I beg the great Allah, the Lord  of the majestic Throne  to heal you.”

3. Sick Prayer 2

Another prayer for praying for the sick is asking God to remove the disease.

Imsahil ba’sa rabban nasi. Bi yadikas syifa’u. La kasyifa lahu illa anta

It means: “God of mankind, wipe away this disease. In Your hands is healing. No one can lift it except You.”

4. Ruqyah prayer to treat sick limbs

Ruqyah in accordance with Islamic teachings is one way to cure medical or non-medical diseases. Ruqyah is one of the sunnahs taught by the Prophet Muhammad SAW for treatment.

You can read the prayer below by holding the sore body part.

Bismillah (3x). A’udzu billahi wa qudrotihi min syarri maa ajidu wa uhaadzir (7x)

Meaning: “In the name of Allah. In the name of Allah. In the name of Allah. I seek refuge in Allah and His power from the ugliness that I get and I am wary of (7x).”

5. Sick Prayer 3

Another prayer that you can recite for the healing of a sick person is the one below.

Allāhumma rabban nās mudzhibal ba’si, isyfi, antas syāfi, lā syāfiya illā anta syifā’an lā yughādiru saqaman

Meaning: “O Allah, O Lord of all mankind, remove the disease, heal it. (Only) You are the one who can heal him, there is no healing but healing from You, healing that does not recur.”

Where did this prayer come from? From Rasulullah SAW which he conveyed in the hadith through the history of Imam Bukhari number 5742 and Imam Muslim number 2191.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Sinaumed’s, actually there are many types of prayers that you can read for sick people. Some prayers specifically mention names. Still want to know more? You can add your prayer references with our selected books. There are many books that we provide that thoroughly discuss prayer, including prayer for the sick. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia will never leave you alone in the world of knowledge.

Author: Nanda Iriawan Ramadhan

Prayer for a Mother Who Has Died – Losing a mother figure will certainly make someone feel sad. When you haven’t completely let go of your mother who has passed away, Sinaumed’s can pray for your mother so that this feeling of longing can be over soon. Apart from that, sending prayers, Sinaumed’s also did a number of things to remain devoted to his mother who had died.

Sending a prayer for a deceased mother is one of the signs that Sinaumed’s is a devoted son to his mother. If you can’t make a pilgrimage to the grave and feel homesick, Sinaumed’s can read a prayer for a mother who has died.

Prayers for Dead Mothers

The Messenger of Allah said “if someone dies, his deeds will be cut off except in three cases, namely the practice of charity, the practice of knowledge that is beneficial to others and the practice of praying pious children” (Hadith of Muslim History).

Apart from releasing feelings of longing, praying for mothers who have died is a form of devotion as well as charity for mothers who have died. Giving prayers for mothers who have died, can not only be done during pilgrimages. However, it can be done at any time. The following is a prayer recitation for mothers who have died and their meanings.

1. Say a prayer for both parents

رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِيْ وَلِوَالِدَيَّ وَارْحَمْهُمَا كَمَا رَبَّيَانِيْ صَغِيْرَا

Rabbighfir lī, wa li wālidayya, warham humā kamā rabbayānī shaghīrā.

Meaning: O my Lord, forgive my sins and the sins of my parents. Love my parents, as my parents loved me when I was little.

2. Read a prayer for the mother who has passed away

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لها وَارْحَمْها وَعَافِها وَاعْفُ عَنْها وَأَكْرِمْ نُزُلَها وَوَسِّعْ مُدْخَلَها وَاغْسِلْها بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالْبَرَدِ
وَنَقِّها مِنْ الْخَطَايَا كَمَا نَقَّيْتَ الثَّوْبَ الْأَبْيَضَ مِنْ الدَّنَسِ وَأَبْدِلْها دَارًا خَيْرًا مِنْ دَارِها وَأَهْلًا خَيْرًا مِنْ أَهْلِها
وَزَوْجًا خَيْرًا مِنْ زَوْجِها وَأَدْخِلْها الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعِذْها مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ أَوْ مِنْ عَذَابِ النَّارِ

 Allahummaghfirlaha warhamha wa ‘asfihaa wa fu’anhaa wakrim nudzulahaa wa wassi’ mudholahaa wagsilhaa bilmaai watsalji wal barodi wanaqqohaa min khotooyaa kamaa naqoitats tsaubal abyado minad danasi wabdilhaa daarol khoiron min daarihaa eaahlan khoiron min jasawhaa wajaudzan khoiron wabdilhaa waudzihaa nin jaudzihaa qobrii au min adzabin naar.

Meaning: O Allah, O my Lord, forgive him and give mercy to him, save him, forgive him and place him in a noble place (heaven), expand his grave, bathe him with water from snow and from ice. Cleanse himself from all mistakes like Engkai cleans white clothes from dirt, then give him a house that is much better than his house in the world, give him a better family than he has in the world, pair him with something better than the partner he has. he has in the world, and enter him into heaven and protect him from the torment of the grave and the torment of hell fire.

3. Prayer for parents who have passed away

رَبَّنَا اغْفِرْ لِيْ وَلِوَالِدَيَّ وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ يَوْمَ يَقُوْمُ الْحِسَابُ

Robbanaghfirlii waliwalidayya walilmu’miniina yauma yaquumul hisaab.

Meaning: O Lord, O Lord, forgive me and my parents and my parents as well as the believers when the Day of Judgment or the Day of Resurrection occurs. (Quran letter Ibrahim: 41).

4. Prayers for mothers and relatives who have passed away

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lil muslimina wal muslimat, wal mukmina wal mukminat, al-ahya ‘i minhum wal amwat, min masyariqil ardhi ila magharibiha, barriha wa bahriha, khushushan ila aba’ina, wa ummahatina, wa ajdadina, wa jaddarina, wa asatidzatina, wa mu ‘allimina, wa li man ahsana ilaina, wa li ashhabil huquqi ‘alayna.

Meaning: O Allah, forgive the believers and believers, mislimin and Muslimat who are still alive and who have died, who are spread from east to west, who are on land and at sea, especially to mothers, fathers, grandfathers, grandmothers , ustadz, teachers and to those who have done good to us and those who still have rights to us.

5. Prayer for the deceased mother to receive forgiveness

ا للَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lahum, warhamhum, wa ‘afihim, wa’fu ‘anhum. Allahumma anzilir rahmata, wal maghfirata, was syafa’ata ‘ala Expert Quburi Min Expert la ilaha illallahu Muhammadun Rasulullah.

Meaning: O Allah, give forgiveness and mercy and afiat and apologies for them. O Allah, send mercy and forgiveness and intercession for the members of the graves and adherents of the two creeds.

How to Serve a Mother Who Has Passed Away

Even though the mother or parents have passed away, a child must still serve his parents. Even though they cannot be filial directly, there are several ways a child can do filial piety to his mother or both parents who have died.

Dutiful to both parents, does not require a reason to do so. Because, devoted to the mother is an obligation. Even though my mother had passed away. Here are some ways to pay tribute to a mother who has passed away.

1. Pray for parents

The first way a child can be devoted to a mother who has died is to pray. Rasulullah once said, that the prayer of a pious or pious child can be one of the mother’s charities that will never be broken, even though she has passed away.

Therefore, by praying to parents, it becomes a form of a filial child to his mother or parents who have died. Because it provides the practices of jariyah which of course can be useful as provisions in the afterlife.

2. Paying off debts or promises of mothers who have passed away

When a mother or parent dies, then of course the mother can no longer pay off debts or promises to people who are still alive. Therefore, the duty of a filial child is to help pay off debts and promises that the mother had not had time to fulfill before in her life.

Even though, before she died, the mother must have had the intention to pay off debts and promises that had not been kept. However, no one knows when death will come. As a child, Sinaumed’s has an obligation to help pay off debts and unpaid mother’s promises. If you don’t know the remaining debts or promises that haven’t been paid off, then a child can ask close relatives about this.

3. Mutual love for every family member left by the mother

After the death of the mother, of course not only her biological children are grieving. However, the mother’s brothers and other close relatives also grieve. Therefore, as a form of filial piety for a mother who has died, children must maintain ties of friendship with close relatives.

Don’t cut ties with close relatives who used to be close to children only thanks to the mother’s presence. Try to love each other between close relatives left by mother. The trick is to stay in touch, once a month or with the time interval needed so that the bonds of brotherly love do not break.

4. Doing and imitating the good qualities brought by the mother

While the mother is still alive, more or less the mother will be a role model for her children. However, of course, no human being is perfect, including mothers, who certainly never escape blame or accident. During life, mothers certainly have made mistakes, but as a good child, a child needs to emulate and emulate the qualities of a good mother.

Even though the mother has passed away, the good character of the mother can be imitated and imitated so on. That way, a child will help to spread the good values ​​brought by the mother.

5. Charity or charity on behalf of a deceased mother

The next way to serve a deceased mother is to give alms or charity on behalf of a deceased mother. That way, it is hoped that the reward when doing charity or giving charity will reach the mother who has died. Thus, it will add charity provisions that can be brought by the mother in the afterlife.

6. Realizing a mother’s dream that has not yet been implemented

When mother has passed away, maybe there are still some dreams that have not come true. One of the ways to serve a mother who has passed away is to help make a mother’s dream come true that had never been realized before.

It is hoped that by helping to realize the dream of the mother who has passed away, it will become a charity for the mother and an additional provision for the mother’s charity for the afterlife.

7. Maintain the good name of the mother who has passed away

As a form of devotion, of course a child needs to maintain the good name of the mother who has died. The trick is not to reveal the disgrace that was owned by the mother when she was still alive. In addition, as a dutiful child, children can also keep the mother’s secret so that the good name of the mother is maintained even though she has died.

8. Performing Hajj for a deceased mother

If during her lifetime the mother has not had the opportunity to perform the pilgrimage, then a good way to serve is to perform the pilgrimage for the mother who has died. Intend that the pilgrimage is for the mother who has died. This method of filial piety has also been explained by Rasulullah as a form of filial piety to mothers who have passed away.

9. Make a grave pilgrimage to the graves of mothers who have died

A filial child can continue his filial piety to his mother who has passed away by making a grave pilgrimage to the grave of the mother who has died. When on a pilgrimage, a child should pray for a mother who has died and clean the graves of mothers who have died.

10. Continuing the good habits of a deceased mother

The way to remain devoted to your parents is to continue the good habits of your mother who has passed away. Like, if Sinaumed’s’ mother has a habit of giving alms to less fortunate people, then continue this good habit. Or the good habits of the mother that are often carried out in life should be continued by the child.

The Virtue of Devotion to Mothers and Parents who Have Passed Away

Why do you have to remain devoted to parents who have died as a child? Of course in Islam being devoted to parents is an obligation and has virtues.

It is explained in the Al Quran verse Al Isra verse 32, that in fact Allah commands His servants to serve mothers and fathers. The letter reads as follows.

“Your Lord has commanded you not to worship other than Himself and that you should do good to your mother and father. If one of (parents) or both parents until they are old are in your care, then we should never say to both of them the word ‘ah’ and don’t yell at both parents, and say it to your parents, good words” (QS Al-Isra verse 32).

After knowing the ten ways to be filial to parents or mothers who have passed away, then this way of filial piety should be practiced properly. This is because being devoted to your mother or father has the virtues explained in the hadiths and verses of the Koran. Here’s an explanation.

1. As the main charity

Like the hadith narrated by Bukhari and Muslim. In this hadith, the Prophet said that, “I asked the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam about the charity that is most loved by Allah, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam answered, first pray at the right time, second serve both parents, third jihad on the road God”.

In this hadith, it can be seen that serving parents, including mothers who have died, is the most important charity that is loved by Allah.

2. Devoted to parents to get His blessing, because Allah’s blessing depends on the blessing of parents

The blessing of Allah depends on the blessing of parents, therefore a child must serve his parents. So, what is done becomes a blessing. This second priority is explained in the hadith narrated by Bukhari and Tirmidhi which reads, “God’s pleasure depends on the parents’ pleasure, and Allah’s anger depends on the parents’ anger as well.” Therefore, to get the blessing of Allah, you must first win the blessing of your parents.

3. Devoted to parents even though they have died, able to eliminate life’s difficulties

The third virtue of being filial to parents who are living or dead is that it eliminates life’s difficulties. The virtue of filial piety to parents is also explained in a hadith narrated by Muslim and Bukhari.

The hadith reads, “The Messenger of Allah said, ‘One day there were three people who were walking and then got caught in the rain. They then took shelter in a cave at the foot of the mountain. While in the cave, suddenly a large rock collapsed and covered the door of the cave. Some of them said to the others, ‘Remember the best deed you have ever done.’

Then they ask Allah for help and pray through these deeds. With the hope that Allah will remove these difficulties. One of the three men then said, ‘O Allah, actually I have two elderly parents, while I have a wife and a small child.

I herd the goats and when I come home I always milk the milk and give it to my parents before anyone else. One day, I had to walk far away to look for firewood and make a living, until I came home at night and saw my parents were asleep, but I still milked and went to my parents, my child was whining for milk, I still wouldn’t give it. Because I gave the milk to my parents first. Then I wait until my parents wake up and I give it to him. After my parents, then I gave the milk to my son.

So, the stone of the cave shifted.

That is an explanation of the five prayers for mothers who have died, how to be devoted to parents who have died to the virtue of being devoted to mothers and parents who have died.

Sinaumed’s can find out more about the collection of prayers in the prayer collection book. Sinaumed’s can buy this collection of prayer books at sinaumedia.com because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of books according to Sinaumed’s’ needs. What are you waiting for? Immediately buy the book now!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Prayers for Both Parents – Saying prayers for both parents is one of the practices of pious and pious children which is highly favored by Allah SWT. In Islam, praying for both parents is one way to be devoted.

Praying for both parents does not have to be only on Mother’s Day or Father’s Day, but can also be or even recommended to be done every day, after the five daily prayers. Saying a prayer for your parents doesn’t have to be if your parents are still alive, sick, or even where their whereabouts are unknown. Even parents who are in a state of death also need to get prayers from their children, because that is the obligation of children.

Then, what are the prayers that a child can say to their parents as a form of devotion? Come on, see the following reviews!

Prayers For Both Parents

1. Prayer For Parents Who Are Still Alive

When parents are still alive, as dutiful children, of course we must pray for them. Whatever their situation and condition, after praying five times a day, we must pray to Allah SWT for them.

So, here is the prayer:

Allah 

Allahumma fighfirlii wa liwaa lidhayya warham humaa kamaa rabbayaanii shokhiroon

It means:

“O Allah, forgive me and my parents. Both my mother and father, love them as they loved me when I was small.” 

 

2. Prayer for parents who are sick

As we get older, the health of our parents will also decrease. They will often get sick, even if they have minor ailments such as colds or coughs, but such things certainly have to be prayed for. Ask Allah SWT to relieve the pain suffered by our parents.

Well, here is a prayer for parents who are sick:

اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ النَّاسِ اَذْهِبِ الْبorn 

Allahumma rabbannaasi adzhibil ba’sa wasy fihu, wa antas syaafi, laa syifaa-a illa syifaauka, syifaan laa yughaadiru saqamaa

It means: 

“O Allah, Lord of Humans and the universe, remove trouble and give him healing, You are the Most Healing Essence. There is no healing except healing from You, healing that does not leave other diseases.”

Especially if our parents are seriously ill, we are obliged to pray for their recovery. As previously stated, the older you get, the health of your parents can decline. So, here is a prayer for parents who are seriously ill:

O Lord 

Allahumma ahyini maa kaanatil khayatu khoiroli, watawaf fanni maa kaanat wafaatu khirolli. 

It means: 

“O Allah, revive him if it is better for him. And kill him if death is better for him.”

 

3. Prayers For Parents Who Have Died

Even though our parents have passed away, we as children are obliged to pray for them. This prayer does not have to be said over his grave, but can also be said after the five daily prayers. The prayer is for the spirits of our parents to enter the heaven of Allah SWT.

Well, here is a prayer for parents who have died:

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lil muslimina wal muslimat, wal mukminina wal mukminat, al-ahyai minhum wal amwat, min masyariqil ardhi ila maghoribiha, barriha wa bahriha, khushushan ilaa aba’ina, wa ummahatina, wa ajdadina, wa jaddatina, wa ustadzina, wa mu’alliman , wa li man ahsana ilaina, wa li ashabil huquqi ‘alaina.

It means: 

“O Allah, forgive the believers, believers, Muslims, Muslims, those who are still alive, those who have died, those who are scattered from east to west, on land and at sea, especially fathers, mothers, grandfathers, grandmothers, ustadz, teachers, those who have do good to us, and those who still have rights against us.”

4. Prayer So that Both Parents Always Get Ridho from Allah SWT

This prayer is useful so that our parents always get the blessing of Allah SWT. When you say this prayer, of course the blessing of Allah SWT is not only given to the parents, but also to the child as the one who prays this good prayer.

Well, here is a prayer so that both of our parents get the blessing of Allah SWT:

فَتَبَسَّمَ ضَاحِكًا مِّنْ قَوْلِهَا وَقَالَ رَبِّ اَوْزِعْنِيْٓ اَنْ اَشْكُرَ نِعْمَتَكَ الَّتِيْٓ اَنْعَمْتَ عَلَيَّ وَعَلٰى وَالِدَيَّ وَاَنْ اَعْمَلَ صَالِحًا تَرْضٰىهُ وَاَدْخِلْنِيْ بِرَحْمَتِكَ فِيْ عِبَادِكَ الصّٰلِحِيْنَ

Fa tabassama ḍāḥikam ming qaulihā wa qāla rabbi auzi’nī an asykuro ni’matakallatī an’amta ‘alayya wa ‘alā wālidayya wa an a’mala ṣāliḥan tarḍāhu wa adkhilnī biraḥmatika fī ‘ibādikaṣ-ṣāliḥīn 

It means: 

“So he smiled and laughed because (heard) the words of the ant. And he prayed: “O my Lord, give me inspiration to continue to be grateful for Your blessings that You have bestowed on me and my two parents and to do good deeds that You are pleased with; and enter me with Your grace into the ranks of Your pious servants. (QS. An-Naml: 19)

 

5. Prayer for Forgiveness and Safety for Both Parents

When parents are on a trip, it’s good for us to always pray for their safety. Not only that, as filial children, we can also pray to Allah SWT so that our parents always receive forgiveness for the sins they have committed. Because our parents are also human, they must have mistakes and sins.

Well, here is a prayer asking for forgiveness and safety for our parents:

رَبَّنَا ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِوَٰلِدَىَّ وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ يَوْمَ يَقُومُ ٱلْحِسَابُ

Rabbighfir lī wa liwālidayya wa lil-mu`minīna yauma yaqụmul-ḥisāb 

It means: 

“O our Lord, forgive me and my parents and all the believers on the day of reckoning (the Day of Judgment)” (QS Ibrahim: 41)

Getting to Know What Birrul Walidain Is

Birrul Walidain is the term for all the good that is presented by a child to their parents. Birrul Walidain comes from the word ” beer ” which means ” good “. Based on the words of Rasulullah SAW, ” Al-Birr is as good as morals ” (Narrated by HR. Muslim).

In the book Ad Durrul Mantsur 5/259, it is stated that “Al Birr is obeying both parents in everything they order you, as long as you don’t disobey Allah SWT, and Al ‘Huquq and stay away from them and don’t do good to him.”

So, based on the book, it can be concluded that we as filial children must obey all orders from our parents, as long as they are not orders that are against religious orders and social norms.

If we disobey orders, our parents will get angry and even cry. It should be known that making parents angry and even crying is a sinful act. If both parents feel sad about our behavior, immediately apologize and admit that we made a mistake. However, if there is a misunderstanding, explain immediately so that everything becomes more certain and clear.

Birrul Walidain Law

In Islam, the law to serve parents or carry out Birrul Walidain is mandatory. Even though it is mandatory, there are also exceptions, namely if our parents actually give orders that violate religion and social norms. The basis for implementing Birrul Walidain is the Al-Quran and hadith.

In the holy book Al-Quran, there are many verses that mention the obligation to serve parents, for example:

• QS An-Nisa: 36

۞ وَٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلَا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا وَبِذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱلْجَارِ ذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْجَارِ ٱلْجُنُبِ وَٱلصَّاحِبِ بِٱلْجَنۢبِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَمَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ مُخْتَالًا فَخُورًا 

Wa’budullāha wa lā tusyrikụ bihī syai`aw wa bil-wālidaini iḥsānaw wa biżil-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīni wal-jāri żil-qurbā wal-jāril-zunubi waṣ-ṣāḥibi bil-jambi wabnis-sabīli wa mā malakat aimānukum, innallāha lā yuḥibbu mang kāna mukhtālan fakhụrā 

It means:

“ Worship Allah and do not associate anything with Him. And do good to your parents , relatives, orphans, the poor, close neighbors and distant neighbors, and colleagues, Ibn Sabil and slaves. Indeed, Allah does not like those who are arrogant and proud of themselves, “(An-Nisa: 36)

In the translation of the verse, it states that we must do good to our parents as our parents. Doing good is an order and an obligation.

 

• Al-Isra: 23

۞ وَقَضَىٰ رَبُّكَ أَلَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِيَّاهُ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا ۚ إِمَّا يَبْلُغَنَّ عِندَكَ ٱلْكِبَرَ أَحَدُهُمَآ أَوْ كِلَاهُمَا فَلَا تَقُل لَّهُمَآ أُفٍّ وَلَا تَنْهَرْهُمَا وَقُل لَّهُمَا قَوْلًا كَرِيمًا

Wa qaḍā rabbuka allā ta’budū illā iyyāhu wa bil-wālidaini iḥsānā, immā yablughanna ‘indakal-kibara aḥaduhumā au kilāhumā fa lā taqul lahumā uffin wa lā tanhar-humā wa qul lahumā qaulan karīmā 

It means:

“And your Lord has ordered that you should not worship other than Him and that you should do good to your parents in the best way possible . If one of them or both of them reaches an advanced age under your care, then never say to both of them the word “ah” and don’t yell at them and say glorious words to them. ” (QS. Al-Isra: 23)

A scholar named Asy Syaukani once said that Allah commands us to do good to both parents along with the command to monotheism and worship Him. This is a notification of how great their truth (truth) is, while helping their affairs (work), then this is a matter that is no longer hidden (his order).

 

• QS Luqman: 14

وَوَصَّيْنَا ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ بِوَٰلِدَيْهِ حَمَلَتْهُ أُمُّهُۥ وَهْنًا عَلَىٰ وَهْنٍ وَفِصَٰلُهُۥ فِى عَامَيْنِ أَنِ ٱشْكُرْ لِى وَلِوَٰلِدَيْكَ إِلَىَّ ٱلْمَصِيرُ 

Wa waṣṣainal-insāna biwālidaīh, ḥamalat-hu ummuhụ wahnan ‘alā wahnin wa fiṣāluhụ fī ‘āmaini anisykur lī wa liwālidaīk, ilayyal-maṣīr 

It means: 

“And We commanded mankind (to do good) to two of their mothers and fathers; his mother had carried him in a state of increasing weakness, and weaned him in two years. Give thanks to Me and to your two parents, only to Me is your return.”

 

• Hadith of Al Mughirah bin Syu’bah 

“Indeed, Allah has forbidden you to disobey mothers, bury daughters alive, and do not want to give but beg (hunks) and Allah hates you (saying) he said so and so and so and so said (without researching first) , asking a lot (which is not useful), and wasting wealth. (Narrated by Imam Muslim in his Sahih No. 1757)

Example of Birrul Walidain

When Parents Are Still Alive

• Speak softly and politely
• Not criticizing parents, thereby causing them to be criticized by others
• Obey their orders, as long as they do not conflict with Shari’a and religious beliefs and social norms
• Not arrogant in front of parents
• Devoted and humble (tawadhu’) in front of parents
• Ask permission when you want to travel

When Parents Have Died

• Fulfill all promises that have not been fulfilled, during life first. For example carrying out wills, paying debts, and others.
• Organizing the management of the corpse, starting from the process of bathing, shrouding, lighting, to burying it.
• Pray for both after the five daily prayers and sunnah prayers
• Asking for forgiveness for both of them after praying five times a day and praying sunnah

The priority of Birrul Walidain

1. Hadith of Abdullah Ibn Umar

This hadith reveals that the blessing of Allah SWT lies in the pleasure of the parents as well. Therefore, if you are going to apply for a job, take an exam, or go on a long trip, don’t forget to ask your parents for blessing so that Allah SWT will also give you blessing in our affairs.

God bless you

( اخرجه الترمذي وصححه ابن حبان والحاكم)

It means: 

From Abdullah bin ‘Amrin bin Ash ra he said, the Prophet SAW said: “The pleasure of Allah lies in the pleasure of the parents, and the displeasure of Allah lies in the anger of the parents” . (HRA t-Tirmidhi. This hadith is considered authentic by Ibn Hibban and Al-Hakim)

2. Hadith of Abu Hurairah

عَنْ اَبِي هُرَيرَةَ رضي الله عنه قال جَاءَ رَجُلٌ الى رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم فقال يَا رس قال: اُمُّك قال: ثُمَّ مَنْ؟ قال: ثُمَّ اُمُّك قال: ثم من؟ قال :ثم امُّك قال: ثم من؟ قال : ثم اَبُوْكَ (اخرجه البخاري)

It means: 

From Abu Hurairah ra he said: “One time a man came to Rasulullah SAW, then asked: “O Messenger of Allah, who has the right for me to associate well?” The Prophet replied: “Your mother!”, then who? The Messenger of Allah replied: “Your mother!”, then who? The Prophet replied: “Your mother!” Again the man asked: then who? The Prophet replied: “Your father!” (HR. Bukhari)

So, those are the prayers that can be said for both parents, both those who are still alive and those who have passed away. As filial children, we must always be able to carry out orders from both of them. If we want to refuse the order, say it in a soft and polite voice, don’t yell at them. Try to discuss with your parents about whatever we are going to do so that misunderstandings do not arise and get ridho from them. Remember, that the pleasure of Allah SWT lies in the pleasure of parents.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Also Read!

1. Prayers For Dead Mothers
2. Prayers for Sick People in Islam
3. The practice of Calming Prayer
4. Get to know the Procedure for the Prayer of the Corpse
5. Kinds of Sujud and Prayers
6. How to Respect and Appreciate Teachers
7. Grave Pilgrimage Prayers and their Adab
8. The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom
9. Prayer Asks for a Soulmate and Their Practices
10. The Law and Virtue of Congregational Prayer

Prayer after Duha prayer – Sinaumed’s, who is Muslim, must have known very well how easy it is for Muslims and Muslim women to seek rewards as their provisions in the afterlife. Apart from carrying out the obligations ordered by Allah SWT, there are many more things you can do to get rewards.

The simplest way is just to do good to others indiscriminately. In addition, living life as best as possible, full of honesty and compassion can also bring you rewards. Do not forget, to carry out the sunnah worship recommended by the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

There are lots of sunnah worship that Muslims and Muslim women can do. Not only does it bring you closer to heaven’s door, this sunnah worship can also have many benefits for your life. One of the most popular sunnah worships for the Islamic community is the Dhuha Prayer.

Meaning of Dhuha Prayer

Basically, the Dhuha Prayer is a sunnah prayer which is performed in the morning, to be precise after the time for the Subuh Prayer is over. This term is also known as “7 cubits after sunrise”. This time is around 6 am to 7 am.
The end time for the Dhuha Prayer is a few moments before the time for the Zuhur Prayer arrives.

It is not recommended for Muslims to carry out the Dhuha Prayer when the time has shown around 11 to half past 12, bearing in mind that soon the time for the call to prayer for the Zuhr Prayer will arrive.

The Dhuha prayer itself has variations regarding the number of cycles performed. However, it is recommended for Muslims and Muslim women to carry out the Dhuha Prayer in an even number of cycles, starting from 2, 4, 6, 8, and the maximum number of cycles, namely 12 cycles.

Dhuha prayer is mostly performed by the Islamic community because of course apart from getting additional rewards for carrying out sunnah worship, Dhuha prayer also has many benefits in their spiritual and physical life. We will discuss a number of benefits from the Dhuha Prayer later in the same article.

Prayer After Duha Prayer

Sinaumed’s needs to know that when someone prays Dhuha, someone’s prayer will be more easily answered by Allah SWT. This is one of the reasons behind the many Muslim communities who want to spend their time for Dhuha Prayer in the morning. If they perform the Dhuha Prayer well, surely their prayers will be granted.

Therefore, the prayer after the Dhuha Prayer is highly recommended to be read, especially for Muslims and Muslim women who really want to ask something from Allah SWT. The request can be in the form of being given convenience in life, being given fortitude in facing problems, being bestowed with sustenance, or other things.

There is a prayer after the Dhuha Prayer that Muslims can read when they have finished carrying out this sunnah worship. This prayer covers various kinds of problems that humans usually face, and reading this prayer will undoubtedly receive blessings from the Granter. Here is the prayer reading.

اَللهُمَّ اِنَّ الضُّحَآءَ ضُحَاءُكَ، وَالْبَهَاءَ بَهَاءُكَ، وَالْجَمَالَ جَمَالُكَ، وَالْقُوَّةَ قُوَّتُكَ، وَالْقُدْرَةَ قُدْرَتُكَ، وَالْعِصْمَةَ عِصْمَتُكَ. اَللهُمَّ اِنْ كَانَ رِزْقَى فِى السَّمَآءِ فَأَنْزِلْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ فِى اْلاَرْضِ فَأَخْرِجْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ مُعَسَّرًا فَيَسِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ حَرَامًا فَطَهِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ بَعِيْدًا فَقَرِّبْهُ بِحَقِّ ضُحَاءِكَ وَبَهَاءِكَ وَجَمَالِكَ وَقُوَّتِكَ وَقُدْرَتِكَ آتِنِىْ مَآاَتَيْتَ عِبَادَكَ الصَّالِحِيْنَ

Translation: “Allahumma innad dhuha-a dhuha-uka, wal baha-a baha-uka, wal jamala jamaluka, wal quwwata quwwatuka, wal qudrota qudrotuka, wal ‘ismata ‘ismatuka. Allahumma in kana rizqi fis sama-i fa-anzilhu, wa in kana fil ardhi fa akhrijhu, wa in kana mu’assaron fa yassirhu, wa in kana haroman fathohhirhu, wa in kana ba’idan faqorribhu, bihaqqi dhuha-ika, wa baha -ika, wa jamalika, wa quwwatika, wa qudrotika, aatini ma atayta ‘ibadakas sholihin”.

Meaning: “O Allah, that the time of Dhuha is the time of Your Dhuha, and that majesty is Your majesty, and that beauty is Your beauty, and that strength is Your strength, and that protection is Your protection. O Allah, if my sustenance is still above the sky, then send it down, if it is still in the earth, then take it out, if it is still difficult, then make it easy, if (it turns out) unlawful, then purify it, if it is still far away, then bring it closer. Thanks to duha time, Your majesty, Your beauty, Your strength and Your power, bestow upon us all that You have bestowed on Your pious servants.

The prayer above is basically a prayer that you can read to ask for sustenance and make it easier to find sustenance so that your life can go smoother. This prayer can also help Muslims who are experiencing anxiety because they are experiencing difficulties in life.

Even though the prayer after the Dhuha Prayer above is the most commonly read prayer, Sinaumed’s can also read other prayers according to your current situation. As previously discussed, if you carry out this worship properly and sincerely, Allah SWT will surely hear your request.

Below, there are 4 prayers for different situations that Sinaumed’s could be experiencing right now. If you have free time in the morning and are experiencing the situation below, try worshiping the Dhuha Prayer and reading these prayers so that you can quickly get through this period.

Prayer To Lift The Disease

اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ النَّاسِ أَذْهِبِ الْبَأْسَ اشْفِ أَنْتَ الشَّافِي لَا شَافِيَ إلَّا أَنْتَ

Translation: “Allāhumma rabbana nāsi, adzhibil ba’sa. Isyfi. Antas Syafi. Lā syāfiya illā anta syifā’an lā yughādiru saqaman.”

Meaning: “O Allah, Lord of mankind, remove this disease (this). Give (me) healing for You are the healer. Nothing can cure (my) illness except You with healing that leaves no pain.”

Sinaumed’s who is suffering from any illness can try reading the prayer above. The prayer above is also a prayer that the Prophet Muhammad SAW read when he was exposed to an illness. The hope is that if you read this prayer during the Dhuha Prayer, then Allah SWT will hear your prayer and immediately remove this disease.

Prayer to Find a Soulmate

رَبَّنَا هَبْ لَنَا مِنْ أَزْوَٰجِنَا وَذُرِّيَّٰتِنَا قُرَّةَ أَعْيُنٍ وَٱجْعَلْنَا لِلْمَُُُ

Translation: “Rabbana hablana min azwajina wa dzurriyatina qurrota a’yun waj’alna lil muttaqina imama.”

Meaning: “O Allah, our Lord, bestow (to) our wives and our offspring as gladdens of the heart, and make us priests (leaders) for those who are pious.”

The prayer for finding a mate above, although it is more intended for men, can also be read by women who have difficulty finding a partner in life. Hopefully, those of you who read the prayer after this Dhuha Prayer, can meet your soul mate soon.

Prayer to be Given Patience in Facing Problems

رَبَّنَا لاَ تُزِغْ قُلُوبَنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنَا وَهَبْ لَنَا مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْنمَةً إِنَّك َِّْ

Translation: “Rabbanaa laa tuzigh quluubanaa ba’da iz hadaitana wa hablana min ladunka rahmah innaka antal wahhab.”

Meaning: “O Allah, our Lord, do not make our hearts incline to error after You have guided us, and grant us mercy from Your side; for verily You are the Giver (gift).”

Sometimes, there are times when we have reached the end point in patience when dealing with problems. So that you can get patience and fortitude to be able to solve problems properly, there’s nothing wrong with trying to read the prayer above after the Dhuha Prayer.

Prayers for a Happy World and Hereafter

اَللّٰهُمَّاِنَّانَسْئَلُكَسَلَامَةًفِىالدِّيْنِ،وَعَافِيَةًفِىالْجَسَدِوَزِيَادَةًفِىالْعِلْمِوَبَرَكَةًفِىالرِّزْقِوَتَوْبَةَقَبْلَالْمَوْتِوَرَحْمَةًعِنْدَالْمَوْتِوَمَغْفِرَةًبَعْدَالْمَوْتِاَللّٰهُمَّهَوِّنْعَلَيْنَافِيْسَكَرَاتِالْمَوْتِ،وَنَجَاةًمِنَالنَّارِوَالْعَفْوَعِنْدَالْحِسَابِ

Translation: “Allaahumma innaa nas aluka salaamatan fiddiin, wa ‘aafiyatan fil jasad, wa ziyadatan fil ‘ilmi, wa barakatan dir rizqi, wa repentance qablal maut, warahmatan indal maut, wa maghfirotan ba’dal maut. Allahumma hawwin ‘alainaa fii sakarootil maut, wan najaata minan naari, wal ‘afwa indal reckoning.”

Meaning: “O Allah, indeed we ask You for safety when having religion, physical health, abundance of knowledge, blessings of sustenance, repentance before death, mercy at death, and forgiveness after death. O Allah, make it easy for us to face the agony of death, grant us safety from the fires of hell, and forgiveness at the time of reckoning.”

It is common knowledge that nothing is certain in this world. This uncertainty can make us encounter various kinds of problems in life. And the best way to deal with this uncertainty is to try your best, and put your trust in God Almighty by praying.

Apart from the prayers above, Sinaumed’s can read various other types of prayers after the Dhuha Prayer according to the circumstances you are currently experiencing. The most important thing is that you worship properly and sincerely, and ask Allah SWT cleanly and sincerely.
Hopefully, whatever problems you are experiencing right now, you can go through them well and without any blemishes. For Sinaumed’s, who is living his best life, he can always carry out whatever his activities are, and keep him away from all kinds of problems.

Benefits of Dhuha Prayer

It was mentioned earlier that the Dhuha Prayer has a number of benefits for Muslims who practice it. And these benefits go beyond simply getting the reward. There are also various other benefits that Muslims and Muslim women can get.

At least, there will be 4 benefits that Sinaumed’s will learn in this article. You can feel these benefits directly from the spiritual and physical side. And of course, there will be benefits that Muslims who diligently carry out the Dhuha Prayer will be able to feel when they are in the afterlife.

1. The heart feels peaceful and full of room

There will be a kind of relief experienced by Muslim people after they carry out the Dhuha Prayer in the morning. Even though the problems they are experiencing are not necessarily over, these people can at least be more calm in carrying out their daily lives and when facing problems.

This is because they know Allah SWT will always be there to watch over them. They understood that all kinds of problems they faced at that time were tests given by Him. After going through these problems, surely they will become someone who is stronger, steadfast and calm in dealing with problems.

2. Make it easier to get sustenance

Sinaumed’s still remember the main prayer that Muslims and Muslim women often read above? Based on the interpretation and meaning of the prayer above, you can conclude that this prayer is a prayer that can help Muslims to get sustenance more easily.

Not only that, basically people who like to worship sunnah such as the Dhuha Prayer are indeed liked by Allah SWT. The Most Giver certainly will not hesitate to bestow sustenance in any form for those who have obedience to Him.

3. Healthy muscles and bones of the body

The benefits of this one actually can also be felt if someone diligently performs the obligatory prayers. Basically, prayer has a number of movements that can strengthen various muscles and bones in the body. So, indirectly, the person is also doing activities that are healthy for the body when he is praying.

The Dhuha Prayer service is quite special, because it is done in the morning, where our bodies are still quite flexible compared to when it is already in the day or night. With this, the healthful effects that can be obtained from this prayer will be increasingly felt when someone worships the Dhuha Prayer.

4. A Majestic Palace in Heaven Will Be Made

Maybe some of the Sinaumed’s already know that the rewards and sins that Muslims get during their lifetime will be converted in the afterlife. Those who get more sins than rewards, will be thrown into the abyss of hell fire.

However, those who get a lot of merit, will definitely get a guarantee to enter heaven. In heaven, the rewards they get can be converted to make a magnificent palace where they live later. This will be more easily achieved by people who are diligent in worship, especially sunnah worship such as Dhuha Prayer.

Conclusion

Sunnah worship indeed brings more profit than loss. Apart from definitely getting excess rewards, we can also later get other benefits that we can feel in life. One type of sunnah worship that is mostly practiced by Muslims is the Dhuha Prayer.

Dhuha prayer can only be done in the morning after the Fajr Prayer, until the time before the Zuhur Prayer. The number of cycles that Muslims and Muslim women can perform for Duha Prayer is an even number of cycles, starting from 2, 4, 6, 8, and a maximum of 12 cycles.

There are so many benefits that can be felt when someone performs the Dhuha Prayer, starting from getting abundant rewards, reassuring and also widening the heart, making it easier to obtain sustenance, nourishing the body, and that person’s prayer will be more easily answered by Allah SWT.

In this article, Sinaumed’s has studied prayers after the Dhuha Prayer which you can read to make life easier and smoother. Hopefully, these prayers can be useful for you and you can feel the positive impact of the prayers that have been written above.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn more about the virtues of Dhuha Prayer, we have several book recommendations for you to add to your references regarding Dhuha Prayer. These books are the book ” Mirojul Mukminin Mukjizat Dhuha Prayer “, the book ” Guide to Performing Duha Prayer “, and the book ” Pocket Book for Midnight Prayer Prayer “.

Mirojul Mukminin The Miracle of Duha Prayer

Guidance Doing Dhuha Prayer

Pocket Book of Tahajud Dhuha Prayer

Sinaumed’s can find articles or other books about prayer services on the sinaumedia.com website . sinaumedia, #FriendsWithoutLimits, always strives to provide quality books and articles for our readers, so they can get knowledge, information, and references #MoreWithReading.
Author: M. Adrianto S.

5 People Who Can Pay Fidyah – Fidyah is something that is familiar to Muslims. Fidyah is matters related to fasting. Fidyah is a solution that can be done by a Muslim who is seen as physically unable to carry out the fasting of Ramadan.

In addition to that, it is certain that Muslims know that fasting in the month of Ramadan is something that must be carried out. The Islamic religion has set provisions to replace abandoned fasting.

These provisions are regulated for those who are unable to carry out the fasting worship. If you are still physically strong, you are required to replace your fast with another fast. He must fast at other times and outside the month of Ramadan.

Meanwhile, if he is physically weak and makes him unable to fast, then the Ramadan fasting debt can be replaced by paying a fidyah. Before that, it must be understood in advance matters relating to fidyah.

According to the measure, people who are entitled to pay fidyah, people who are entitled to receive fidyah to how to pay fidyah. This article will discuss matters related to fidyah. Such as the definition of fidyah, the law of fidyah, the size of fidyah, the person who has to pay fidyah, the person who has the right to receive fidyah and how to do it.

Definition of Fidya

Fidyah is a word of Arabic origin. The origin of the word is “fadaa”. The word means to redeem or replace.

Fidyah is the way someone is done with certain criteria. Fidyah is done to compensate for fasting debts in the month of Ramadan. There are several reasons that make someone not fast in Ramadan.

Fidyah is paying, redeeming or replacing by way of feeding people who are less able or poor. Fidyah is a solution. This solution is carried out by people who do not observe fasting in the month of Ramadan such as the elderly, people who are sick, pregnant women and nursing mothers.

In KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, fidyah which is a non-standard form of fidiah is a fine. Usually this fine is in the form of staple foods, such as rice. The fine must be paid by a Muslim for violating one of the provisions in fasting. This violation can be done because of a chronic illness, old illness that befell him and so on.

Fidyah law

Fidyah is a provision that is not necessarily made because of leaving the fasting month of Ramadan. However, fidyah also has a legal basis. In Surah Al-Baqarah, verse 184 Allah SWT says:

“(That is) a certain number of days. So, who among you is sick or on a journey (then does not fast), (must make up) the number of days (which he did not fast) on other days. For people who are hard to do it, having to pay with a willing heart to do good (who feeds more than a poor person for a finger is better)) is better for him and fasting is better for you if you know “.

Therefore, the legal fidyah is obligatory for people who have been explained in the previous explanation.

Fidyah size

The size of the fidyah or the amount that must be issued turns out to be different. This is also reinforced by the opinions or views of different scholars. Here’s the explanation:

1. One mud

Several scholars such as Imam As – Syafi’I, Imam An – Nawawi, and Imam Malik determine the size of fidyah. According to them, the size of the fidyah that must be paid to each poor person is 1 mud of wheat. This size corresponds to the mud size of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam.

The size of the mud and fidyah is the size of the palm of the hand which is directed upwards. The palms are directed to accommodate food. It is the same as when someone is praying.

Mud is a term that refers to the size of the volume. Mud does not refer to a measure of weight. In the book Al – Fiqhul Islami Wa Adillatuhu, it is stated that when measured today, 1 mud means the equivalent of 675 grams or the equivalent of 0.688 liters.

2. Two Mud or Half Sha’

Several other scholars such as Abu Hanifah also explained their opinion. According to him, half a Sa’ or 2 mud is equal to the size of the Prophet Muhammad shallallahu alaihi wasallam or equivalent to half a sha’ of flour or dates.

It is equivalent to giving lunch and dinner to one poor person until he is full. Some scholars are of the opinion that half a sha’ is the weight of 1.5 kg of staple food.

Mentioned a fatwa of Lajnah Daimah, which reads “Whenever a doctor decides that a disease suffered by a person who does not fast cannot be expected to recover, then he may not fast and is obliged to feed 1 poor person every day an amount of half a sha’ of a staple food. country like dates or something else, if it has fed a poor person a number of days left then it is sufficient “.

3. One Sha’

The size of the fidyah was then revealed from the Hanafiyah circle. Scholars who stated such as Imam Al – Kasani in Bada’i’i wa As-Shana’i’. According to him, one sha’ is equivalent to 4 mud.

Equivalent to the amount of zakat fitrah to be paid. When weighed, 1 sha’ weighs around 2.176 grams. When measured in terms of volume, then 1 sha’ weighs about 2.75 liters.

Based on the fidyah measurements explained by the scholars, the minimum fidyah payment is one mud. However, what should be prioritized is to issue half a sha’ or give one portion of cooked food to each poor person.

Terms of Paying Fidyah

The terms of paying fidyah are as follows:

1. In the form of food

Paying fidyah in the form of food can be done with staple food and ready-to-eat food. If a person does not fast for 30 days, then he must provide fidyah of 30 measures. Each measure weighs up to 1.5 kg.

The fidyah can be paid to 30 poor people. In addition, it may also be paid to some poor people only. For example, like being paid to 3 poor people, then each will get 10 measures.

Feeding can also be done with ready-to-eat food. When a person does not fast for 30 days, he must prepare 30 servings of food. Inside the portion of the food is a plate complete with the side dishes. The food must then be distributed to as many as 30 poor people.

2. In the form of money

Fidyah payments can also be made using cash. Based on the Decree of the head of BAZNAS, No. 7 of 2021 regarding Zakat Fitrah and Fidyah, for the DKI Jakarta Capital area and its surroundings have been determined. The fidyah value in the form of money is around Rp. 45,000, – for each poor person or every day.

Meanwhile, the procedure for paying fidya fasting in Ramadan with actual money is still being debated. According to the Hanafiyah, fidyah is permissible if it is paid in the form of money. In accordance with the applicable dose (equivalent to 1.5 kg of staple food per day, which is converted into rupiah or money).

However, different opinions emerged. The opinion of the majority of scholars such as Syafi’iyah, Hanabilah, and Malikiyah. According to them, fidyah should not be paid in cash.

In this book you will learn to recognize fasting in ramadan with various activities and games that you can do, so that learning to observe ramadan fasting will be fun. Ilavank Sekah game activities that you can do such as coloring, matching pictures, finding ways, sticking stickers, puzzles, counting, looking for differences, and others which are arranged systematically based on basic Islamic teachings.

In addition, this interactive game can train skills, creativity, and stimulate children’s fine motor skills, so that children’s growth and development becomes optimal. Thus, children can learn and recognize fasting in the month of Ramadan while playing through fun, useful and not boring activities.

Who can pay Fidyah?

1. The people who are allowed to pay fidyah are as follows:
2. Women who are pregnant and breastfeeding. If he is fasting, he is worried that something will happen to the child who is in the womb or is being breastfed.
3. People who are sick. People who are sick are generally determined to be difficult to recover.
4. Parent. Parents who are physically vulnerable and weak so that they are not required to fast are allowed to pay fidyah.
5. People who postpone the obligation to make up qhada. Fasting in Ramadan. He postponed without any excuse syar’i until the time of Ramadan in the following year. In addition to qhada’, they will be required to pay fidyah fasting in previous years. Payments are made as many fast days as the person missed in previous years.
6. Dead person. People who have died and bring their fasting debts, then their families who are still alive are obliged to pay fidyah. Fidyah is paid on behalf of the deceased or deceased. Fidyah is paid according to the number of days of fasting.

Who is entitled to receive Fidyah?

The people who are entitled to receive fidyah are as follows:

1. Poor people

The words fakir are often juxtaposed with the word poor. However, the two words have different meanings. When viewed based on economic conditions, this poor group is somewhat more incapacitated or more difficult than people who fall into the poor category.

They have no income. Moreover, they also had no treasures at all. In carrying out life or survival, they will rely on the assistance they receive.

2. The poor

Poor people are different from poor people. Poor people are those who actually still have income. In addition, they are also said to still have property.

However, the assets they have are not able to meet all their daily needs. Therefore, they are also worthy people and need a helping hand from others. This is what they need in order to have a decent life.

3. Parents are sick

The third group of people who are entitled to receive fidyah are people who are old and sick. However, the pain here has no hope of recovery. Parents who have been sick for years are those who are entitled to receive fidyah. Especially for parents who are seriously ill, and otherwise have no hope of recovery.

The three people are entitled to receive assistance in the form of fidyah. If the fidyah is paid to people who do not include the previous explanation, then the fidyah is considered invalid.

That is an explanation of what fidyah is. Fidyah is something that must be done for people who do not observe fasting during Ramadan.

Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting information and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• 10 Benefits of Reading Al-Quran, Lots of Fadhilah!
• History of NU (Nahdlatul Ulama), Here’s the Complete Explanation
• The History of the Founding of Muhammadiyah, Here’s the Complete Explanation
• Pillars of Wudhu: Mandatory Requirements and Unique Facts of Wudhu
• Types of Compulsory Fasting: Definition, Intentions, Time and Conditions

The Most Popular Legend in Indonesia – Our country has many legends which are spread all over Indonesia. In these legends indirectly teach readers about commendable things. Even some families also make legends or folklore as bedtime stories.

Most of the legends that circulate throughout Indonesia tell about the origins of an area. However, there is also a legend that tells about the story of human life in general.

Then, what are the most popular legends in Indonesia? What is the content of the story in this popular legend?

Come on, see an explanation of the following popular legends in Indonesia!

1. The Legend of Rawa Pening

Rawa Pening is the name of a large swamp located in Semarang Regency, Central Java. According to a legend that has been passed down from generation to generation, at the bottom of Rawa Pening there is a large dragon named Baru Klinting. This big dragon guards Rawa Pening and the environment around it.

The legend regarding the occurrence of Rawa Pening tells of a small boy named Baru Klinting who has a strange face, that is, he is half dragon and half human. Baru Klinting was required to meditate by wrapping his dragon’s body on the top of Mount Telomoyo.

Incidentally, at that time, local residents were having a big party. The residents went into the forest to look for game, but did not find any game. When they were resting by sitting on a tree that had collapsed, one of the residents played with his knife by sticking it into the tree. Suddenly, the tree splashed blood. Suddenly, all the residents were confused and busy looking for what was behind the tree.

As it turned out, it was the body of a dragon from Baru Klinting who was in meditation. Without further ado, in the end the dragon’s body was sliced ​​up by the residents to be taken home.

Baru Klinting, who could not finish his meditation activities, finally changed his form into a strange-looking human. Then, he walked to the party to ask them for some food. Unfortunately, Baru Klinting’s arrival was met with rejection and insults from the residents.

There was only one resident who helped and fed Baru Klinting, namely an old grandmother. After eating the food given by the old grandmother, Baru Klinting told her to immediately prepare a boat and oars.

Due to the arrogance of the residents, Baru Klinting stuck a stick in the ground and made a challenge to the residents to pull out the stick. Miraculously, no one managed to pull the stick out of the ground and only Baru Klinting could do it.

Suddenly, water appeared from the hole where the stick was stuck. The water that was sprayed gradually became heavier and became a flood. The old grandmother who remembered the message from Baru Klinting immediately saved herself using the boat and oars that had been prepared beforehand.

The flood eventually became a large puddle and formed a swamp that drowned the village and its arrogant citizens. Only the old grandmother survived the disaster and gave the name of the swamp to ” Rawa Pening “. “ Dizzy ” means “ clear ”, because at that time, the puddles were clear.

2. Malin Kundang

Indonesian children will definitely know this legend that comes from Padang, West Sumatra. Yep, this legend tells of a boy named Malin who was cursed to turn into stone due to disobedience to his mother.

Starting from Malin’s desire to migrate to other areas for a better life. This desire was initially opposed by his mother because she was not willing to part with her only child. However, in the end, his mother allowed Malin to wander and advised him to always remember his mother in the village.

Malin departed to wander using a ship. After several years, Malin came back to his village and became a rich man. Accompanied by his beautiful wife and some of his merchant ships.

Hearing the news that Malin had come back, of course, made the mother happy and immediately approached and hugged Malin. The wife was surprised because suddenly there was a shabby old woman who hugged her husband and confessed that she was the mother of Malin.

Unfortunately, Malin didn’t want to acknowledge his mother and instead pushed her to the ground. Malin snapped and scolded his mother with words that hurt her mother. As a result of Malin’s yelling, of course the mother felt sad and angry. He did not expect that Malin, his only child, would turn into a rebellious child. Then, the mother begged God to give punishment to Malin by turning him into stone.

Suddenly, the wind and thunder rumbled to destroy Malin’s ship. Not long after, Malin Kundang’s body was struck by lightning and turned to stone.

3. Cucumber Mas

The next popular legend is titled Timun Mas, which comes from Central Java. This legend tells of a pact between a pair of farmers and a green giant known as Buto Ijo.

At that time, a couple of farmers had been married for years and were not blessed with a child. A couple of farmers have been praying to God continuously to be given a child. One day, Buto Ijo heard their prayers and made them an offer to have children. You do this by giving a cucumber seed to plant, but with the condition that the child will be taken back by Buto Ijo at the age of 17. Finally, the offer was approved by a pair of farmers.

Not long after, the seed was planted until it bore fruit into a large cucumber and when it was split open there was a baby girl, who was later named Timun Mas. For years the three of them lived together until they did not realize that Timun Mas was 17 years old. The farmer’s wife or the mother of Timun Mas is not willing to part with her child.

Finally, it was time for Buto Ijo to come to claim the promise to the pair of farmers. Unfortunately, they broke their promise by telling Timun Mas to run for her life. Before Timun Mas ran away, she was provided with 3 magical objects, namely a needle, salt and shrimp paste.

During the chase, three magical objects actually saved Timun Mas from Buto Ijo. The shrimp paste is Timun Mas’s savior because when he threw it at Buto Ijo, suddenly the shrimp paste turned into mud. Finally, Buto Ijo sank into the mud.

4. The Legend of the Occurrence of Lake Toba

Lake Toba is a famous lake located in North Sumatra. This legend tells of a man named Toba who fell in love with a goldfish.

One day, Toba was going to fish in the river and saw a fish with beautiful golden scales. Toba immediately caught the fish and suddenly the fish changed its form into a beautiful woman.

Toba fell in love with the goldfish princess and asked her to marry him. The fish princess agreed with the condition that Toba should not tell anyone about her identity.

After marriage, they were blessed with a son who was later named Samosir. Their lives were very harmonious and Samosir grew up to be a good boy. One time, Mrs. Samosir asked her son to deliver food to Toba who was working in the fields. Samosir obeyed the order and headed for the fields. As it turned out, the distance between the house and the fields was very far and Samosir ate the provisions that were supposed to be for Toba.

When he arrived at the field, Samosir apologized to his father that he had eaten the food. Toba, who was tired and hungry at that time, was of course angry. In his anger, Toba spontaneously shouted that Samosir was a child of a fish.

Suddenly, the sky darkened and it rained heavily for days. It was a sign that Toba had broken his promise to the princess fish. The rain succeeded in creating a large lake and submerging Toba, which was later referred to as Lake Toba.

Meanwhile, his son, namely Samosir, ran towards an island and the island was eventually named Samosir Island.

5. Golden Conch

The legend entitled Keong Mas originates from East Java. In this legend tells of a royal princess who was cursed to become a conch with a golden shell.

At that time, there lived a king who had two beautiful daughters, named Dewi Galuh and Candra Kirana. They live happily and sufficiently. One time, a handsome prince named Raden Inu Kertapati came who wanted to propose to one of the King’s daughters, namely Candra Kirana.

However, the application process made Dewi Galuh jealous because she had a crush on Raden Inu Kertapati. The feeling of jealousy develops into a feeling of hatred. Until one day, Dewi Galuh met a witch and asked her to bewitch Candra Kirana into something disgusting.

Finally, the curse made Candra Kirana change into a golden snail and her marriage to Raden Inu Kertapati failed. After successfully bewitching Candra Kirana, the witch immediately threw her, in the form of a golden snail, into the river. The witch shouted that Candra Kirana’s curse would disappear when she met Prince Kertapati again.

For years, Candra Kirana, who was in the form of a golden snail, lived at the bottom of the river. Until one day, there was a grandmother who was fishing in the middle of the river. Finally, the golden snail got stuck in the grandmother’s nets. The grandmother who was amazed and amazed at the golden color on the golden snail shell intended to take it home and store it in a jug.

The next day, the grandmother returned to the river to find fish. However, he did not catch any fish and finally decided to go home. After arriving home, the grandmother was surprised to see that there were lots of delicious food served on the table and the house was clean. This continued to happen every day, until finally the grandmother decided to make a plan.

The Grandmother planned to pretend to go to the river as usual, when in fact she was back at home and snooping to find out who had done such a noble thing.

Grandmother was shocked when she found out that the golden snail that was kept in a jug had changed into a beautiful princess. Finally, the grandmother immediately approached Candra Kirana and asked about her origins. Candra Kirana also explained who she was and the reasons why she could change her form like that.

Meanwhile, Prince Kertapati was still looking for Candra Kirana because he was sure that he was still alive. In fact, Prince Kertapati promised not to return to the kingdom before being able to find Candra Kirana again.

The witch, knowing this, finally disguised herself as a crow and approached Prince Kertapati. Prince Kertapati thought that the crow was a clue, and therefore, he followed the crow’s instructions. However, these instructions turned out to be wrong and caused Prince Kertapati to get lost.

On the way, Prince Kertapati ran out of supplies and luckily he saw a house. Without further ado, Prince Kertapati went straight to the house and asked for a glass of water. Prince Kertapati did not know that it was his grandmother’s house and when he arrived, he saw Candra Kirana cooking.

Prince Kertapati suddenly shouted with joy because he had found Candra Kirana. Finally, the curse of the golden snail is gone and they return to the kingdom. Not to forget, they brought their grandmother with them to come to the kingdom. Candra Kirana also explained the evil deeds that Dewi Galuh had done to the King.

The king was immediately angry and punished Dewi Galuh. Dewi Galuh felt scared and ran away into the forest. Finally, Prince Kertapati and Candra Kirana decided to get married and they lived happily in the kingdom.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

https://labineka.kemdikbud.go.id/language/ceritarakyat/

http://www.indonesia-osaka.org/

https://portal.smkn1bogor.sch.id/elibrary/

https://ppid.bandung.go.id/knowledgebase/

https://www.kemenparekraf.go.id/ragam-pariwisata/

Marketing Concept – Does Sinaumed’s realize that in the midst of globalization as it is today, it is not only the field of technology that is progressing, but also the business world. Yep, business people have mushroomed more and more, especially with the government’s support for those in the form of MSMEs. To be able to market their products, these business people also of course have to rack their brains so they can compete in a healthy manner with competitors.

This is included in the discussion of the marketing concept which includes production, product, and marketing so that it reaches the hands of the buyer. So, what is the marketing concept? What is included in the marketing concept? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

Understanding the Definition of Marketing

Before discussing further about the concept of marketing, it is better if Sinaumed’s understands the definition of marketing, aka marketing first. The definition of marketing has been widely discussed by marketing experts in several of their books.

According to Kotler and Keller in their book entitled American Marketing Association , states that “Marketing is an organizational function and a series of processes for creating, generating, communicating, and delivering value to customers , and managing customers in such a way as to provide benefits to the organization and its stakeholders. Handling this exchange process requires a lot of skill” (2009: 5).

Meanwhile according to Kotler and Armstrong (2008: 3), argues that “marketing is as a social and managerial process by which individuals and groups obtain what they need and they want , by creating and exchanging products and each other’s values” .

Furthermore, there is also a definition of marketing alias marketing put forward by Brech (1954) in Tjiptono’s book (2012: 2), that “marketing is the process of determining consumer demand for a product or service, motivating the sale of the product or service and distributing it to the end consumer. by earning a profit” .

So, based on some of the opinions of these marketing experts, it can be concluded that,

“Marketing is not only in the form of selling goods or services, but is also related to the activities of fulfilling the wants and needs of consumers, by trying to influence consumers to be willing to buy the goods or services that are being offered.”

That is why marketing managers must also understand how consumers behave and even pay attention to what things are trending on social media. By studying consumer behavior, marketing managers will have the opportunity to determine market segmentation accurately. Later, it is the company that will develop, determine prices, promote, and distribute products or services so that they reach consumers.

What is a Marketing Concept?

So, after understanding the definition of marketing, this time we will discuss what the marketing concept is. Basically, the marketing concept is a concept that is used by business actors in order to get maximum profit, both when competing with competitors and satisfying consumer needs.

Actually, the definition of the marketing concept is very abstract. However, according to Swastha, the marketing concept is a business philosophy which states that satisfying consumer needs is an economic and social requirement for the survival of a company. Meanwhile, according to Kotler, the marketing concept becomes more effective to be applied to compete with competitors, especially in efforts to integrate marketing activities to determine and satisfy the needs and wants of the target market.

“In short, this marketing concept aims to provide satisfaction to the wants and needs of its consumers.”

Although in the future, the consumer orientation will be limited by goals and profit growth, this marketing concept must still be carried out, both by large businesses and those that are being pioneered. This is because the existence of this marketing concept can increase sales in the form of:

• Make products that are easy to use.
• Products that are easy to buy.
• Products that are easy to maintain.

According to Wahjono (2009: 3), the existence of this marketing concept has 4 pillars namely: 1) Target Market ( Target Market ); 2) Customer Needs ( Consumers Needs ); 3) Integrated Marketing ( Integrated Marketing ); and 4) Ability to Generate Profits ( Profitability ).

So, the fulcrum and starting point of this marketing concept is to understand consumers about “Who are these consumers? What do consumers need?” . Through this marketing concept, companies can find out and understand the needs of these consumers, as an integrated marketing effort so that in the long run these consumers can make repurchases or become customers.

We all know that humans on this earth have their own needs that must be met, especially when it comes to clothing and food needs. While desire is a strong will that can satisfy deep needs.

Well, this marketing concept is the key for companies to achieve maximum profit from efforts to determine the needs and wants of the target market while providing more effective satisfaction compared to competitors.

Marketing Concept Elements

According to Swastha and Handoko (2007), there are 3 main elements in the marketing concept, namely:

1. Customer Orientation

In this case, companies that want to carry out the marketing concept must refer to consumer orientation, by doing the following things:

• Determine the basic needs of consumers to be served.
• Determine the buyer group as the sales target.
• Determine the product and how the marketing program.
• Conduct research on consumers by measuring, assessing, and interpreting their wants, attitudes, and behaviors.
• Determine and implement the best strategy, starting from quality, quality, model, to price.

2. Composition of Integral Activities ( Integral Marketing )

In this case it can be interpreted that everyone in the company will also be involved in a business that has been coordinated previously. This is done to provide customer satisfaction so that the company’s goals can be realized.

3. Consumer Satisfaction ( Customer Satisfaction )

This third element relates to the least amount of consumer satisfaction that can be fulfilled so that the company concerned can also earn a lot of profit.

5 Marketing Concepts and Their Strengths and Weaknesses

There are 5 ideal and developing marketing concepts in this marketing realm. Here’s an explanation.

1. Production Concept

In this concept, it is believed that consumers will prefer products that are readily available anywhere at low prices. Adherents of this concept will usually concentrate on efforts to create production efficiency, low costs, and mass distribution, thus assuming that consumers will be attracted to the availability of products at low prices. The application of this concept is often found in developing countries, one of which is in Indonesia. Not only that, this concept can also be applied by companies that want to expand their market.

Advantages and Disadvantages of the Production Concept 

Excess	Lack
The price is cheap	Product quality is often low.
The relationship between suppliers and large producers is becoming more consistent, because they are both profitable.	Often irrelevant to the market environment, requiring new strategies to be implemented.
Consumers will not be short of products because of mass production.	Tend not to target certain consumer segments due to mass production.
Can attract investors especially in an uncompetitive market environment.

2. Product Concept

Having the view that consumers will definitely favor good quality products with the best performance or innovative features. Adherents of this concept will usually strive to create superior products by improving their quality. In short, this one marketing concept will focus on product aspects only. The application of this concept can be found in the marketing of electronic products and works of art (eg films, novels and paintings). An example of a company implementing this product concept is Samsung.

If consumers like good quality products, then they will definitely continue to trust the other products offered. That way, the producer (company) has a good relationship in the form of trust from the consumer,

Advantages and Disadvantages of Product Concepts

Excess	Lack
More focus on quality over quantity.	Not infrequently product features that are considered innovative turn out to be irrelevant and impractical.
Generate high margins, in the form of consumers who are still willing to buy at any price because of the good quality.	Less suitable for consumers who are concerned with price rather than product quality.
Develop consumer curiosity, usually provided with innovative new features.	Avoiding consumer interests, usually between product innovation and consumer needs.

3. Sales Concept ( Selling Concept )

This concept refers that consumers will not be interested in buying products in large quantities, if they are convinced or persuaded first. Therefore, adherents of this concept will tend to promote their products aggressively. The application of this concept is often found in the sale of unsought goods (insurance, tombstones, and burial sites); non-profit marketing (fundraising, political parties); and overcapacity situations (supply far exceeds demand). Currently, the concept of selling is also implemented by e-commerce.

The aggressive and massive promotion of products is characteristic, with the premise of:

• If consumers refuse to buy a product, then the producer (usually sales) will persuade them to buy.
• Consumers can be influenced through promotional stimulation.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Selling Concepts

Excess	Lack
Focus on sales and marketing simultaneously.	Ignoring consumer feedback.
Sales increased and the market became more and more competitive.	Ignore customer needs, only focus on selling products.
Since this concept does not pay attention to customer needs, the producer will not have a problem if the product stock is not sold out.	Only focus on the short term, namely spending the available stock.

4. Marketing Concept

Has the view that to achieve company goals it must be more effective than competitors by creating, delivering, and communicating customer value to the target market, compared to its competitors. The purpose of this customer value is the ratio between what the customer has obtained with the effort given. This customer value can be formulated as: customer value = [benefits – costs] = [functional benefits + emotional benefits] – [monetary costs + time costs + energy costs + psychic costs].

The existence of this marketing concept adheres to 4 pillars, namely,

1. Target Market: That is, companies can do best when they choose their target market carefully and prepare marketing programs accordingly.

2. Customer Needs: That is, after the company determines how its target market is, they must understand what customer needs are.

3. Integrated Marketing: That is, when all departments in a company work together to serve the interests of customers, the result is integrated marketing.

4. Profitability: Basically, the main aim of this concept is to help the company to achieve goals. For example, for private companies, the main goal is the ability to earn profits continuously over the long term. As for non-profit and community organizations, the goal is to survive and attract enough funds to carry out useful work.

Advantages and Disadvantages of the Marketing Concept

Excess	Lack
Understand consumers better because they do market research first.	It takes a lot of time and effort.
Helping business branding so that relationships with loyal consumers.	Marketing costs are not cheap because there are many channels that are used, starting from YouTube Ads, Facebook Ads, SEO and SEM.
Promote business to more specific target consumers.

5. Social Marketing Concept

This concept believes that the company’s task is to determine the needs, wants and interests of the target market and provide satisfaction effectively compared to competitors in order to improve the welfare of consumers and society. The application of this concept emphasizes social and ethical aspects, especially in marketing practices. Therefore, there will be a balance between company profits, customer satisfaction, and public satisfaction.

An example of a company using this concept is The Body Shop, which uses only plant-based ingredients in its products and opposes animal testing of its products.

Pros and Cons of the Social Marketing Concept

Excess	Lack
Impact on the community in the form of new jobs.	Applies to consumers who only focus on social issues.
Helping companies in efforts to improve business branding.	Prices tend to be expensive because they have to cover social costs.
Increasing consumer loyalty because the company provides products that are environmentally friendly.

So, that’s a review of what the marketing concept is and 5 marketing concepts that are often used by big companies. Is Sinaumed’s interested in going into business and implementing one of these marketing concepts?

Source:

https://www.niagahoster.co.id/

Also Read!

• 12 Examples of Marketing Strategies Worth Trying
• Definition, Functions, and Purpose of Marketing Management
• Definition of Retained Profit and Factors Occurrence 
• Advantages and Disadvantages of Acquisition
• Definition, Functions, and Purpose of Communication Management
• Definition of Marketing and 7 Types
• COO (Chief Operating Operation) Duties and Responsibilities
• Definition of Refurbished and the Difference with Reconditioning
• Definition of Campaign and Its Influence in Mass Media

Function of the engine lubrication system – Every motorized vehicle that is used regularly will certainly slowly experience wear and tear on the engine and requires re-lubrication, one of which is by changing the engine oil regularly so that the vehicle remains comfortable and has a steady pull when used.

Vehicles certainly experience friction on the components of the engines that are driven every day. For this reason, in order to avoid engine damage and dryness of the engine components, the role of engine lubrication is very necessary for any type of vehicle.

So, therefore, for Sinaumed’s friends, to understand the role of the engine lubrication function on vehicles that Sinaumed’s friends usually use to stay comfortable driving and avoid unwanted vehicle problems, in this discussion we will present information regarding the function of the engine lubrication system on vehicles. which is important to know.

Further discussion of related information can be seen below!

What is Engine Lubrication System?

Lubricant is a chemical, usually a liquid, that is applied between two moving objects to reduce friction. This substance is part of petroleum distillate with a temperature of 105-135 degrees Celsius. Lubricant acts as a protective layer that separates the two contact surfaces. In general, lubricants consist of 90% base oil and 10% additives. One of the most important uses of lubricants is in motor oils used in internal combustion engines.

Commonly called mechanical lubricant or engine oil is a substance used to lubricate the engine. There are many types and types of motor oil. Depending on how you use the machine itself, you need the right oil to extend or maintain the life of your engine.

All oils are basically the same. In short, it is the lubricant that keeps your engine running smoothly and trouble free. It also acts as a heat insulator. The oil contains a fine film that minimizes metal-to-metal contact with engine components and prevents scratching and wear. For specific purposes, specific uses for specific functions, oil requires many additional functions. For example, diesel engines usually run at lower speeds, but run hotter than gasoline engines. Diesel engines also have more favorable conditions (opportunities) which can lead to oil oxidation, bearing metal deposits and corrosion.

The lubrication system is a system designed to lubricate machine parts.

This system is built by considering several features. The system works directly as a coolant for engine components, cleaning dirt that has accumulated on engine components to improve engine performance.

Lubrication is also provided to isolate the bore between the cylinder and piston. This is done to eliminate noise caused by moving mechanical parts. It also helps keep engine components wear-free, extending engine life and making the vehicle more comfortable to drive.

Types of Machine Lubrication Systems

In general, there are three types of engine lubrication systems.

1. Irrigation / Sprinkling System

The structure of the irrigation system is very simple. Since engine oil is distributed throughout the engine components through crankshaft movement, of course there is a spoon-like component that sprays oil throughout the engine.

This system has a spray scoop at the lower end of the piston rod. Therefore, when the engine rotates, the oil in the oil bath spreads to the cylinder walls and bearings. This type has a very simple structure, but it is difficult to lubricate parts with narrow gaps.

A splash lubrication system that uses the movement of moving parts to spray lubricating oil onto the parts that need lubrication. The crankshaft rotates while spraying lubricating oil to lubricate the cylinder walls.

This system is less effective for lubricating components that are closer to the crankcase. The spray system is only used on small machines such as motorcycle engines, water pump engines and lawn mowers.

Following are the results of this splash lubrication system:

• Change the oil with a certain mileage.
• Poor lubrication due to oil drips only reaching certain areas.

2. Pump System

In this system, direct pressure from the oil pump lubricates the crankshaft bearings, crankshaft and rocker arm shafts. As for the lubrication of the cylinder walls and gears, the timing is carried out by the oil injected from the nozzles. The oil drop that passes through the rocker arm and returns to the oil pan (cartridge pan) is used to lubricate the valve mechanism.

The pressure system works by pumping the lubricating oil sucked from the crankcase through the filter by the oil pump to the previously lubricated parts filtered by the oil filter, and the lubricated oil that has been lubricated is returned to the original section. it is returned. Crankcase.

This second system uses hydraulic pressure via a pump. The second system has proven to be superior in distributing oil to all parts of the engine because it has channels that are integrated with pumps to the engine parts. It is believed that several modern production machines use this pump system.

Here are the results for the pressure lubrication system:

• Even and regular lubrication.
• Can be used with 4-stroke and 2-stroke engines.
• oil change for a certain mileage.

3. Combination system

This system combines the two systems above. This is necessary because each of the above systems has its own advantages and disadvantages. This combination is expected to provide a more complete lubrication system and reduce the negative impact on the engine at high speed.

The combined lubrication system is a machine lubrication system that mixes lubricant (side/mix) with fuel (gasoline), where the lubricant and fuel are mixed directly in the fuel tank. This system is limited to 2 stroke scooter bikes.

The combination system consists of two units as shown above, and there is a shovel in the crankcase that injects engine oil, which works together with the oil pump to distribute the lubricating oil to the innermost part of the crankcase.

Following are the results of the mixed lubrication system:

• The fuel tank is above/higher than the engine. B. The flow of fuel is caused by gravity.
• The simplest oil lubrication system.
• Wasteful use of oil and high levels of air pollution.
• Used for small power two stroke engines.
• Uses a special 2-stroke oil that is compatible with gasoline, containing 2% to 4% bio-oil.

Machine Lubrication System Functions

The purpose of lubrication in engines is to overcome the wear and tear that occurs between two metal surfaces that touch and rub against each other, as well as to cool and clean. This lubricant will work by forming a film (lubricating layer) between two metal surfaces that rub against each other, for example between the crankshaft, piston bearings and cylinder walls to prevent direct contacts between the parts. The function of lubricating oil is as follows:

1. For Lubrication

Engine oil lubricates the contact surfaces by forming a film that prevents direct contact between the metal surfaces and limits wear.

2. For Cooling

Combustion generates heat and engine parts become hot. This causes these parts to wear out quickly, and if the temperature is lowered, the engine will stall.

3. For Seals

Engine oil forms a layer between the piston and cylinder to prevent leakage of compressed air which would be squeezed around the piston and into the crankcase and cause a loss of power.

4. For Cleansing

Dirt will settle on the engine parts as metal particles due to friction between the metals touching each other, this increases friction and clogs the oil passages, and will wash away the dirt, preventing dirt from accumulating inside the engine.

5. To Absorb Machine Pressure

Engine oil absorbs and relieves pressure by acting on the lubricated parts and prevents the parts from becoming sharp when rubbed.

Engine Lubrication System Components

1. Oil Pump

The oil pump functions to suck oil from the oil sump and press or distribute it to moving engine parts. This component functions to suck and distribute oil in the engine. The performance of the oil pump components depends on the engine rotation based on the camshaft, crankshaft, or timing belt. The oil pump works by distributing pressurized oil throughout the engine channels.

Then the oil was finally discharged through the link channel which is at the end of the pump. This process aims to lubricate all other parts of the open engine. The existence of an oil pump makes all the engine components receive lubricant without pressure.

2. Oil Filter (Oil Filter)

The function of the oil filter is to filter out the impurities that are still in the oil before the oil lubricates the engine parts.

Another component used in the lubrication system is the oil filter. This component acts as an oil filter from impurities so that the oil does not get dirty quickly. If the oil processed in this system is contaminated with dirt, then the lubrication will not function optimally.

Lubricants that work on a vehicle should not contain any impurities. Particles and dirt contained in the oil can cause engine gaps that are impermeable to be scratched.

3. Strainers

This component serves to improve the work of the oil filter. Strainers or filters can filter dirt up to one millimeter in diameter. The oil pump component is located between the oil pump hole and the oil pump, which serves as a lubricant suction hole to the oil pump.

4. Pressure Valve

Pressure valve or pressure valve is a lubrication component whose job is to regulate the pressure of the lubricant. This setting is mainly done when the engine is working with high rotation.

When the engine rotates high, the volume of oil that moves from the oil pump increases. While the oil channel has a capacity limit. Therefore, regulation of the lubricating pressure is required so that the oil pressure remains stable.

Working from this one component has the final output to restore oil in the charter. This process takes place when the pressure of the lubricant or oil is rising.

5. Oil Switches

The oil switch is an oil pressure sensor which functions to determine the work output of the oil pump. This component is responsible for telling you about relative or not the oil pump pressure to lubricate the engine.

You will be able to know this when you turn your connection key in the on position. Look in the dashboard if your ride oil indicator light is on. If this light is on, it means the switch component is functioning properly.

But otherwise, when the engine is turned on the oil indicator light must be off. If the bio-oil indicator light is on when the engine is started, check your engine oil. There may be something problematic in the lubrication of your ride.

6. Oil galleries

Oil gallery is a lubrication channel that functions as a path for oil or lubricant in the machine. This component is a hole in the engine block that will be lubricated. This hole will deliver lubricant in devices that are required to receive lubrication.

7. Oil jets

Oil jet is a lubrication component that is under the engine cylinder. This component is responsible for spraying oil or lubricant into the drive rod.

8.PCV valve

This one component is no less important. Components Positive Crankcase Ventilation valve or abbreviated PCV valve is a part based on a series of engine ducts. This component is in the form of an air window channel that is still in the engine crankcase.

The PCV valve is useful for removing polluted gas or air. In the engine lubrication series, the PCV valve functions to remove residual combustion gases from the engine. In the end, this component can maintain pressure stability in the engine.

How Does the Lubrication System Work?

The operation of a vehicle’s engine lubrication system can be said to be quite simple but also complex. This system will start working when the vehicle engine is turned on. Whereas in normal conditions, namely the engine has not been started, lubricant or oil is deposited in the crankcase or oil pan.

At this point, the oil pump has been supplied with lubricant by the engine crankshaft. The oil pump usually uses a rotary pump.

Then when starting the engine, the crankshaft starts the lubrication system by rotating the oil pump. This process causes suction on the oil pump in the intake manifold. The lubricant will enter the oil pump through the inlet valve and the lubricant will be pumped on the other side which is removed.

Lubricating oil or pressurized oil is flowed through the oil line to the oil filter. Inside this filter element, the lubricant is filtered to remove various deposits, dirt, and particles.

Lubricant or oil then passes through the oil supply unit and is directed to the oil injector and the top of the machine. The oil on the surface of the automatic machine will do its job of lubricating the trigger and camshaft. The oil then returns to the crankcase or crankcase through the oil lines.

Instead, oil is expelled from the oil jets under the cylinder block. This oil or lubricant is responsible for lubricating the connecting rod and piston parts. All lubricant rotation is supported by a weight balancer.

The mass balance is the part of the crankshaft that is shaped like a shovel. This section is in charge of tearing the oil in the crankcase or oil bath when the crankshaft rotates. The goal is to distribute the oil throughout the engine.

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of what is the engine lubrication system on a vehicle. Not only knowing what an engine lubrication system is, but also discussing the types, functions, benefits, and the right way of working so that the machine is maintained.

Knowing what an engine lubrication system is for vehicle users is very useful to know how the lubrication system works on their vehicles so that they always pay attention to engine performance whether it has experienced wear and tear to carry out regular oil changes.

Thus a review of the function of the engine lubrication system. For Sinaumed’s who want to understand about lubrication systems and other knowledge related to the automotive world, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Articles related to Engine Lubrication System Functions:

Vehicle Engine Cooling System Functions, Components, and How It Works!

What is the function of the intercooler in a car, how it works, and how to treat it!

Understanding Generators: Types, Working Principles, and Their Functions

ABS Is Braking On Cars and Motorcycles and How It Works

Car Spare Parts: Various Types, Uses, Along with Tips for Choosing Them!

 

Highest Batak clan – Indonesia is a country that is rich in diversity of many things. One of them is the diversity of clans in Indonesia. For example, the Batak clan, which is one of the largest clans in Indonesia, originates from North Sumatra.

Of course, you as a native Indonesian citizen also know about the existence of the Batak clan. There are many interesting things that can make the Batak clan so different from other clans, namely the existence of a clan.

Where the clan within the Batak clan itself has a function as the identity of the family tree from lineage. Even so, it is rare for people outside the clan to know if the Batak clan has the highest clan.

So, in this article, we will provide information about the Batak clan, especially the highest Batak clan. If you are so curious about the highest Batak clan, of course the information in this article will be very helpful.

Order of the Batak clan from the highest

As previously explained, there are several clans within the Batak clan. Where the Batak clan itself consists of several types that really need to be known by the people of Indonesia, especially for the people of Sumatra.

The existence of a clan in the Batak clan has a function as an identity sign that can explain the family tree from its lineage. As is well known, the Batak clan has its own identity which is usually easier to recognize from the child’s last name.

Of course, giving a Batak surname to a child cannot be done carelessly. Where the child’s surname will generally be equated with the father’s name which is used as the identity of their offspring.

Even so, there are several clan names in the Batak clan that many people don’t know. Below is a list of the highest Batak clans that you can read in full.

1. Simalungun Batak

The Simalungun Batak clan is a clan that is in the area of ​​Simalungun Regency and its surroundings. Those who live in that area will usually have a strong kinship system with their surroundings. Of course living side by side well is something that needs to be prioritized.

In addition, the social spirit and togetherness possessed by the Simalungun Batak is quite high. They will help each other who also has a heroic spirit.

It is not surprising that many people are fascinated by the Simalungun Batak people.

The traditional house owned by the Simalungun Batak clan is Rumah Bolon. But even though the name is the same, actually the Simalungun Batak Bolon House and the traditional Toba, Pakpak and Karo houses have differences, you know.

Where the difference in the Bolon Batak Simalungun traditional house is from the unique shape of the roof with the linmas design.

Meanwhile, the religion embraced by the Simalungun Batak people is Protestant Christianity. There are also those who embrace Catholicism and Islam as well as traditional beliefs.

2. Toba Batak

Next is the Toba Batak clan. The owner of the Toba Batak clan is a community in the Lake Toba region. The people in this area of ​​course also really understand the importance of living life together.

This also includes various kinds of things that must be resolved together. The giving of the Toba Batak clan can be obtained from the existence of a lineage of descent. Besides that, the customary values ​​and customs that exist in the Batak Toba clan can also run well.

This is none other than because the Toba Batak people are able to preserve what must be continued. Not only that, because the Toba Batak people are also very obedient to existing regulations. Therefore, it is not surprising that the Toba Batak clan is so popular and has many successors.

Next to the traditional house owned by the Toba Batak tribe is Rumah Bolon. Rumah Bolon is a building that has a rectangular shape with such a large size. If there are people who want to enter the traditional house, they must bow their heads first.

This is done because at the top there are several beams with a transverse position. Furthermore, they also have to climb the stairs in the middle of the house. Most Bolon houses will be decorated with carvings and paintings that can show the shrewdness of the Toba Batak people in making a work of art. Meanwhile, the inside of Rumah Bolon does not have a partition.

The majority of the Toba Batak people embrace Protestant Christianity. In addition, there are also some people who embrace Catholicism, Islam and adherents of the Parmalim belief.

Parmalim or Par Ugamo Malim is a Batak citizen who believes that God is Mulajadi Nabolon. This belief already existed in the culture of the Toba Batak people before other religions entered.

3. Karo Batak

The Karo Batak are a clan that is quite special. This is because the Karo Batak are a clan that is widespread in North Sumatra. The area of ​​the Karo Batak clan includes the Tanah Karo area and its surroundings.

Where the people of the Karo Batak clan are also very kind and can help each other. Because it’s been a day the value of helping each other is always upheld.

Traditional values ​​that have existed for a long time are also still being adhered to today by those who have the Karo Batak clan. Because of this, the Karo Batak people are well known by everyone.

The Karo Batak traditional house or Siwaluh Jabu traditional house is a traditional house inhabited by 8 families with their respective roles. In addition, the Karo Batak traditional house is also divided into several parts, namely Jabu Jahe or downstream and Jabu Julu or upstream.

At each jabu will be divided again into two and divided again into several jabu. The interesting thing about the Karo Batak house is that even though it is a large house.

However, the manufacturing process does not require nails.

Then for the religion that is embraced by the Batak Karo people, the majority are Kritsen. Apart from that, there are also those who embrace Catholicism and Islam and there are also followers of Pamena’s beliefs.

4. Mandailing Batak

Next is the Mandailing Batak clan. Where the greatness of the Mandailing Batak is quite visible. Especially for people who still have a high social if. The social system that exists within the Mandailing Batak clan can also work well.

This is none other than the compliance of the Mandailing Batak people with existing regulations. Outside the area, the existence of the Mandailing Batak clan is also quite well known. This is none other than the many descendants of the Mandailing Batak clan.

In the Batak tribe, even though they have different clans, the attitude of helping each other is maintained and upheld.

The traditional house of the Mandailing Batak clan is the Bagas Godang House. Where in the Mandailing language, Bags have the meaning of home. Meanwhile, Godang itself has many meanings. The Mandailing area is also famous for its stunning natural attractions and local wisdom culture which is still closely held by the local population.

The existence of the Bagas Godang traditional house will be easier to find in Mandailing Natal Regency. This district is also part of Padang Lawas and South Tapanuli Regencies.

Then the religion embraced by the majority of the Mandailing Batak tribe is Islam. In addition, there are also those who embrace Christianity.

5. Pakpak Batak

The Pakpak Batak are one of the Batak clans spread across Dairi, West Pakpak, Humbang Hasundutan, Central Tapanuli and surrounding areas. In addition, the Pakpak Batak clan is also very well known. This is none other than because the owners of the Pakpak Batak clan often migrate outside their area.

Even though they migrate, the owner of the Pakpak Batak clan will not lose the characteristics possessed by the Batak tribe. One of them is the sense of family that is still upheld and maintained to this day.

This also makes the Pakpak Batak tribe able to communicate with other tribes without any differences, but only with a sense of kinship.

The traditional house owned by the Pakpak Batak tribe is Jerro. The shape of the Papak traditional house itself is actually almost the same as the traditional houses in North Sumatra in general, namely using stairs and poles.

The Pakpak house also has a distinctive shape made of wood and the roof uses palm fiber as raw material. The design form of the Jerro traditional house itself is an embodiment of Pakpak cultural art and is also one of the traditional houses in North Sumatra which has its own meaning.

So, those are some of the highest Batak clans that are still very popular today. Although the highest, the spirit of togetherness of each Batak clan is still upheld and maintained to this day. Mainly to help and still be able to protect each other.

Reasons for the Importance of Marga for Batak People

Batak is one of the tribes in Indonesia originating from North Sumatra. Until now the Batak people always uphold the clan they have. Every time you meet a Batak person, you will be asked about their surname first.

This is not without reason, because there are also some habits that can occur. Here are the reasons for the position of the clan being so important for the Batak people.

1. As a Sign of Family Lineage

For the Batak people, the surname can help show which lineage they come from. This is indeed so important for the Batak people, because genealogy is also the identity of the Batak people in everyday life.

By knowing their genealogy, the Batak people will be more able to carry themselves in everyday life. Especially if you meet or hang out with fellow Batak people. This is also a matter of pride, which is also one of the methods of preserving the genealogy of his lineage.

2. Marga Determines Matchmaking

For most people, soul mate is something that is always associated with a choice of heart. However, this can be different and does not apply to the Batak people.

Although in choosing a life partner it is still seen in terms of the suitability of each individual. But the Batak people will also see where the couple’s clan comes from. This is because it has become a tradition for the Batak tribe. Which is not allowed to marry people who have the same surname.

3. Clan unites brotherhood

The Batak tribe is one of the tribes that has a long history in Indonesia. Even though it comes from the land area of ​​Sumatra. But now the existence of the Batak people has spread to all corners of Indonesia.

Because of this it also makes the lineage of the Batak people wider as the number of descendants increases. However, because it spreads to all corners of Indonesia, it can also cause the possibility of losing relatives or no more news from the Batak tribe’s family.

Because of this, the existence of the clan has an important role for the Batak people. Where with the existence of a clan, Batak people will find it easier and will continue to be able to meet their fellow clans even when they are outside their area or in overseas lands.

This condition makes the kinship of the Batak people turn out to be so strong today.

4. One of the Capital in Associating

In the way of socializing, the Batak people often use the surname as a basic benchmark for how to establish relationships with people they have just met. For example, when you greet someone you just met and it turns out that the person is from the Batak tribe.

Batak people also have another interesting habit, namely always respecting fellow Batak people, especially when both are in overseas lands. The emotional closeness of fellow Batak people will always exist within him. The existence of a surname can also determine how to behave towards someone you just met.

5. Provides Many Ways of Life

It is undeniable that the Batak people are synonymous with migrants. It can even be said that it feels incomplete if the Batak people have never migrated during their lives. This is where Marga also has an important role for the Batak people in finding a way while living abroad.

Because in overseas lands, Batak people can meet their fellow clans. For example, if you are from the Marpaung clan, you will definitely be asked to meet people who have the same clan in overseas lands, namely the Marpaung clan.

In fact, parents will usually entrust their children to the family that owns the Marpaung clan in the overseas land. This is done in order to provide a way of life for the Batak people in overseas lands. For example, to make it easier to get information on work in overseas lands.

7. The same surname is not necessarily the same name

If you meet a Batak person who owns the Simanjuntak clan, it doesn’t mean that he alone has the Simanjuntak clan. There could also be three other clans that are still in the same family as that clan. This also applies to other clans in the Batak tribe.

8. Marga Related to Biological Interests

The ancestors of the Batak people said that the same offspring, although not in the same womb, would result in a bad thing if they were in pairs. In terms of biology, it can be interpreted that it will cause defects in the next offspring.

9. Marga is a personal identity for the Batak people

For the Batak people, the clan lineage is also a personal identity that must always be maintained and upheld. It is said that without this identity, Batak people’s lives will be in vain.

From the explanation above, it can be said that the highest Batak clan is the Simalungun clan. So, that’s an explanation regarding the clans in the Batak tribe, starting from the highest Batak clan to the importance of the clan for the Batak people, which has been fully summarized in this article. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful for Sinaumed’s.

Learning is a way to gain knowledge, from those who did not know to know. Good students must understand that learning is an important activity that must be done no matter what. However, it is also undeniable, to make yourself really feel like learning activities is very difficult. First, it could be due to a learning atmosphere that is not supportive and does not provide a sense of comfort, choosing an inappropriate study time, and unsuitable learning methods.

Everyone has different learning abilities. There are those who understand the lesson easily, there are those who take longer to understand the lesson. Sinaumed’s just needs to find a suitable way to understand the subject matter.

In this article, Eduteam will discuss various learning techniques that Sinaumed’s can apply to make learning activities more effective. Come on, watch it to the end!

1. The Pomodoro Technique

Have Sinaumed’s ever been distracted by one thing while studying? For example, play a little HP and open social media. So, if Sinaumed’s is easily distracted, try the Pomodoro technique. Besides aiming to avoid distraction when studying, the Pomodoro technique can also help Sinaumed’s set goals and achieve a target. How to?

• Choose the learning activity you want to do at that time.
• Divide the activity into several tasks. For example, when you want to deepen biology material about living things, you can divide it into:

a. Deepen A material

b. Deepen B material

c. Understand the types of living things

d. Solve practice questions

• From the tasks that were divided earlier, set a timer for 25 minutes to complete each task. Remember, you have to focus on the task within the allotted time.
• After the timer goes off, you can rest for 5 minutes. Make good use of this break time to do any distractions like playing cellphones etc.
• Break time is over, return to complete the next task for 25 minutes, then repeat the steps above.
• When you have completed the tasks earlier, then you can rest longer around 15-20 minutes.
• Mark each completed assignment and find out from the learning activity what you need to improve on. This can be used as evaluation material in determining the division of tasks and others.

Various learning techniques and applications accompanied by pictures and steps that can help Sinaumed’s understand something more easily can also be found in the book Success in Learning and Teaching with Memory Techniques.

2. Feynman technique

Is Sinaumed’s the type that finds it difficult to understand subject matter? Need to repeat many times to understand? Well, you have Richard Feynman to thank, Sinaumed’s! Because he found an effective and easy way for you to understand the subject matter. At school, teachers usually recommend that we become peer tutors and teach material to our peers, actually this method is similar to Feynman’s technique.

The Feynman technique is a learning technique as if you were teaching someone else. How to do it?

• Choose what material you want to study.
• Read and understand the material well.
• Rewrite the material you have learned onto a piece of paper while explaining the material as if you were teaching it to someone else.
• When you write as if you are teaching, you will discover which areas you need to master more deeply.
• Study again material that you have not mastered until you can really explain it well.
• Explain the material again in a language that is simpler and easier to understand.
• Repeat until you are really fluent and master the subject matter.

3. Eat That Frog

For Sinaumed’s who find it difficult to determine priorities because there are too many activities, Eduteam suggests that you use the eat that frog learning technique. The steps are:

• Make a to-do list divided into categories, for example

a. Activities that have to be done, and you want to do them

b. Activities that must be done, and you are lazy to do it

c. Activities that don’t have to be done, and you don’t want/are lazy to do them

d. Activities that are not important to do, and you want to do them

• From the several categories above, choose the one you dislike the most. Make it the ” frog ” that we have to eat first, namely activities that must be done and you are lazy to do them.
• Finish and move on to the frog . The earlier you do the most important and least favorite tasks, the faster your tasks will be completed.

To better understand how this study technique works, Sinaumed’s can read the book Eat That Frog which can be a powerful way to achieve more with less work!

4. Technique notes Cornell

Recording lessons can be said to be a powerful way to understand the subject matter. Notes that you write can be read again if you want to repeat the lesson. But, have you recorded correctly? Try following Cornell’s note-taking technique, Sinaumed’s!

• Divide the paper into 3 parts as shown below
• The left column can be filled with keywords related to important subjects or questions
• The right column is the main area where you record the main topic of the subject matter you are studying. Just write briefly or in the form of important points.
• The column at the bottom can be filled with conclusions from the subject matter you are studying.

5. SQ3R technique

SQ3R stands for Survey, Question, Read, Recite, and Review. This technique is considered effective for Sinaumed’s in studying textbooks. Let’s see the steps yuk!

• Survey , in this step a cursory review of the entire text is carried out. The aim is to obtain an overview of the contents contained in the material.
• Question , Compose short and relevant questions with the part of the text marked in the first step.
• Read , in this step our task is to read actively to find answers to the questions that have been prepared. When reading, focus on paragraphs that are thought to contain answers that match the questions.
• Recite , reiterates the answers to the questions that have been prepared. At this step, try not to look at the answers written on the notes as much as possible. If the question is not answered, then proceed to the next question and repeat until all questions are answered.
• Review, this is the final step by conducting a review of all questions and answers to arrive at a conclusion.

 

Okay Sinaumed’s, those are some techniques that you can apply to make learning more effective. You can try these techniques one by one until you find what technique is right for you to learn. Or you can also modify the technique above to suit your learning style. Happy learning, Sinaumed’s!

5 Indonesian Female Heroes Who Should Be Emulated – Sinaumed’s friends, do you know the meaning of heroes? According to the definition of the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a hero is someone who stands out because of his courage and sacrifice in defending the truth. They are brave warriors.

In addition, a hero is also a nickname for someone who provides services for his nation. Through these figures, the symbol of struggle and sacrifice continues to be passed on to future generations.

Indonesian independence, on the other hand, cannot be separated from the struggle of the female heroes in expelling the invaders. For their services, the state appointed these heroes to be recognized as national heroes.

So, to commemorate their services, we will review several female heroes who were pioneers of independence who have provided great services to the Indonesian nation.

Let’s see the list below!

5 Indonesian Female Heroes

1. Dewi Sartika

Portrait of Dewi Sartika.

Dewi Sartika lived during the Dutch East Indies era. He was born into a well-known Sundanese family, namely R. Rangga Somanegara and RA Rajapermas in Cicalengka on December 4, 1884. After his father died, he lived with his uncle and received an education according to Sundanese culture.

She is considered a figure in modern education for girls in West Java and so far has often been compared to RA Kartini. Both of them were pioneers in the emancipation of girls through modern education, which were both supported by the regent and the Dutch East Indies government, which carried out ethical politics.

Even though RA Kartini and Dewi Sartika had the support of the Dutch East Indies government, they moved on impulse to solve real problems faced by women.

Kartini looked at the problems of feudalism and colonialism which were seen and felt in the sphere of residence with the lens of solutions through feminism and nationalism. Meanwhile, Dewi Sartika saw how women were treated as if they were easily disposed of at her uncle’s house.

Dewi Sartika’s views on the idea of ​​feminism are not as clear as Kartini’s, even though she broke with tradition by opening a modern school. However, this was done within the framework of giving bargaining power to women so they could become wives and mothers.

Her struggle can be seen from the name of the school that was founded, namely Sakola Istri, which later changed its name to Sakola Kautamaan Istri. Dewi Sartika believes that mastering women’s skills will set them free. Skills that will protect women when their partners throw away or leave them.

Dewi Sartika went to school at Eerste Klasse School only until she was nine years old, so she did not finish elementary school. However, he managed to become a competent educator and school manager. Dewi Sartika’s students are numerous and the majority of them are from families with low incomes.

Dewi Sartika sees the strategic role of educators to elevate their degree. Despite being the son of a noble, he carries the stigma of an outcast and a rebel. This is what made him wasted by being placed in the backyard of his uncle’s house with the courtiers .

However, it was from there that Dewi Sartika started her career as an educator. He considered this profession to be of high standing apart from being a parent and working with the government.

After independence, Dewi Sartika’s health began to decline. When the Dutch Military Aggression occurred during the War of Independence, he was forced to flee to Tasikmalaya. He died on September 11, 1947 in Cineam and is buried there. After the situation was safe, his grave was then moved to Jalan Karang Anyar, Bandung.

Dewi Sartika succeeded in becoming a female educator figure, so that the Dutch East Indies government awarded her a silver award in 1922 and a gold award in 1939. In addition, she was also awarded the Order van Oranje-Nassau title on the 35th anniversary of the Kaoetamaan Isteri School, as a reward for her services in fighting for education.

The Indonesian government also awarded him the title of hero on December 1, 1966. Now, his name is used as a street name in various Indonesian cities, including the location of the school he founded.

2. RA Kartini

Negative reproduction of RA Kartini’s portrait (1890s photo).

RA Kartini is a woman who comes from the priyayi or Javanese aristocratic class. She is the daughter of Raden Mas Adipati Ario Sosroningrat, a governor who was appointed regent of Jepara. His mother was named MA Ngasirah, daughter of Nyai Haji Siti Aminah and KH Madirono, a religion teacher in Telukawur, Jepara.

Kartini was a new Indonesian pioneer in a democratic system of government, who lived only 25 years during the Dutch colonial era. He was there wholeheartedly when the early ideas of ethical politics began to open up to the natives through modern education and books.

His free, critical young soul is perhaps what makes it easy for him to capture a revolutionary spirit.

Apart from Prince Diponegoro, Kartini has been the inspiration for Budi Utomo to create study clubs and movement organizations against colonialism and imperialism. She has inspired many women’s movements such as Sujatin Kartowijono, who was the initiator of the First Indonesian Women’s Congress.

Kartini’s ideas came as a response to women entering the modern world through anti-imperialism and colonialism, which became the soul of the national movement. His courage and words have been a source of inspiration since ancient times until now.

However, on the other hand he is not shown as a battering ram of feudalism who is an enemy of democracy. The perspective of men may not be able to see their superiority.

Unfair view. If not discouraging, the possibility is negating reality or comparing things that are not comparable.

Fortunately, Kartini left so many papers. Today’s intellectuals can refer to their work to study and become the basis for placing themselves proportionally in the independent Indonesian movement.

In his opinion, for the nobility to realize its obligations, education and knowledge had to expand. In Kartini’s note to the Ministry of Dutch Colonies in 1903, he emphasized the problem.

Furthermore, if it is not possible to simultaneously educate a nation of 27 million people, for the time being only the top class will be given education and knowledge. This was considered useful because the people were loyal to the nobility.

The importance of education is what Kartini emphasizes to promote women. With education, a woman does not need to be secluded. Education will complement skills that can sustain life and determine the way of life in matters of marriage.

Rebelling against feudalism, strongly opposing polygamy, and fighting for access to education for women were the main points of his struggle. He knows this effort is not easy and takes a long time.

However, he believes his struggle will pay off. “ Change is coming in Bumiputera ”, he wrote to Stella on January 9, 1901. “ If not for us, it must be from someone else. Emancipation has flown in the air – it is destined ”.

3. Rasuna Said

Portrait of Hajjah Rangkayo Rasuna Said .

HR Rasuna Said was born on September 14, 1910, in Panyinggahan Village, Maninjau, Agam Regency, West Sumatra. He is a descendant of Minang royalty. His father’s name was Muhamad Said, a Minangkabau merchant and former movement activist.

Rasuna Said’s family is a devout Muslim family. He grew up in his uncle’s house because his father’s job made his father often not at home. Unlike his siblings, he attended a religious, not secular, school. He then moved to Padang Panjang and attended the Diniyah School, which combined religious and special subjects.

In 1923, she became an assistant teacher at the newly founded Sekolah Diniyah Putri, but returned to her hometown three years later after it was destroyed by an earthquake. He then studied for two years at a school associated with political and religious activism, and attended a speech given by the school’s director on Indonesian nationalism and independence.

After completing elementary school (SD), Rasuna Said was sent by his father to continue his education at the Ar-Rasyidiyah Islamic boarding school. At that time, she was the only female student. He is known as someone who is smart, smart, and brave. Rasuna Said then continued his education at Diniyah Putri Padang Panjang, and met Rahmah El Yunusiyyah, a figure from the Thawalib movement. The Thawalib movement is a movement built by Islamic reformists in West Sumatra. Many of the movement’s leaders were influenced by the Turkish-Islamic nationalist thought, Mustafa Kemal Atatürk.

Rasuna Said is very concerned about the progress and education of women, he has taught at Diniyah Putri as a teacher. But in 1930, she stopped teaching because she had the view that progress for women could not only be obtained by establishing schools, but must be accompanied by political struggle. She wanted to include political education in the Diniyah School Putri curriculum, but was refused.

He then studied religion at Haji Rasul or Dr H Abdul Karim Amrullah who taught the importance of renewing Islamic thought and freedom of thought which later greatly influenced Rasuna Said’s views.

The polygamy controversy was once lively and became a polemic in the Minang realm in the 1930s. This results in an increase in the number of divorcees. Rasuna Said considers this behavior part of harassment against women.

The beginning of Rasuna Said’s political struggle began with his activities in the People’s Union (SR) as a branch secretary. He later also joined Soematra Thawalib and founded the Indonesian Muslim Association (PERMI) in Bukittinggi in 1930. He also taught at schools founded by PERMI and later founded the Thawalib School in Padang, and led the Women’s Course and the Normal Course in Bukittinggi.

Rasuna Said was very proficient in making speeches criticizing the Dutch government. She was also recorded as the first woman to be exposed to the Speek Delict law , namely the Dutch colonial law which stated that anyone could be punished for speaking against the Dutch.

In 1926, Rasuna Said was active in the communist-affiliated Sarekat Rakyat organization, which was disbanded after the failed communist uprising in West Sumatra in 1927. The following year, he became a member of the Islamic Sarekat Party, rising to the leadership position of the Maninjau branch.

After its establishment in 1930, he joined the Indonesian Muslim Association (Permi), an organization based on Islam and nationalism. The following year, he returned to teaching at Padang Panjang, leaving his job after falling out with his leader over teaching his students the need for political action to bring about Indonesian independence.

After Indonesian independence, Rasuna Said was active in the Indonesian Youth Information Agency and the Indonesian National Committee. He sat in the Sumatra Representative Council representing the West Sumatra region after the Proclamation of Independence. He was appointed as a member of the People’s Representative Council of the United States of Indonesia (DPR RIS), then became a member of the Supreme Advisory Council following the Presidential Decree of 5 July 1959 until the end of his life.

After Indonesia’s proclamation of independence on 17 August 1945, she worked with pro-republican organizations, and in 1947 became a senior member and chair of the women’s section of the National Defense Front. He later joined the Volksfront, which was part of the Union of Struggle founded by the nationalist-communist Tan Malaka.

As a result of friction between this organization and the local government, he was placed under house arrest for a week. He had also been a member of the Sumatran Representative Council, and in July 1947 became a member of the Central Indonesian National Committee (KNIP), the provisional legislative body. On the eve of the sixth meeting of the KNIP in 1949, he was appointed to the KNIP Working Committee representing Sumatra.

Subsequently, he became a member of the Provisional People’s Representative Council in 1950. In 1959, he was then appointed a member of the Supreme Advisory Council, a position he held until his death in Jakarta in 1965.

4. Holy Spirit

Portrait of the Holy Spirit.

Rohana Kudus is Indonesia’s first journalist. She was born as Siti Ruhana on December 20, 1884 in the village (nagari) of Koto Gadang, Agam Regency, in the interior of West Sumatra, Dutch East Indies. His father Mohammad Rasjad Maharadja Soetan was the chief prosecutor of the Jambi and then Medan Residency. Rohana is the half sister of Sutan Sjahrir and cousin of Agus Salim.

In 1911, Rohana founded the Amai Setia Craft School (KAS) in Koto Gadang. While active in the field of education that she loves, she writes for the women’s newspaper, Poetri Indies . When the Dutch East Indies government banned her, she took the initiative to establish a newspaper called Edit Melayu , which was listed as one of the first women’s newspapers in Indonesia.

She lived at the same time as Kartini, when women’s access to a good education was very limited. He died in Jakarta on 17 August 1972 and was buried at the Karet Bivoak Public Cemetery.

In 1974, the regional government of West Sumatra awarded her as the First Wartawati. He also received an award as Pioneer of the Indonesian Press in 1987 and Bintang Jasa Utama in 2007. Since 7 November 2019, the Indonesian government has declared Roehana Koeddoes a National Hero of Indonesia through Presidential Decree No. 120/TK/2019 and given to his grandson as heir the next day.

5. Cut Nyak Dien

Portrait of Cut Nyak Dhien.

Cut Nyak Dhien is an Indonesian national hero from Aceh who fought against the Dutch during the Aceh War. He was born into a religious aristocratic family in Aceh Besar, VI Mukim area in 1848. His father was Teuku Nanta Seutia, an uleebalang VI Mukim, who was also a descendant of Datuk Makhudum Sati, immigrants from Minangkabau. Datuk Makhudum Sati is a descendant of Rear Admiral Nanta who was a representative of the Sultanate of Aceh during the reign of Sultan Iskandar Muda in Pariaman.

In 1880, Cut Nyak Dhien married Teuku Umar, having previously been promised that he could join the battlefield if he accepted the proposal. From this marriage he had a son named Cut Gambang.

After her marriage to Teuku Umar, she and her husband fought together against the Dutch. However, on February 11, 1899 Teuku Umar died. This made Cut Nyak Dhien struggle alone in the interior of Meulaboh with his small army.

Cut Nyak Dien’s age, which at that time was relatively old and his body condition which was ravaged by various diseases such as gout and nearsightedness, made one of his troops named Pang Laot report his whereabouts out of compassion. He was finally caught and taken to Banda Aceh. He was there treated and his illness began to heal.

The existence of Cut Nyak Dhien, who was considered to still have a strong influence on the resistance of the Acehnese people and his relationship with the Acehnese warriors who had not been caught, made him exiled to Sumedang. He died on November 6, 1908 and was buried in Mount Quail, Sumedang. His name is now immortalized as Cut Nyak Dhien Nagan Raya Airport in Meulaboh.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the struggles and services of 5 Heroines who are worthy of emulation . Appreciating the services of the heroes is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references about these heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to Indonesian Female Heroes

Important Reasons Why You Must Have Honest Character – Being honest is something that is easy to think about, but often difficult to say. Honesty is not only to other people. But also to myself.

Honesty is one of the most valuable things. Saying something honestly is a self-reflection. It has to do with him knowing how deep he is.

So, many people often do not practice or practice honesty. This will harm others and yourself. To overcome this, it is necessary to know what the importance of being honest is.

This article will discuss 5 important reasons why you should be honest.

What Is Honesty?

An honest person will definitely say the right thing. The things that are conveyed do not violate the facts that should be. Besides that, being honest can also be said to be something that is in accordance with intentions and words.

Intentions and words will also be in line with his actions. This means that intention is a major component of honesty. People who are used to being honest must have words and deeds that are just as straight.

An honesty is a moral aspect of life. This aspect has good value as well as positive value. Honesty can also be replaced with other words.

In honesty, there is sincerity. People who say something that is true certainly have better intentions. Although sometimes honesty is something that is not easy to accept.

Apart from that, there is also loyalty and fairness in honesty. Honesty is a very valuable thing. The price of someone who is always honest is trust.

Everyone must appreciate a truth. In every ethnicity, culture and religion, truth is of course upheld. So every teaching certainly requires honesty in it.

Why Must Have Honest Nature?

1. The basis of good deeds

People who are always honest must understand between things that are wrong and things that are right. Before he conveys an honesty to others, he will turn on himself. He will ask questions about what he wants to convey.

Should this be submitted immediately? Conversely, whether it can be delivered at the right time. Questions like that will come to mind before saying something.

Basically, honesty must be conveyed immediately. However, there are things you need to remember. This is that everything doesn’t have to happen right away.

There are several things about honesty that must be delayed in conveying it. Things like that of course have their own reasons. For example, you have to get valid facts or evidence before disclosing it.

Therefore, honesty can be said to be basic. Basic things in good deeds. People who uphold honesty will certainly appreciate the truth.

2. Make the heart calm

An honest person will make his life comfortable. Makes him feel calm and peaceful. That’s because he no longer keeps a secret.

Honesty is not only related to something that must be said. Doing the right thing also includes honesty. Like being honest by not cheating.

For example, when a student is taking an exam. The supervising teacher had to go to the toilet. It will make the class atmosphere chaotic.

In this situation, there were some students who were not being honest. Like working with other friends. Even cheating into a notebook.

Such acts also include dishonest behavior. People who remain honest with people who cheat will certainly be different. Those who remain honest will be calm under the test.

While those who cheat will be anxious, worried that the supervising teacher will return to class. This is one clear example of the act of honesty. When you uphold an honesty and run it, then the heart becomes calm.

Also Read:

3. Gained trust

This is certainly an advantage for you. Besides you conveying honesty, you will also gain trust. For some people, giving trust is a difficult thing.

However, when dealing with someone who is always honest it is different. People who are always honest will keep their beliefs open. So one way to gain someone’s trust is through honesty.

Beliefs in this regard also vary. It can happen wherever honesty is. For example, in matters of work.

If you always tell the truth, then you will be trusted by your colleagues. This will be a big benefit for you. There are times, that honesty will affect your work.

For example, your work position will change. Originally an ordinary employee, can be appointed head of a certain field. This happens because your colleague or boss already believes in your attitude or words.

4. Minimize a problem

Cause or something that is the root of this problem that must be addressed. Through it, the problem can be resolved. Problems that are immediately resolved certainly have a faster time to complete.

However, sometimes this cause or thing is often covered up. The reasons for hiding the real facts also vary. As there are many people’s interests, some even involve personal interests.

When referring to honest nature, of course the reason must be disclosed. No matter how big or how bad the reason is, it must still be disclosed. These reasons are the problem solving factors.

Honesty is very necessary in this case. When someone prioritizes honesty, then I will convey it. The reason or cause that is the root of the problem must be conveyed immediately.

Therefore, another benefit of being honest is that it can minimize problems. When you are in a problem that you cause, then you have to be honest. Honesty will lead you to minimize the problem.

5. One of the success factors

Success or it can be said that success is something that many people really want. Most people take many ways to achieve success. In fact, not infrequently everyone will compete to achieve this success.

There are many factors that can be used as capital to achieve success. One of them is to be honest. Honesty is an important thing, which is also fundamental in achieving success itself.

Those of you who hope for success, must know what success means. Apart from that, you also have to understand what the goals of success you want to achieve are. Like wanting to improve life, wanting to be rich, or wanting to inspire many people.

In seeking these goals, you need to be honest within yourself. You have to be honest with yourself about that. Is something you really want to do, or is it something you are forced to get.

When you are honest with yourself, you will realize what you should do next. You will not go the wrong way or even go blind in achieving that. So that honest nature is very basic in achieving success or success.

That’s the meaning and 5 reasons why you should have honest character. Honesty is something positive. There is no bad impact if you always uphold honesty. Therefore, start to say or do something true and honest. To run it, you can start from yourself first.

Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommend interesting books for Sinaumed’s.

Betawi art is one of the cultural assets of the Indonesian people, especially the Betawi people. Even so, currently Betawi arts and other arts are becoming less desirable. This is because various foreign cultures entered Indonesia.

With various foreign cultural influences coming in, regional arts such as Betawi art are slowly being forgotten. In fact, maintaining and preserving art in Indonesia is very important.

Art and culture is an identity that cannot be separated from the body of society. Various regional arts in Indonesia are not just for entertainment. However, of course there is more to it than that.

Betawi Arts

One of the arts in Indonesia is Betawi art. Betawi is a tribe in Jakarta. Even though currently Jakarta does not only belong to the Betawi people, Betawi art still belongs to the Betawi people which is intended for everyone.

As one of the central regions in Indonesia, cultural influences from outside are definitely unavoidable. Therefore, maintaining the existence of Betawi art is the obligation of all parties.

If we talk about Betawi arts, we will find many things. Sinaumed’s, do you know what constitutes Betawi arts? This time we will discuss the various types of Betawi arts that exist.

What are Betawi Arts?

Generally, an art can be expressed as an expression of the human soul related to beauty. In the Betawi community, Betawi art is manifested in various forms. such as Literary Arts, Martial Arts, Musical Arts and Theater Arts.

1. Literary Arts

Since its birth, Betawi has a diverse culture. One of them is Betawi literary arts. Unfortunately, at this time Betawi literature seems to be hidden in its own area.

In fact, according to several sources, Betawi literature has existed for a long time. In addition, one of the Betawi arts has been getting the attention of several foreign scientists for a long time. One proof of this is the publication of many studies on Betawi literature in the past.

In fact, his manuscripts have been published and scattered in various libraries. Not arbitrarily, the library in question is a library in universities in developed countries. One of them is in Russia and Leningrad.

Betawi literature is a literary work in the form of writing, which uses the Betawi language. Betawi literary works are art created and delivered by Betawi people. The delivery of this Betawi art is also delivered in Betawi language.

Not only that, listeners or connoisseurs are also Betawi people. However, of course this Betawi art can be enjoyed by all ethnicities. The contents of the story in this literary work are related to the life of the Betawi people.

Such as how they live, the customs, the religion they adhere to, the behavior of the Betawi people to the natural conditions in Betawi itself. According to one Betawi historian, Bang Yahya Andi Saputra, Betawi literature consists of two forms.

There is oral Betawi literature and written Betawi literature. This Betawi oral literature has been known since the Betawi people began to relate to art and culture. Examples include rhymes, saga, draft, buleng, ngerahul and jampe-jampe used by shamans when treating illnesses in patients.

a. Pantun

One of them is the use of the typical Betawi language. Starting from the choice of words and elements of sound, everything has its rules. Those things have an element of being spontaneous, hilarious and outspoken to them.

The fluidity of Betawi rhymes can be found in formats that seem to deviate from the norm. The standard of a rhyme generally consists of 4 lines. The specialty of this Betawi rhyme is that it has a freer pattern.

Regarding the contents of the rhymes, there are several Betawi rhymes that reveal important things in them. Such as containing advice regarding manners, morals, manners, ethics, humor, social criticism, religion to certain teachings.

b. Saga

For local literature, it generally originates from a story in the world of wayang. Examples include  the Tale of the Origin of Puppets ,  the Tale of the Puppet Arjuna , and  the play Jaka Sukara . For non-local literature, it generally originates from a story in the Middle East. Examples include  the Tale of Merpati Mas and the Tale of Silver ,  the Tale of the Fun Captain  and  the Tale of Sutan Taburat .

The above-mentioned manuscript was copied in the 19th century, by Muhammad Bakir. This manuscript by Bakir was written using the Jawi script. Often also called the bald arab.

Muhammad Bakir produced manuscripts with no less than 60 titles. For the most part, these manuscripts are stored abroad. As in Holland, England, Russia and Leningrad.

c. Jampe-jampe

In Betawi arts, jampe-jampe can be used for various needs. Examples such as for treatment, as an effort or prayer for convenience, can also be used to drive away evil spirits.

The various functions of this Betawi literary work mean that not everyone can use it. Only certain people can use jampe-jampe text. Like a traditional leader and a shaman.

The following are examples of jampe-jampe which are used to treat crooked disease:

Nene ducked down

Feet waddling

There is displaced meat

The meat has fled

There is the kapes-kapes meat

The kapes-kapes are gone

Pes limpes urip wares

White longing

Well, nothing

2. Martial Arts

When compared, in ancient times pencak silat was the identity or self-esteem of a Betawi person. This meant that all Betawi people could play silat at that time. This is one of the Betawi arts which has become the daily food of the Betawi people.

In fact, if you want to hold a wedding, the groom must first look at his martial arts skills. This is also done in religious affairs, namely the Koran. Generally, parents of women who want to be proposed to will first test the men who want to propose to their children.

The man must be able to show how good he can play silat. Sometimes, the father of the girl will challenge the boy to fight with silat. If it is proven that the man is good at pencak silat, then the first exam will pass.

The second test or exam that must be passed is the Koran. Reciting the Koran is also part of pencak silat which can be said to be a package deal. Generally, training at a Betawi silat school will begin with a recitation beforehand. After that, martial arts training can begin.

Pencak silat in the midst of society is very diverse. In fact, you could say that every gang has a different silat. Some examples of Betawi martial arts such as Beksi Silat, 7 Star 12 Dragon Swim Button Silat, Tiga Berantai Silat, Sabeni Silat, Cingkrik Silat, Silo Macan Silat and Cacag Lembang Silat.

3. Theater Arts

One of the Betawi arts that is rarely known is the art of theater. The following are some explanations, of the many theater arts that exist in the Betawi community:

a. Betawi shadow puppets

Even though the Betawi shadow puppets originate from Purbo leather puppets, in practice the Betawi shadow puppet performances show their own characteristics. Its distinctive feature is that the story that is told will be adapted to the conditions of the Betawi society which is fluid or egalitarian.

The story will be adapted to the local conditions of Betawi which is made more dominant. Therefore, the Betawi Shadow Puppet will be simpler, more populist, innocent and emphasizes the familiarity of the audience.

b. Jipeng and Jinong

In the Jipeng show, the costumes are simpler. For the dancer, it is enough to use a long cloth, kebaya and a long scarf tied at the waist. The mask begins with an enjot-enjotan or charcoal song.

Jipeng begins with a march and was song typical of Tanjidor. Jipeng’s theme and story are not much different from Topeng’s.

Lenong Preman performances accompanied by Tanjidor music are called Jinong. In his time, Jinong would stand alone as the theater of the people. Generally, the plays performed by Jining are the same as Lenong.

c. Blank

In its development, Blantek has its own identity. The accompanying music for this Blantek is Rebana Biang. At the beginning of the show, sholawat and remembrance songs will be performed. Now Blantek has developed and there is a mixture of various Betawi arts in it.

4. Art of Music

Born and raised in a certain area. Then it is passed down from one generation to the next.

The existence of this musical art uses the style, language and traditions typical of the local area. As with other ethnic groups, traditional music in the Betawi community also lives and develops. And passed on to the next generation.

Not only as my cultural heritage. Betawi music art has several other functions. Such as advice, inheritance of values, the function of entertainment and maintaining physical and mental balance.

Thanks to all these functions, the art of traditional music in the Betawi community can still survive until now. Some of them are the Gambus Orchestra, Samrah and Tonil Samrah Orchestras, Tambourine Hadroh, Tambourine Ketimpring, Tanjidor, Tambourine Biang, Gambang Rancag and Gambang Kromong.

5. Dance Arts

The use of cheerful musical accompaniment is a feature of Betawi art dance. In addition, her carefree movements are also one of her characteristics.

Some of the traditional Betawi dances include:

• Zapin Betawi Dance
• Lenggang Nyai Dance
• Yellow Sirih Dance
• Betawi Mask Dance
• Gitek Balen Dance
• Belenggo dance
• Samra dance
• Ronggeng Blantek
• Ngarojeng dance
• Sweet Renggong Dance
• Cocok Dance
• Nandak Ganjen Dance
• Lengo Tinke Dance
• Lembang Sari Flower Dance
• Single Mask Dance

Those are the 4 types of Betawi arts that are rich in beauty and meaning. Find other information about art at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• Get to know West Sumatra Traditional Clothing that Looks Luxurious
• Why is Singapore Focusing More on Trade and Industry?
• 10 Capital Cities of Southeast Asian Countries, Complete with Their Profiles
• Interesting Facts about the North Pole, How Cold Is It There?
• Portrait of the Progress of Developed Countries in Europe

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

Hadith About Love – In Islamic teachings, a Muslim has two things that are used as guidelines in living life throughout. The first is the Al-Qur’an which was revealed by Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala to the Prophet Muhammad SAW. In it, the qur ‘an has discussed everything. Starting from the oneness of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala , worship, to worldly matters such as the distribution of inheritance.

While the second handle is the hadith. What is this hadith? According to the scholars, hadith is whatever was narrated by the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam . Whether it’s words, deeds, decisions made during his life.

Just like the holy book Al-Qur’an, hadith also discusses many things such as worship, behavior, so that there are hadiths about love. However, considering that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam has died long ago, we can no longer see directly the daily life of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam .

But you don’t need to worry, because Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala keeps the hadiths down to the Muslims before us, and those after us. During the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam died around 1400 years ago, his companions imitated whatever he did.

Friends like Abu Hurairah Radhiyallahu Anhu, even wrote everything. What friends did, was eventually passed on to people afterwards, passed down from generation to generation, spread by hadith narrators until finally it reached all of us, also Muslims in the future.

Types of Hadith that Muslims Need to Know

In Islam, hadith are grouped into several types. The following is an explanation of the types of hadith.

1. Sahih Hadith

The first type of hadith is authentic hadith. A hadith is considered authentic if it meets certain criteria, namely being narrated by a qualified narrator, the transmission is continuous, and there are no syadz and illat. Syadz itself means solitude or resistance, while illat means various bad qualities that can tarnish the hadith.

Sahih hadith itself is the hadith of the highest level. This type of hadith is a true hadith and its level of authenticity cannot be doubted. If a hadith is called sahih, it means that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam actually said, did, and determined that matter.

2. Hadith Sanad

One level below the authentic hadith, there is such a thing as a sanad hadith. A sanad hadith has almost all the qualities that an authentic hadith has. Starting from the uninterrupted sanad, the absence of syadz and illat, and narrated by narrators who have strong memorization, and are also fair.

Then where lies the difference? The difference between authentic hadith and isnad hadith lies in the quality of the narrator or memorizer of the hadith. Even though the narrator has strong memorization, the quality of his memorization is not as strong as that of the authentic narrators of hadith.

3. Daif Hadith

If an authentic hadith is a true and original hadith, a hadith isnad close to authenticity, then a daif hadith is a hadith that does not meet the requirements. This hadith is very weak, and its truth needs to be questioned.

In any situation, authentic hadith and sanad can be used as a source of law in Islamic teachings. However, this does not apply to weak hadiths whose position is very weak, and their truth cannot be accounted for.

The Function of Hadith in the Teachings of Islamic Religion

During the time that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi alaihi wasallam was still alive, his actions, words and provisions were law. Muslims must comply, because what the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi alaihi wasallam did was the truth.

Not only obedient, the companions also followed the example and wrote down what the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam taught them to become the hadith we know today. The companions did this not without reason, because the hadith itself has many very important functions, especially after the death of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam . What does it do?

1. Bayan at-Taqrir

In his daily life, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam always obeyed Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala. In a way, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam is a walking Al-Qur’an, because he always follows and practices the contents of the Al-Qur’an.

Therefore, it is not surprising that his deeds, words, and provisions set forth in the hadith function as Bayan at-Taqrir. Bayan at-Taqrir itself means establishing and strengthening what is in the holy Qur’an.

2. Bayan at-Tafsir

As the name implies, one of the main functions of hadith is as a Bayan at-Tafsir or interpretation of verses in the Qur’an. In the past, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam not only disseminated verses that had come down to him, but also interpreted or explained verses that had not been understood by his companions at that time. Today, the hadith still has the same function, namely as an interpretation of the verses of the Qur’an.

3. Bayan at-Tasyri

Bayan at-Tasyri means realizing a law that is not in the holy book of the Qur’an. In the past, the Companions were always guided by the contents of the Qur’an. When they encounter a problem that they are not sure what the answer is, they will pray to Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala, and try to find the answer in the holy Qur’an.

When they couldn’t find it, or felt they didn’t understand what was explained in the Koran, the friends would go to the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam to ask for answers or solutions to the problem.

4. Bayan an-Nasakh

In Arabic, Bayan an-Nasakh itself has various meanings, namely Al-Ijalah or eliminating, At Taqyir which means changing, Al-Ibtal which means canceling, and finally At Tahwil which means moving.

But in general, bayan an-Nasakh has the notion of the existence of syara’ propositions or can erase pre-existing provisions. The previous argument can be abolished if there is a new argument.

7 Hadith Narrators Who Contributed to Collecting and Disseminating Hadith

As previously explained, when the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam was still alive, the companions and caliphs after him always imitated what the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam did . They also wrote down all the things that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam said or did .

After the death of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam , the companions made hadith as their guide. The hadith was then passed down to the scholars, and taught back to his students. Hundreds of years passed, several scholars tried to collect hadiths and sort out which ones were valid and which ones were dhaif.

Of the many scholars or narrators of hadith, here are 7 hadith narrators who have contributed to collecting and spreading hadith to Muslims to the present day. Then, who are the 7 narrators?

1. Imam al-Bukhari

Born in the city of Bukhara, Uzbekistan on the 13th of Shawwal 810 AD, Imam al-Bukhari is the world’s most famous narrator of hadith. Since childhood, Imam al-Bukhari has become a memorizer of the Koran.

Not only memorizing the Qur’an, at the age of 10, the imam also memorized many hadiths by rote. As an adult, Imam al-Bukhari managed to write a book containing 600,000 hadiths which were then sorted again into 100,000 authentic hadiths. Imam al-Bukhari was very instrumental in the spread of hadith.

One of his famous works is entitled Al-Jami’ ash-Shahih al-Musnad al-Mukhtashar min Umūri Rasūlillah Shallallahu ‘alaihi wa Sallam wa Ayyamihi (Jami’us Shahih) which he compiled for 16 years.

2. Muslim Imam

The second transmitter of authentic hadith is Imam Muslim. Born in Iran in 820 AD. Apart from being a hafidz of the Qur’an, he is also a hadith narrator. Throughout his life, Imam Muslim spent time learning from one teacher to another, to study and deepen the knowledge of hadith.

He also has many works, one of his most outstanding works is Jami’ush Shahih . Scholars agree that the hadiths in the book are very clear in meaning.

3. Imam Abu Dawud

Having the full name Abu Dawud Sulaiman bin Al Asy’ats bin Ishaq bin Basyir bin Syidad bin Amr bin Amran Al Azdi As Sijistani, this hadith narrator comes from the border area between Iran and Afghanistan known as Sijistan. He lived from 817 AD to 889 AD.

Not inferior to other hadith narrators, Imam Abu Dawud is also a memorizer of the Qur’an and a well-known scholar. During his life, Imam Abu Dawud made 20 works and 13 books. His most famous work is the Sunan Abi Dawud which is considered the best book after the works of Imam al-Bukhari and Imam Muslim.

In the Book of Sunan Abi Dawud, he collects around 4,800 hadiths from the 500,000 hadiths he has collected and has memorized them by heart.

4. Imam Tirmidhi

Imam Tirmidhi is a Muslim scientist, as well as a student of Imam al-Bukhari. Born in Tajikistan in 824 AD, Imam Tirmidhi was known as a trusted man in his ability to collect, memorize and compile hadith.

Apart from making a collection of hadiths entitled Ilul Hadith , another of Imam Tirmidhi’s most famous works is Jami’ At-Tirmidhi which explains the problems of fiqh which are explained in full.

5. Imam An-Nasa’i

Compared to the other four imams, the name Imam An-Nasa’i is indeed less popular. Even so, he was also a narrator who contributed to collecting, compiling, and narrating hadith.

Imam An-Nasa’i was born in Khurasan, Iraq in 830 AD. As a hadith narrator, he studied a lot with other scholars who were more famous than him. Even though he was born in Khurasan, Imam An-Nasa’i preferred to spend his life in Egypt and spread hadith in that country.

6. Imam Ibn Majah

Another special narrator who was born in Iran is Imam Ibn Majah. Born in Qazwin in 824 AD under the name Abu Abdillah Muhammad bin Yazid bin Majah al-Qadziani Ar Raba’i Al Qazwani, Imam Ibn Majah was a hadith narrator, commentator and also an expert on Islamic history.

Unlike Imam al-Bukhari, who started memorizing as a child, Imam Ibn Majah began collecting hadiths when he was quite mature, namely 21 years. He studied with many scholars, and collected hadith from them.

The most popular work of Imam Ibn Majah is Sunan Ibn Majah which contains a collection of authentic hadiths. The book of Sunan Ibn Majah is also one of the six best hadith books after the works of Imam Bukhari, Imam Muslim, Imam Abu Dawud, Imam An-Nasa’i, and Imam At-Tirmidhi.

7. Imam Ahmad

Besides Iran, Iraq also gave birth to many famous hadith narrators. One of them is Abu Abdillah bin Muhammad bin Hanbal Al Marwazy or better known as Imam Ahmad. He is a hadith scholar from Baghdad who was born in 780 AD.

Since young, the imam has collected hadiths and studied with many great scholars in the Middle East, including being the most loyal student of Imam Shafi’i.

Not only that, he is the founder of the Hanbaly Madzhab. Amazingly, Imam Ahmad was able to memorize up to 1 million hadiths by rote. His most famous hadith work is Musnadul Kabir , a book of 40,000 hadiths.

5 Hadiths About Love to Allah SWT, Siblings, and Spouses

When discussing hadith, people might think that hadith only discusses religion and worship. In fact, the hadiths collected by the narrators above also discuss life matters, including hadiths about love. Here are 5 hadiths about love for Allah SWT and partners!

1. Hadith About Loving and Caring for His Brother

عَنْ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ أَنَسٍ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ – خَادِمِ رَسُوْلِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ – عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: ” لاَ يُؤْمِنُ أَحَدُكُمْ حَتَّى يُحِبَّ لِأَخِيْهِ مَا يُحِبُّ لِنَفْسِهِ ” رَوَاهُ البُخَارِيُّ وَمُسْلِمٌ

From Anas radhiyallahu anhu , Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam said:

“None of you will have complete faith until he loves for his brother what he loves for himself” – HR Bukhari and Muslim

2. Hadith about love for Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala

أَوْثَقُ عُرَى اْلإِيْمَانِ الْحُبُّ فِي اللهِ وَالْبُغْضُ فِي اللهِ. (رواه الترمذي).

“The strongest rope of faith is love for Allah and hatred for Allah.” – HR At Tirmidhi

3. Hadith About Two People Who Love Because of Allah

In fact, those who love each other, their rooms in heaven will look like a star that appears from the east or a western star that glows. Then someone asked, “Who are they?”, “They are people who love for Allah ‘Azzawajalla.” – HR Imam Ahmad

4. Hadith not to love excessively

“Love your lover properly because one day he might become someone you hate. Hate it properly because maybe one day he will be your lover. – HR At-Tirmidhi

5. Hadith about Loving Fellow Muslim Brothers

حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ وَوَكِيعٌ عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا تَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّى تُؤْمِنُوا وَلَا تُؤْمِنُوا حَتَّى تَحَابُّوا أَوَلَا أَدُلُّكُمْ عَلَى شَيْءٍ إِذَا فَعَلْتُمُوهُ تَحَابَبْتُمْ أَفْشُوا السَّلَامَ بَيْنَكُمْ و حَدَّثَنِي زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ بِهَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَا تَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّى تُؤْمِنُوا بِمِثْلِ حَدِيثِ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ وَوَكِيعٍ

“By the One in Whose hand my soul is, you cannot enter heaven until you have faith, and you are not called believers until you love one another. Shall I show you something that if you did, you would love each other? Spread greetings among you.” – HR Muslim

Thus a review of the hadith about love. It should be remembered that the hadith is the guiding principle for all Muslims in the world after the Qur’an. It is not only a guide in matters of worship or religion, but also various aspects of our life, including love.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about hadiths about love and other hadiths, you can really visit www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best, newest, and #MoreWithReading information for you.

Function of Dry Bones – Bones are one of the important parts of the human body. It provides attachment sites for muscles, protects tissues beneath or within bones, gives shape to the body, and performs other functions. There are various types of bones in the human body.

One of them is dry bones. It is one of the bones that make up the foot. Then, what exactly is meant by the shin and the function of the shin? Sinaumed’s can listen to the presentation below.

Definition and Function of Bones

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), bone is defined as a skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body; fish bone; objects resembling bones or skeletons.

As in Wikipedia, bone is defined as rigid body tissue and consists of cells embedded in abundant hard intercellular. Calcium phosphate and collagen are the two components that make up bones. Bones begin to form from infancy in the womb and continue until the second decade in an orderly arrangement.

Bones take over the formation of the skeleton and locomotion. It is also a protector of internal organs and a place to store minerals in the body.

In line with the two definitions above, Faweett formulates bone as a connective tissue composed of cells, substance, and fiber, its function is to protect and support the skeleton and tendons as locomotion. The physical properties of bone are very strong, slightly elastic, resistant to compression, and composed of relatively light material.

Bone is responsive enough to respond to metabolic, endocrine, and metabolic influences. With all its hardness and strength, bone is composed of dynamic living matter, periodically and constantly renewed and rearranged throughout human life.

Gartner and Hiatt define bone as vascular connective tissue consisting of grouped cells and intercellular substance. For example solid bone (compact bone), spongiosa bone, and other types of bone. Its function is to protect, support, store minerals at the ends of joints where cartilage acts as a coating to facilitate movement.

In general, bones have the following functions.

• Place of attachment of muscles;
• As a place that provides protection for special tissues such as the blood-forming system (bone marrow);
• Place of formation of blood cells;
• Regulating the level of calcium and phosphate in circulating body fluids;
• Supporting and giving shape to the body;
• passive motion apparatus;
• Covers organs and soft tissues, such as those of the skull;
• Structural support for soft tissue mechanical actions, such as muscle contraction and lung expansion.

Bone Structure

In general, bone structure is divided into two, namely macroscopic and microscopic structures. Here’s an explanation of both.

1. Macroscopic Structure

Faweett classifies bones into two categories, namely compact bone (compact substance) and spongy or celadon bone (spongiosa substance). Compact blocks look like solid solid masses with tiny spaces that can only be seen with a microscope.

A typical long bone, such as the femur or humerus, is composed of a hollow cylinder of thick-walled compact bone in the shaft (diaphysis) with a cavity in the bone marrow. The ends of long bones consist of spongy bone covered with a thin, compact bone cortex, the growing long bones are called epiphyses.

Epiphyseal cartilage and adjacent metaphyseal spongy bone constitute the growth zone in all longitudinal increments in which bone growth takes place. Bone is covered by periosteum, a special layer of connective tissue that has osteogenic or bone-forming potential. If a functional periosteum is absent, it has no osteogenic potential and is not associated with fracture recovery.

The cavity of the marrow diaphysis and the cavity in the spongy bone are lined by endosteum which also has osteogenic properties. The compact substance in the flat bones of the skull is formed on the outer and inner surfaces which are often called the outer and inner tables. The periosteum on the outer surface of the skull is called the pericranium and the inner surface is called the dura mater. The connective tissue sheaths of flat bones have an osteogenic potential not different between the periosteum and the endosteum of long bones.

2. Microscopic Structure

Microscopic structures are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye, so a microscope is needed to see them clearly. Most microscopic structures consist of bone matrix, mineralized interstitium, which is deposited in layers or lamellae 3–7 nm thick.

The interstitial substance of bone is lenticular spaces, called lacunae, each of which resides on an osteocyte cell. Lacunae radiate outward in all directions and penetrate the lamellae of the interstitial substance and anastomose with the canaliculi. The lacunae are widely spaced but they form intact cavities which are interconnected by a network of very fine channels. These fine channels are important for the nutrition of bone cells.

Faweet classifies compact bones in three general patterns, namely: 1). Arranged concentrically around the vascular channels lengthwise, forming cylindrical units called the Haversian system or osteons. 2). The Haversian system contains pieces of lamellar bone of various sizes and irregular shapes. 3). The outer surface of the cortical bone, just below the periosteum, on the inner surface, there are a number of lamellae that run continuously around the shaft.

The microscopic appearance of the periosteum varies according to its functional state. During embryonal and postnatal growth they have an inner layer of osteoblast cells that are in direct contact with bone, after bone growth stops, osteoblasts transform into inactive bone lining cells, but they still have osteogenic potential and if the bone is injured they change 11 again become osteoblasts and participate in the formation of new bone.

Definition and Function of the Shin Bone

The tibia, also known as the tibia, is the main long bone in the lower leg. Precisely under the knee and along the front of the leg. The length is around 36 cm.

The shin is one of the bones that can withstand weight and movement. Launching from halodoc.com, here are the functions of the shin bones.

1. Leg Muscle Support

The shins become a support for the muscles located in the leg area. Muscles that are well supported will provide optimal leg movement.

2. Knee and Ankle Joints

The main function of the shinbone is to connect the knee and ankle area. The presence of the shins will help the movement of the ankles to be better and optimal.

3. Maintain Body Balance

Various activities are affected by the condition of the shins. When the shins are healthy and optimal, it will keep the body’s balance maintained and ready in every condition when carrying out various activities. Like running, walking, jumping, and so on.

4. Weight Support

Healthy shins will make your feet stronger. Thus, it will be strong to support the weight it has.

5. Ankle Drive

The ankles can move freely because they are affected by the condition of the shins. When the shins are healthy and optimal, it will make Sinaumed’s’ movements more free.

Dry Bone Parts

Launching from hellosehat.com, under the knee there are two types of bones. First, a large bone, namely the tibia. It bears most of the weight between the ankles and knees. Second, the outer side of the tibia bone is the fibula, which is a long bone that is smaller and provides stability and helps rotate the ankle.

At the end of the tibia or tibia is a spongy bone (a bone that has a circulatory sac and marrow that looks like a sponge when viewed under a microscope). The shin bones are covered with a layer of cortical bone whose function is to protect the strength of the bones.

At the top (superior) of the tibia bone which forms the knee hinge and becomes the attachment point for the femur is called the tibial plateau . This part of the bone contains two condyles, namely the lateral (edge) condyle and the medial (middle) condyle.

Then, on the upper front of the shinbone there is the tibial tuberosity, which is the bone to which the patella (kneecap) is attached via a ligament.

On the inferior (lower) part of the shinbone there are three bones, namely the medial malleolus, the fibula notch , and the lateral malleolus. These three bones form the largest part of the ankle.

Problems Occurring in the Shin Bones

As with other parts of the human body that can experience problems or disease. Dry bones are the same. Launching from the Sehatq.com page, here are the problems that often occur in the shins.

1. Fibrous Dysplasia

Fibrous dysplasia is a bone disorder in the form of a noncancerous benign tumor. Usually, sufferers will experience abnormal growth of fibrous tissue that replaces normal bone.

2. Shin Splints

Shin splints or medial tibial stress syndrome is a condition of inflamed bones in the tendons, muscles, and bone tissue around the tibia or shin bones. This condition is a common cause of sore shins when running.

Shin splints are caused by overuse of the lower leg that places a strain on the tendons, muscles or shins. Generally, it is caused by high-impact activities and repetitive lower leg exercises. Such as dancing, gymnastics, running. The pain that is felt is usually sharp and throbbing.

3. Minor Injury

Minor injuries are one of the most common causes of sore shins. These injuries can be caused by sports activities that are too hard, bumped, or fallen. Recognizable signs include swelling, bruising, pain, lumps, weakness or stiffness, and bleeding of the shins.

4. Stress Fracture or Crack

Stress fractures are small cracks that occur in bones due to muscle conditions that are too tired or the muscles are overused. This condition causes the muscles to no longer be able to take the additional pressure.

Thus, it will put pressure on the bone and cause small cracks that can trigger pain in the shins. The symptoms that need attention for early detection of a stress fracture include swelling, shinbone pain when touched, pressed, or under load, and prolonged pain.

5. Bruised Bones

When the shin is injured so badly that it damages the blood vessels in the bone, it is called a bone bruise. As a result, blood and other fluids accumulate in the tissues and cause damage.

A bone bruise is deeper and more severe than a normal bruise which only appears on the surface of the skin. One part of the body that often experiences bone bruises is the shins of the feet.

6. Adamantinoma and Osteofibrous Dysplasia

Adamantinoma and Osteofibrous Dysplasia (OFD) are two rare types of tumors that grow on the shinbones. Adamantinoma is a slow growing tumor that forms after bones stop growing.

OFD is a tumor on the bone that is noncancerous, does not spread, and often occurs in children.

7. Fracture of the shinbone of the leg

A shin fracture occurs due to a severe injury. Usually caused by a strong blow or impact on the leg. Such as falling from heights, car accidents, and other causes.

Tips on Caring for Bones

Bones need care from ourselves. If not ourselves then who will pay attention to our health? Body health is not only concerned with things that are visible to the eye, but also things that support the body that are not visible.

Bones need to be maintained for their health because they are a support for humans as long as they live. Launching from the alodokter.com page, Sinaumed’s can apply the following things to treat bone health.

1. Don’t Skip Breakfast

Breakfast is something that is often missed by humans. Even though breakfast is important because it provides the nutrients and energy needed by the body to carry out daily activities.

Bones can be treated by consuming foods that contain lots of calcium and vitamin D. Therefore, a good breakfast menu consists of a variety of foods, one of which contains calcium and/or vitamin D.

Sinaumed’s can consume calcium sources through milk, yogurt, cheese, cereals, and soybeans. Vitamin D can be obtained from fish oil and eggs. These menus can be supplemented by consuming vegetables and fruit to maintain bone strength and health.

2. Exercise regularly

Rarely moving makes Sinaumed’s’ muscles and bones weak. Some research says that people who rarely exercise are more susceptible to bone problems, such as osteoporosis.

Exercise is useful for bones because it can maintain bone density and strength. There are several types of exercise that are good for bone density by doing weightlifting exercises, jogging, yoga, leisurely walks, and rhythmic gymnastics.

3. Taking Supplements

Sources of calcium and vitamin D intake can not only be obtained from consuming nutritious foods, but also from supplements. The supplement is recommended for women who have experienced menopause. Because, when menopause, bone tissue becomes weak.

The need for calcium intake for adults is 1,000 to 1,200 milligrams per day. Meanwhile, the need for vitamin D is 15 to 20 micrograms or approximately 600-800 IU per day.

The proper supplement dosage can be obtained by consulting a doctor.

4. Bask in the Morning Sun

Sunlight is one of the free sources of vitamin D. If Sinaumed’s lacks vitamin D, the bones will become more porous. Not as long as sunrise is the perfect time to sunbathe. The right time to sunbathe is at nine in the morning for 5 to 15 minutes. The intensity is 2 to 3 times a week.

5. Limit Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages and Not Smoking

Smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages are included in unhealthy lifestyles. It will harm the body including loss of bone density. This habit makes the body susceptible to calcium and vitamin D deficiency so that the bones will become more brittle.

Therefore, to care for bone health, Sinaumed’s is advised not to drink alcoholic beverages and not smoke.

6. Maintain Weight

Maintaining an ideal body weight is important to note because it affects bone health and strength. Several studies have stated that body weight plays a role in increasing the risk of damage, injury, and bone problems.

Therefore, Sinaumed’s is recommended to maintain body weight so that bone health will be protected and avoid health problems related to bones.

Well, that’s a brief explanation regarding the function of the shinbone in the human body. To understand it better, Sinaumed’s can read books or articles related to the functions of other shin bones which are below. Hope it is useful!

Hinduism became one of the religions that developed rapidly in the archipelago in the past. This religion was brought by travelers from India named Maha Resi Agastya. This rishi in Java is known as Batara Guru or Dwipayana. The majority of Hindu teachings that developed in the archipelago at that time were Vaisnawa schools, namely a teaching that worshiped Lord Vishnu as the main deity.

According to the teachings of Hinduism, Vishnu or often also called Sri Vishnu and Nārāyana is a deity with the title of shtiti (preserver), whose job is to care for and protect all creations of Brahman (God Almighty). Vishnu in Vaishnava Hindu philosophy is seen as a holy spirit, as well as the supreme god.

The influence of Hinduism has reached the archipelago since the 1st century AD. The rapid development of Hinduism was followed by the establishment of many Hindu-style kingdoms at that time. Several kingdoms existed around the 4th century, namely the Kingdom of Kutai Martapura in East Kalimantan, Tarumanagara in West Java, the Kingdom of Kalingga on the North Coast of Central Java, and the Kingdom of Bedahulu in Gianyar.

The ancient Hindu kingdom in the archipelago that stands out is the Medang Kingdom because it is known for building the Prambanan Temple. Since then, Hinduism then spread along with Buddhism throughout the archipelago and reached its peak of influence in the 14th century.

The following is an explanation of the five Hindu kingdoms that once stood in the archipelago and had a major influence during their heyday.

1. Kingdom of Kutai Martapura

Yupa Inscription.

According to a study conducted by Muhammad Sarip (2021) in his book entitled The Kingdom of Martapura in Kutai Historical Literacy 400–1635 , the oldest Hindu kingdom in the archipelago is Martapura (not Martadipura) in Muara Kaman District, not Kutai Kertanegara (established in the 14th century). This is based on the Yupa Inscription or inscribed stone monument which was found in two stages, namely in 1879 and 1940.

Yupa numbered seven, the majority told about the prosperity of the Mulawarman period. Now, the seven Yupa stones are in the National Museum. The classic book entitled Surat Salasilah Raja Dalam Negeri Kutai Kertanegara with a thickness of 132 pages from 1849 is an authentic source for writing the history of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara.

The book was written by Khatib Muhammad Thahir, a Banjar who became the clerk of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara. This book is written in Jawi script (the text uses Arabic letters, while the language is Malay). This book can be a historical source by setting aside the fairy tale part, even though it is classified as literature mixed with exaltation mythology. The original manuscript of the book is currently kept in the State Library of Berlin, Germany.

The finding of the seven Yupa fruits became the beginning of the discovery of the oldest kingdom of the archipelago. Based on Sarip’s explanation, there are three famous names in the Kutai Martapura Kingdom which are mentioned in Yupa. First, Kundungga (not Kudungga) who was written by the Hindu brahmins at that time as the founding father of the kingdom, not the first king.

Second, Aswawarman son of Kundungga, the first king of Martapura. Third, Mulawarman son of Aswawarman, the famous king who brought the glory of Martapura to the point where he was able to donate 20,000 cows to the Brahmins. There is no further record of who will be Mulawarman’s successor.

However, Muhammad Fahmi (2016) through his research entitled The Kingdom of Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura and the Role of the King in the Development of Islam in the 17th and 18th Century Kutai Kingdom mentioned the rulers of the Kutai Martapura Kingdom, among others:

• Maharaja Kundungga Posthumous Dewawarman;
• Maharaja Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Mulawarman;
• Maharaja Sri Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Marawijayawarman;
• Maharaja Gajayanawarman;
• Maharaja Tunggawarman;
• Maharaja Jayanagawarman;
• Maharaja Nalasingawarman;
• Maharaja Nala Parana Tungga;
• Maharaja Gadinggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Indrawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sanggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Candrawarman;
• Maharaja Prabu Mula Tungga Dewa;
• Maharaja Nala Indra Dewa;
• Maharaja Indra Mulyawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sri Lanka Dewa;
• Maharaja Guna Parana Dewa;
• Maharaja Wijayavarman;
• Maharaja Indra Mulya;
• Maharaja Sri Aji Dewa;
• Maharaja Mulia Putera;
• Maharaja Nala Pandita;
• Maharaja Indra Paruta Dewa;
• Maharaja Dermasatia.

Furthermore, Salasilah Kutai then revealed the process of the collapse of the Martapura Kingdom with its last king, Dermasatia. Sarip discusses in a separate sub-chapter the expansion carried out by Kutai Kertanegara in 1635 when it was ruled by the 8th king, Aji Pangeran Sinum Panji Mendapa.

In short, there was a war for seven days and seven nights until the two kings stabbed each other, which resulted in the death of Dermasatia. Martapura’s defeat marked its downfall, as well as the annexation of territory by Kutai Kertanegara. Since then, the winning kingdom has completed its name as Kutai Kertanegara ing Martapura.

The Kutai Kingdom era actually ended in 1960, but since 2001 it has been revived as a form of historical and cultural preservation, without any governing authority. Somewhat different from before, the kingdom was named Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura. Kartanegara with “a” instead of “e”, Martadipura instead of Martapura.

Regarding this matter, Sarip did not escape reviewing it. Regarding Kartanegara, for him it is not so fatal because “Kartanegara” and “Kertanegara” have the same meaning. However, it is different with Martadipura, who cannot be justified because he changed his name by inserting unnecessary syllables.

The name Martadipura as a change from the word Martapura only appeared in the 1980s. The Regent of Kutai for the 1965–1979 period, Ahmad Dahlan, revealed that the idea came from Drs. Anwar Soetoen, an official of the Level II District Government of Kutai.

Soetoen thought that between the words “marta” and “pura” it was necessary to insert the preposition “di” instead of “ing”. According to him, the preposition “di” has the same meaning as the word “ing” in Javanese Kawi. Dahlan revealed this case in his book about Salasilah Kutai , which was published in 1981.

Sarip in his book also discusses the misunderstanding of the name Kundungga to become Kudungga, which has taken root over the last few years. Equally important, Sarip’s work raises questions about the naming of the museum in Tenggarong which is called Mulawarman, not Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti as the founder of Kutai Kertanegara, even though this museum is a former palace of Kutai Kertanegara, not a witness to the history of Kutai Martapura.

Not to mention the addition of the Suwana Lembu statue that welcomes museum visitors which also has the potential to create assumptions that the animal is the mount of King Mulawaman. The Suwana ox is actually a mythological animal mounted by Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti.

2. The Kingdom of Tarumanagara

Tarumanagara or the Taruma Kingdom is a kingdom that once ruled in the western region of the island of Java in the 5th to 7th centuries AD. Tarumanagara is one of the oldest kingdoms in the archipelago which left historical records and artifacts around the kingdom’s location. These remains show that Tarumanagara was a Vaishnawa Hindu kingdom.

The word tarumagara comes from the words taruma and nagara . Nagara means kingdom or country, while taruma comes from the word “tarum” which is the name of the river that divides West Java, namely Ci Tarum. Archaeological findings located at the Ci Tarum estuary are extensive baths, namely the Batujaya Baths and the Cibuaya Baths, which are thought to be civilizations left over from the Kingdom of Tarumanagara.

Ciaruteun inscription.

One of the inscriptions used as a historical source for the existence of the Tarumanagara Kingdom is the Ciaruteun Inscription. The location of the inscription is in Ciaruteun Village, Cibungbulang District, Bogor Regency.

This inscription was discovered in the flow of the Ciaruteun River, Bogor in 1863 and is divided into two parts, namely the Ciaruteun A inscription written in Pallawa script and Sanskrit consisting of four lines of Indian poetry or anustubh rhythm (rhythm found in classical Vedic and Sanskrit poetry ) , and the Ciaruteun B Inscription which contains footprints and spider motifs whose meaning is unknown.

According to the caretaker of the Ciaruteun Inscription, the symbol contained in the inscription signifies the valiant and powerful King Purnawarman. This inscription is 2 meters long, 1.5 meters high, and weighs 8 tons.

The literal translation of this inscription is as follows.

First line: vikkrantasya vanipateh

Second line: srimatah purnnavarmmanah

Third row: tarumangarendrasya

Fourth line: visnor=iva padadvayam ||

Its meaning is as follows.

” Here are a pair of (soles) feet, which are like (soles of the feet) of Lord Vishnu, are the soles of His Majesty Purnnawarman, the king of the country of Taruma (Tarumanagara), the bravest king in the world. “

Based on the message contained in the Ciaruteun Inscription, it can be seen that this inscription was made in the 5th century and informs that at that time there was the Tarumanagara Kingdom, led by King Purnawarman who worshiped Lord Vishnu.

The Tarumanagara kingdom was influenced by Indian culture, as evidenced by the king’s name ending in -warman and footprints indicating the power of his era. In 1863, this inscription was washed away by a flood, so that the existing writing was reversed, then in 1903 this inscription was returned to its original place. It was only in 1981, this inscription was protected.

Another news source that proves the founding of the Tarumanagara Kingdom comes from Chinese news, in the form of travel notes of Fa-Hien (explorers from China) in book form with the title Fa-Kuo-Chi, which states that in the early 5th century AD there were many Brahmins and animists. in Ye-Po-Ti (the name for Javadwipa, but there are other opinions which state that Ye-Po-Ti is the White Way in Lampung).

In 414, Fa-Hien came to Java to make historical records of the To-lo-mo Kingdom (Tarumanagara Kingdom) and stopped at Ye-Po-Ti for 5 months. In addition, news from the Sui Dynasty wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had come from the south in 528 and 535.

News of the Tang Dynasty further wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had arrived in 666 and 669. Based on these news, it can be seen that the Tarumanagara Kingdom flourished between 400 – 600, which at that time was led by Purnawarman with jurisdiction over almost all of West Java .

As for the kings who once ruled the Kingdom of Tarumanagara, among others:

• Jayasingawarman (358 – 382);
• Dharmayavarman (382 – 395);
• Purnawarman (395 – 434);
• Wisnuwarman (434 – 455);
• Indrawarman (455 – 515);
• Chandravarman (515 – 535);
• Suryawarman (535 – 561);
• Kertawarman (561 – 628);
• Sudhavarman (628 – 639);
• Hariwangswarman (639 – 640);
• Nagajayawarman (640 – 666);
• Linggawarman (666 – 669).

3. Former Kingdom

Samuan Tiga Temple is a relic of the Bedahulu Kingdom.

Since it was first founded, this kingdom was ruled by several royal families. However, the change from one royal family to another is not clearly stated in the inscriptions left behind. One of the famous kings was King Udayana from the Warmadewa Dynasty, who reigned between 989 – 1011.

When the Warmadewa Dynasty came to power, the first religion that developed in Bali was Buddhism. It was only in the following period that the Balinese embraced Hinduism. This kingdom is known to have been ruled by Singasari in the 10th century and Majapahit in the 14th century. When Majapahit expanded in 1347, this kingdom finally collapsed.

Some of the inscriptions left by the Bedahulu Kingdom include:

• The inscription is dated 882 which contains the granting of permission to the monks to build a hermitage on Kintamani Hill, but this inscription does not mention the name of the king;
• Inscriptions dated 896 and 911 mention the king’s palace at Singhamandawa. It is estimated that Singhamandawa is located between Kintamani (Lake Batur) and Sanur Beach (Blanjong), which is around Tampaksiring and Pejeng;
  The inscription is a kind of monument in the village of Blanjong, near Sanur, which dates to 914. The inscription mentions the reigning king named Raja Kesari Warmadewa.

4. Medan Kingdom

Early records of the Medang Kingdom are in the Canggal inscription (732), which was found in the Gunung Wukir Temple complex in Canggal Hamlet, southwest of Magelang Regency. This inscription is written in Sanskrit and uses the Pallawa script. The contents tell about the founding of Siwalingga (symbol of Shiva) in the area of ​​Kuñjarakuñjadeça (Kunjarakunja), which is located on an island called Yawadwipa (Javanese) which is blessed with lots of rice and gold.

The formation of the phallus was under the command of Sanjaya. This inscription tells that in the past Yawadwipa was ruled by King Sanna, who was wise, just in his actions, an officer in war, generous to his people. After Sanna’s death the country was in mourning, falling into divisions. Sanna’s successor was Sannaha’s son (his sister) whose name was Sanjaya. Sanjaya conquered the areas around his empire and his wise rule blessed his land with peace and prosperity for all his subjects.

The stories of Sanna, Sannaha and Sanjaya are also described in Carita Parahyangan, a text compiled around the end of the 16th century. Broadly speaking, the story from the Carita Parahyangan manuscript has characters in common with the Canggal Inscription.

Although the manuscript appears to be dramatized and does not provide specific details about the period, the name and story theme which are almost identical to the Canggal Inscription seem to confirm that the manuscript is based on historical events.

Prambanan temple.

The period of the reign of Rakai Panangkaran to Dyah Balitung (range between 760–910) which lasted 150 years, marked the peak of the glory of ancient Javanese civilization. During this period, ancient Javanese art and architecture emerged, as a number of magnificent temples and monuments were erected spanning the horizons of the Kedu plains and the Kewu plains. The most famous temples are Sewu and Prambanan temples.

5. Kalinga Kingdom

The Kalingga Kingdom or the Ho-ling Kingdom (according to Chinese sources) was a Hindu-Buddhist patterned kingdom that first appeared on the north coast of Central Java in the 6th century AD, together with the Kingdoms of Kutai and Tarumanagara.

The name Ho-ling is thought to have appeared in the 5th century (later called Keling) which is thought to be located in the north of Central Java. Information about the Kingdom of Ho-ling is obtained from records from China. In 752, the Ho-ling Kingdom became a colony of the Sriwijaya Kingdom because this kingdom was part of a trade network, along with the Malay Kingdom and the Tarumanagara Kingdom, which Srivijaya had previously conquered. The three kingdoms became strong competitors to the Sriwijaya trade network.

So, that’s information about the 5 Most Famous Hindu Kingdoms in Indonesia . The history of the Archipelago in the era of the Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom developed due to trade relations between the Archipelago and foreign countries, such as India, China and the Middle East. Since the arrival of Hinduism and Buddhism, the prehistoric people of the Archipelago who previously had animistic and dynamism beliefs turned to embrace Hinduism and Buddhism. 

• The Founder of the Kutai Kingdom: History, Heyday, and Legacy
• The Founder of the Majapahit Empire: History and the First King
• The Founder of the Singasari Kingdom: Origins and a Brief History
• History of the Founders of the Sriwijaya Kingdom and Their Lineages
• History of the Kingdom of Sunda and its Legacy